Cover U DV4100 14101513564522
User Manual: DV4100
Open the PDF directly: View PDF
.
Page Count: 143
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Service
Manual
DV4100/A1B, /N1B, /S1G, /U1B
DVD Player
DVD PLAYER DV4100
PLAY
STANDBY
SOUND
ON/OFF
POWER
OPEN/CLOSE
PAUSE
STOP
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
2.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ............................................................................... 1
CONNECTION FACILITIES .................................................................................... 3
3.
4.
INFORMATIONS ..................................................................................................... 4
SERVICING HINT ................................................................................................... 5
5.
6.
7.
WARNING AND LASER SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ............................................... 6
SERVICE HINTS .................................................................................................... 8
BLOCK DIAGRAM .................................................................................................. 9
8.
9.
WIRING DIAGRAM ............................................................................................... 13
DISMANTLING INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................... 15
10.
11.
EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST ................................................................... 17
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AND PARTS LOCATION ............................................... 21
12.
13.
TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................................................................... 47
DIAGNOSTIC SOFWARE : SCRIPT INTERFACES ............................................. 53
14.
15.
INTERACTIVE TESTS .......................................................................................... 55
TEST INSTRUCTIONS DISPLAY BOARD ........................................................... 62
16.
17.
CURRENT MODE POWER SUPPLY 20PS203 ................................................... 64
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS .............................................. 68
18.
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ................................................................................... 70
DV4100
Please use this service manual with referring to the user guide (D.F.U) without fail.
DV4100
Printed in Japan
302W855010 AO
3120 785 22440
First Issue:2000.11
MARANTZ DESIGN AND SERVICE
Using superior design and selected high grade components, MARANTZ company has created the ultimate in stereo sound.
Only original MARANTZ parts can insure that your MARANTZ product will continue to perform to the specifications for which
it is famous.
Parts for your MARANTZ equipment are generally available to our National Marantz Subsidiary or Agent.
ORDERING PARTS :
Parts can be ordered either by mail or by Fax.. In both cases, the correct part number has to be specified.
The following information must be supplied to eliminate delays in processing your order :
1. Complete address
2. Complete part numbers and quantities required
3. Description of parts
4. Model number for which part is required
5. Way of shipment
6. Signature : any order form or Fax. must be signed, otherwise such part order will be considered as null and void.
USA
EUROPE / TRADING
AMERICAS
SUPERSCOPE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
MARANTZ PROFESSIONAL PRODUCTS
2640 WHITE OAK CIRCLE, SUITE A
AURORA, ILLINOIS 60504 USA
PHONE : 630 - 820 - 4800
FAX
: 630 - 820 - 8103
AUSTRALIA
QualiFi Pty Ltd,
24 LIONEL ROAD,
MT. WAVERLEY VIC 3149
AUSTRALIA
PHONE : +61 - (0)3 - 9543 - 1522
FAX
: +61 - (0)3 - 9543 - 3677
NEW ZEALAND
WILDASH AUDIO SYSTEMS NZ
14 MALVERN ROAD MT ALBERT
AUCKLAND NEW ZEALAND
PHONE : +64 - 9 - 8451958
FAX
: +64 - 9 - 8463554
BRAZIL
MARANTZ EUROPE B.V.
P.O.BOX 80002, BUILDING SFF2
5600 JB EINDHOVEN
THE NETHERLANDS
PHONE : +31 - 40 - 2732241
FAX
: +31 - 40 - 2735578
MARANTZ AMERICA, INC.
INC
440 MEDINAH ROAD
ROSELLE, ILLINOIS 60172
USA
PHONE : 630 - 307 - 3100
FAX
: 630 - 307 - 2687
AUSTRALIA
TECHNICAL AUDIO GROUP PTY, LTD
558 DARLING STREET,
BALMAIN, NSW 2041,
AUSTRALIA
PHONE : 61 - 2 - 9810 - 5300
FAX
: 61 - 2 - 9810 - 5355
THAILAND
MRZ STANDARD CO.,LTD
746 - 754 MAHACHAI ROAD.,
WANGBURAPAPIROM, PHRANAKORN,
BANGKOK, 10200 THAILAND
PHONE : +66 - 2 - 222 9181
FAX
: +66 - 2 - 224 6795
TAIWAN
PAI- YUING CO., LTD.
6 TH FL NO, 148 SUNG KIANG ROAD,
TAIPEI, 10429, TAIWAN R.O.C.
PHONE : +886 - 2 - 25221304
FAX
: +886 - 2 - 25630415
JAPAN Technical
MARANTZ JAPAN, INC.
35- 1, 7- CHOME, SAGAMIONO
SAGAMIHARA - SHI, KANAGAWA
JAPAN 228-8505
PHONE : +81 42 748 1013
FAX
: +81 42 741 9190
PHILIPS DA AMAZONIA IND. ELET. ITDA
CENTRO DE INFORMACOES AO
CEP 04698-970
SAO PAULO, SP, BRAZIL
PHONE : 0800 - 123123(Discagem Direta Gratuita)
FAX
: +55 11 534. 8988
CANADA
LENBROOK INDUSTRIES LIMITED
633 GRANITE COURT,
PICKERING, ONTARIO L1W 3K1
CANADA
PHONE : 905 - 831 - 6333
FAX
: 905 - 831 - 6936
SINGAPORE
WO KEE HONG DISTRIBUTION PTE LTD
130 JOO SENG ROAD
#03-02 OLIVINE BUILDING
SINGAPORE 368357
PHONE : +65 858 5535 / +65 381 8621
FAX
: +65 858 6078
MALAYSIA
WO KEE HONG ELECTRONICS SDN. BHD.
SUITE 8.1, LEVEL 8, MENARA GENESIS,
NO. 33, JALAN SULTAN ISMAIL,
50250 KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA
PHONE : +60 3 - 2457677
FAX
: +60 3 - 2458180
KOREA
MK ENTERPRISES LTD.
ROOM 604/605, ELECTRO-OFFICETEL, 16-58,
3GA, HANGANG-RO, YONGSAN-KU, SEOUL
KOREA
PHONE : +822 - 3232 - 155
FAX
: +822 - 3232 - 154
SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST :
CAUTION : After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between either primary AC
cord connector pins ( with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON ), and the face or Front Panel of product and
controls and chassis bottom.
Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC power is applied, and
verified before it is return to the user/customer.
Ref. UL Standard No. 1492.
In case of difficulties, do not hesitate to contact the Technical
Department at above mentioned address.
001120 A.O
1. TECHHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (/N1B)
PLAYBACK SYSTEM
DVD-Video
Video CD
CD (CD-R and CD-RW)
CONNECTIONS
SCART
S-Video Output
Video Output
Audio L+R output
Digital Output
OPTICAL READOUT SYSTEM
Lasertype
Semiconductor AlGaAs
Numerical Aperture
0.60 (DVD)
0.45 (VCD/CD)
Wavelength
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
DVD DISC FORMAT
Medium
Diameter
Playing time
(12cm)
TV STANDARD
Number of lines
Playback
VIDEO FORMAT
DA Converter
Signal handling
Digital Compression
Optical Disc
12cm (8cm)
One layer
Dual layer
Two side
Single layer
Two side
Dual layer
EUROPE
(PAL/50Hz)
625
Multistandard
CABINET
Dimensions(w x h x d)
Weight
2.15 h*
4 h*
4.30 h*
8 h*
USA
(NTSC/60Hz)
525
(PAL/NTSC)
10 bits
Components
MPEG2 for DVD,
MPEG1 for VCD
DVD
Horiz. Resolutio
Vertical Resolution
720 pixels**
576 lines
720 pixels**
480 lines
VCD
Horiz. Resolution
Vertical Resolution
352 pixels
288 lines
352 pixels
240 lines
VIDEO PERFORMANCE
Video output
1 Vpp into 75 ohm
S-Video output
Y: 1 Vpp into 75 ohm
C: 0.3 Vpp into 75 ohm
RGB output
1 Vpp into 75 ohm
Black Level Shift
On/Off
Video Shift
Left/Right
AUDIO FORMAT
Digital
MPEG
DTS/AC-3
PCM
Compressed Digital
16, 20, 24 bits
fs, 44.1, 48, 96 kHz
Analog Sound Stereo
Dolby Pro Logic downmix from AC-3 multi-channel sound
3D Sound for virtual 5.1 channel sound on 2 speakers
AUDIO PERFORMANCE
DA Converter
24 bits
DVD
fs 96 kHz
fs 48 kHz
Video CD
fs 48 kHz
CD
fs 44.1 kHz
Signal-Noise (1kHz)
Dynamic Range (1kHz)
Crosstalk (1kHz)
Distortion and Noise (1kHz)
4 Hz - 22kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 20 kHz
95 dB
90 dB
110 dB
85 dB
Euroconnector 2x
Mini DIN, 4 pins
Cinch (yellow)
Cinch (white/red)
1 coaxial, 1 optical
IEC958 for CDDA / LPCM
IEC1937 for MPEG1/2,
AC-3 and DTS
440 x 92 x 305 mm
Approx. 3.8 Kg
PACKAGE CONTENTS
DVD-Video Player
Remote Control & Batteries
AC Power cable
User Manual
SCART cable (Euroconnector)
Audio/Video cable
GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY
Stop / Play / Pause
Fast Forward / Backward
Time search
Step Forward / Backward
Slow
Title / Chapter / Track Select
Skip Next / Skip Previous
Repeat (Chapter / Title / All) or (Track / All)
A-B Repeat
Shuffle
Enhanced ease of use graphical interface
Perfect Still with digital multi-tap filter
Zoom (x1.33, x2, x4) with picture enhancement
3D Sound
Virtual jog shuttle
Audio and video bit rate indicator (only available in certain countries)
DVD FUNCTIONALITY
Multi-angle Selection
Audio Selection (1 out of max. 8 languages)
Subtitles Selection (1 out of max. 32 languages)
Aspect Ratio conversion (16:9, 4:3 Letterbox, 4:3 Pan Scan)
Parental Control and Disk Lock
Disc Menu support (Title Menu and Root Menu)
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Titles/chapters with Favorite Selection
VIDEO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Playback Control for VCD 2.0 discs
Parental Control and Disc lock
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Tracks with Favorite Selection
AUDIO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Time Display (Total / Track )
Full audio functionality with remote control
Programming with Favorite Track Selection
*
typical playing time for movie with 2 spoken languages and 3 subtitle languages.
** equivalent to 500 lines on your TV
Specifications subject to change without prior notice
1
(/A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
CONNECTIONS
S-Video Output
Component Video
PLAYBACK SYSTEM
DVD-Video
Video CD
CD (CD-R and CD-RW)
OPTICAL READOUT SYSTEM
Lasertype
Semiconductor AlGaAs
Numerical Aperture
0.60 (DVD)
0.45 (VCD/CD)
Wavelength
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
DVD DISC FORMAT
Medium
Diameter
Playing time
(12cm)
TV STANDARD
Number of lines
Playback
VIDEO FORMAT
DA Converter
Signal handling
Digital Compression
Optical Disc
12cm (8cm)
One layer
Dual layer
Two side
Single layer
Two side
Dual layer
8 h*
EUROPE
(PAL/50Hz)
625
Multistandard
USA
(NTSC/60Hz)
525
(PAL/NTSC)
10 bits
Components
MPEG2 for DVD,
MPEG1 for VCD
DVD
Horiz. Resolution
Vertical Resolution
720 pixels*
576 line
VCD
Horiz. Resolution
Vertical Resolution
352 pixel
288 line
VIDEO PERFORMANCE
Video output
S-Video output
2.15 h*
4 h*
4.30 h*
720 pixels**
480 lines
352 pixels
240 lines
Y
CR
CB
Black Level Shift
Video Shift
1 Vpp into 75 ohm
Y: 1 Vpp into 75 ohm
C: 0.3 Vpp into 75 ohm
1 Vpp into 75 ohm
0.7 Vpp into 75 ohm
0.7 Vpp into 75 ohm
On/Off
Left/Right
AUDIO FORMAT
Digital
MPEG
DTS/AC-3
PCM
Compressed
16, 20, 24 bits
fs, 48, 96 kHz
Analog Sound Stereo
Dolby Pro Logic downmix from AC-3 multi-channel sound
3D Sound for virtual 5.1 channel sound on 2 speakers
Video Output
Audio L+R output
Digital Output
CABINET
Dimensions (w x h x d)
Weight
Mini DIN, 4 pins
Y Cinch (green)
U (CR) Cinch (blue)
V (CB) Cinch (red)
Cinch (yellow) 2x
Cinch (white/red) 2x
1 coaxial, 1 optical
IEC958 for CDDA / LPCM
IEC1937 for MPEG1/2,
AC-3 and DTS
440 x 92 x 305mm
Approx. 3.8 Kg
PACKAGE CONTENTS
DVD-Video Player
Remote Control & Batteries
AC power cord
User Manual
Audio/Video cord
GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY
Stop / Play / Pause
Fast Forward / Backward
Time search
Step Forward / Backward
Title / Chapter / Track Select
Skip Next / Skip Previous
Repeat (Chapter / Title / All) or (Track / All)
A-B Repeat
Shuffle
Enhanced ease of use graphical interface
Perfect Still with digital multi-tap filter
Zoom (x1.33 x2. x4) with picture enhancement
3D Sound
Virtual Jog Shuttle
Audio and video bit rate indicator (only available in certain countries)
DVD FUNCTIONALITY
Multi-angle Selection
Audio Selection (1 out of max. 8 languages)
Subtitles Selection (1 out of max. 32 languages)
Aspect Ratio conversion (16:9, 4:3 Letterbox, 4:3 Pan Scan)
Parental Control and Disk Lock
Disc Menu support (Title Menu and Root Menu)
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Titles/chapters with Favorite Selection
VIDEO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Playback Control for VCD 2.0 discs
Parental Control and Disc lock
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Tracks with Favorite Selection
AUDIO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Time Display (Total / Track )
Full audio functionality with remote control
Programming with Favorite Track Selection
AUDIO PERFORMANCE
DA Converter
DVD
24 bits
fs 96 kHz
fs 48 kHz
Video CD
fs 48 kHz
CD
fs 44.1 kHz
Signal-Noise (1kHz)
Dynamic Range (1kHz)
Crosstalk (1kHz)
Distortion and Noise (1kHz)
4 Hz - 44 kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 20 kHz
95 dB
90 dB
110 dB
85 dB
* typical playing time for movie with 2 spoken languages and 3 subtitle languages.
** equivalent to 500 lines on your TV
Specifications subject to change without prior notice
2
2. CONNECTION FACILITIES
SCART (/N1B versions only)
Full according PQR3 IMS
Connector implementation according EN50049-1; color = black; dual SCART
Fully according to prEN1057-2-1
Signal switching is P50 controlled; supported features of mode 3 see survey of applicable standards.
2-1 Video performance (/N1B only)
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19
21
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
2-1-1 SCART II (connected to TV)
SCART I (connected to AUX)
Pin signals:
1 Output
2 Input
3 Output
4
5
6 Input
7 Bi-dir
8 Output
Pin signals:
1 Output
2 Input
3 Output
4
5
6 Input
7 Bi-dir
8 Input
9
10 Bi-dir
11 Input
12
13
14
15 Input
16 Input
17
18
19
20 Input
21
9
10
11 Output
12
13
14
15 Output
16 Output
17
18
19 Output
20 Input
21
Audio R
1.8V RMS
Audio R
Audio L
1.8V RMS
Audio GND
Blue/Chroma GND
Audio L
Blue out/Chroma in 0.7pp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
Function switch
2V = TV
4.5V / 7V = asp. ratio 16:9 DVD
9.5V / 12V = asp. ratio 4:3 DVD
Green GND
Bi-dir P50 control
Green
0.7Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
not connected
Red/Chroma GND
fast switch GND
Red out/Chroma out 0.7Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
+/-3dB 0.3Vpp in case of Chroma
fast switch RGB
1V / 3V into 75 Ohm = RGB
/CVBS or Y
0.4V into 75 Ohm = CVBS
Y/CVBS GND
fast switching GND
CVBS/Y/RGB sync 1Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
CVBS/Y
Shield
Audio R
1.8V RMS
Audio R
Audio L
1.8V RMS
Audio GND
Blue/Chroma GND
Audio L
Blue in/Chroma out +/-3dB 0.3Vpp Chroma
Function switch
Green GND
P50 control
Green
not connected
Red/Chroma GND
fast switch GND
Red in/Chroma in
fast switch RGB/CVBS or Y
CVBS GND
fast switching GND
CVBS/Y
Shield
(*) for 100% white
What are "regional codes"?
Motion picture studios want to control the home release of movies in different countries because theater releases arenít
simultaneous (a movie may come out on DVD in the US when itís just hitting screens in Europe). Therefore they have
required that the DVD standard include codes which can be used to lock out the playback of certain discs in certain geographical regions. Players sold in each region will have that regionís code built into the player. The player will refuse to play
these "region coded" discs which are not allowed in the region. However, regional codes are entirely optional. Discs without
codes will play on any player in any country. Some studios have already announced that only their new releases will have
regional codes. There are six regions:
1. United States and Canada
4. South America and Oceania
5. Africa and the Middle East
2. Europe and Japan
3. Far East (except Japan & China)
6. China (except Hong Kong)
5
1
2
6
2
3
5
4
2
Map of DVD Regions
3
4
3. INFORMATIONS
REGION CODE
VERSION
REGION CODE
/N1B
/S1G
2
3
EUROPE
ASIAN PACIFIC
COUNTRY
/U1B
/A1B
1
4
USA/CANADA
AUSTRALIA
Multi-angles:
On some DVDs, scenes have been filmed from different angles
(up to a maximum of 9). On these discs, you can select the
angle that you want to watch. Please refer to the DVD’s manual
to see which scenes have multi-angles.
THE DISCS THAT THE DV4100 CAN HANDLE
The following discs can be played back with a DV4100.
disc
mark
playback capability
DVD
Audio/Video
CD
Audio
size
side
12 cm
single/double
8 cm
12 cm
single
8 cm
It is important to note that CD-R, CD-RW discs must be
FINALIZED before they can be played on this player. The disc
types which run on the player feature one or more of these
logos on the disc packaging.
12 cm
VCD
Audio/Video
single
8 cm
Note: The regional code of the discs must meet to the regional
code of the DV4100.
DVD INFORMATION
Below is a glossary of the new terms related to DVD.
Title:
A disc may have more than one story/movie on it, so each
story/movie is called a “title”.
For example, if there are 2 movies on the disc, they are
separated into Title 1 and Title 2.
Chapter:
A title may also be separated into chapters.
For example, a movie (title) may be separated into 3 scenes
(chapters).
Title 1
Title 2
Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter
1
2
3
1
2
3
Subtitles:
DVDs are recorded with up to 32 different subtitle languages.
If a disc has more than one subtitle language, you can select
the subtitle language that you want to read.
Soundtrack language:
DVDs are recorded with up to 8 different soundtrack languages.
If a disc has more than one language, you can select the
soundtrack language that you want to listen to.
4
4. SERVICING HINT
SERVICE HINTS
SERVICE TOOLS
Audio signals disc
Disc without errors (SBC444)+
Disc with DO errors, black spots and fingerprints (SBC444A)
Disc (65 min 1kHz) without no pause
Max. diameter disc (58.0 mm)
Torx screwdrivers
Set (straight)
Set (square)
13th order filter
DVD test disc
TEST software for PC : ComPair V1. 2
ComPair V1. 3
Connection Cable
5
4822 397 30184
4822 397 30245
4822 397 30155
4822 397 60141
4822 395 50145
4822 395 50132
4822 395 30204
4822 397 10131
4822 727 21634
4822 727 21637
3122 785 90017
5. WARNING AND LASER SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
GB
WARNING
NL
All ICs and many other semi-conductors are
susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD).
Careless handling during repair can reduce
life drastically.
When repairing, make sure that you are
connected with the same potential as the
mass of the set via a wrist wrap with
resistance.
Keep components and tools also at this
potential.
F
WAARSCHUWING
Alle IC’s en vele andere halfgeleiders zijn
gevoelig voor elektrostatische ontladingen
(ESD).
Onzorgvuldig behandelen tijdens reparatie
kan de levensduur drastisch doen
verminderen.
Zorg ervoor dat u tijdens reparatie via een
polsband met weerstand verbonden bent met
hetzelfde potentiaal als de massa van het
apparaat.
Houd componenten en hulpmiddelen ook op
ditzelfde potentiaal.
D
ATTENTION
Tous les IC et beaucoup d’autres semiconducteurs sont sensibles aux décharges
statiques (ESD).
Leur longévité pourrait être considérablement
écourtée par le fait qu’aucune précaution
n’est prise a leur manipulation.
Lors de réparations, s’assurer de bien être
relié au même potentiel que la masse de
l’appareil et enfiler le bracelet serti d’une
résistance de sécurité.
Veiller a ce que les composants ainsi que les
outils que l’on utilise soient également a ce
potentiel.
WARNUNG
I
Alle IC und viele andere Halbleiter sind
empfindlich gegen elektrostatische
Entladungen (ESD).
Unsorgfältige Behandlung bei der Reparatur
kann die Lebensdauer drastisch vermindern.
Sorgen sie dafür, das Sie im Reparaturfall
über ein Pulsarmband mit Widerstand mit
dem Massepotential des Gerätes verbunden
sind.
Halten Sie Bauteile und Hilfsmittel ebenfalls
auf diesem Potential.
AVVERTIMENTO
Tutti IC e parecchi semi-conduttori sono
sensibili alle scariche statiche (ESD).
La loro longevita potrebbe essere fortemente
ridatta in caso di non osservazione della piu
grande cauzione alla loro manipolazione.
Durante le riparazioni occorre quindi essere
collegato allo stesso potenziale che quello
della massa dell’apparecchio tramite un
braccialetto a resistenza.
Assicurarsi che i componenti e anche gli
utensili con quali si lavora siano anche a
questo potenziale.
D
GB
Bei jeder Reparatur sind die geltenden Sicherheitsvorschriften zu beachten.
Der Originalzustand des Gerats darf nicht verandert werden.
Fur Reparaturen sind Original-Ersatzteile zu verwenden.
Safety regulations require that the set be restored to its original condition
and that parts which are identical with those specified be used.
NL
I
Veiligheidsbepalingen vereisen, dat het apparaat in zijn oorspronkelijke
toestand wordt terug gebracht en dat onderdelen, identiek aan de
gespecifieerde worden toegepast.
Le norme di sicurezza esigono che l’apparecchio venga rimesso nelle
condizioni originali e che siano utilizzati pezzi di ricambiago idetici a quelli
specificati.
F
Les normes de sécurité exigent que l’appareil soit remis a l’état d’origine et
que soient utilisées les pièces de rechange identiques à celles spécifiées.
SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST:
CAUTION: After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between
either primary AC cord connector pins (with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON), and the
face or Front Panel of product and controls and chassis bottom,
Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC
power is applied, and verified before return to user/customer.
Ref.UL Standard NO.1492.
NOTE ON SAFETY:
Symbol : Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original parts should be used to replace any part with symbol
Any other component substitution(other than original type), may increase risk or fire or electrical shock hazard.
6
LASER SAFETY
This unit employs a laser. Only a qualified service person should remove the cover or attempt to service
t his device, due to possible eye injury.
LASER DEVICE UNIT
Type:
Wave length:
Output Power:
Beam divergence:
SemiconductorlaserGaAlAs
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
7 mW (DVD)
10 mW (VCD/CD)
60 degree
USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURE OTHER THAN
THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE T O BEAM
WARNING
The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard.
Repair handling should take place as much as possible with a disc loaded inside the player
WARNING LOCATION: INSIDE ON LASER COVERSHIELD
CAUTION VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VED ÅBNING UNDGÅ UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING
! ÅPNES UNNGÅ EKSPONERING FOR STRÅLEN
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING NÅR DEKSEL
VARNING SYNLIG OCH OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN
VARO! AVATT AESSA OLET ALTTIINA NÄKYVÄLLE JA NÄKYMÄTT ÖMÄLLE LASER SÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KAT SO SÄT EESEEN
VORSICHT SICHTBARE UND UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETSEN
DANGER VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM
AT TENTION RAYO NNEMENT LASER VISIBLE ET INVISIBLE EN CAS D'OUVERTURE EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU
Warning for powersupply on position 1005
The primary side of the powersupply including the heatsink carries live mains voltage when the
player is connected to the mains even when the player is swiched off !
This primary area is not shielded so it is possible to touc h copper tracks and/or components when
servicingthe player
. Service person
nel have to take precautions to pre vent touching this area or
components in this area .
The primary side of the powersu pply has been indicated with a lightning stroke and a st ripe-marked
printed onthe printed wiring board
Note:
The screws on the basic Engine (position 218 in on the exploded view drawing) may never be
touched removed or re-adjusted.
Handle the Basic engine with care when the unit has to be exchanged!
The mechanism of the basic engine is very sensative for droping or shocks
7
6. SERVICE HINTS
6.1
DVD-Module 218
6.2
The DVD mechanism has to be exchanged completely in case
of failure. A new or repaired mechanism can be ordered with
codenumber 9305 023 61001.
Return the defective unit complete assembled in original
package to Philips Consumer Service in Eindhoven.
Diagnostic software
In chapter “Diagnostic software” some tests are refering to the
SCART functionality.
These tests are for sets with RGB-output.
For sets without RGB-output no SCART connector is mounted.
In these sets the SCART tests will automatically be skipped
The monoboard has to be repaired on component level.
6.3
Power Supply options
3122 427 21750
3122 427 21370
3122 427 21760
110V USA
220V Europe China
Multi voltage A/P
2261
CAP 330pF
2121
ELCO 150uF 250V
3133
Resistor 10M
6.4
2121
ELCO 100uF 385V
2261
CAP 330pF
2121
ELCO 150uF 400V
Compair
For assistance with the repair process of the monoboard an
electronic Fault finding guidance has been developed , this
program is called COMPAIR.
This COMPAIR program is available on CDROM.
The Version of the CDROM for repair of the monoboard is V1.3
and can be ordered with codenumber : 4822 727 21637.
This is an update CDROM , so when the COMPAIR CDROM is
used for the first time , one has to install the COMPAIR
ENGINE CDROM V1.2 first.
The V1.2 CDROM can be ordered with codenumber 4822 727
634 and has to registered after installation , the procedure for
registration is explained in the help file of the program and in
the booklet from the CDROM.
The cable to connect the monoboard with a PC can be ordered
with codenumber 3122 785 90017.
All the hardware and software requirements of the systems
necessary for working with COMPAIR is described on the
CDROM.
6.5
Monoboard repair
For repair of the monoboard the service manual 3122 785
10045 must be used.
8
7. BLOCK DIAGRAM (/N1B)
AUDIO/VIDEO BACKEND BOARD
MONO BOARD
0/6/12V
RAM
ROM
I2C
RGB/CVBS
7900-7905
RGB
SCART
SWITCHING
RGB/CVBS
CVBS(/YC not on SCART)
7917
AUDIO
TEA6420
AUDIO SCART
SWITCHING
AUDIO
+12Vstby
JBE
(servo)
8Vstab
I2S
3V3stab
SCART
AUX
CVBS
SCART
CVBS
Video
IC's and
audio
buffers
TV
RGB/CVBS
DAC
CVBS
HOST
S2B
A/V signals
Sti5505
-8Vstby
Y/C
-5Vstab
Switches
OPTICAL
OUTPUT
DIG_OUT
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
AUDIO L+R
7401
7403
L+R
I2S Audio
I2C
SPMS
3
DAC
UDA1328T
Kill
7104
St_by
DISPLAY BOARD
SLAVE PROCESSOR
+12V stby
+5V stby
-8V stby
1113
-40V
+5V
RC
KEYBOARD
+3V3
9
10
(/A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
AUDIO/VIDEO BACKEND BOARD
MONO BOARD
7020 : 7023
RAM
CVBS1
ROM
CVBS
-8V
CVBS2
-8V
-5V
CB
-5V
RGB
TDA 4780
CR
+12Vstby
JBE
(servo)
Video
IC's and
audio
buffers
8Vstab
I2S
3V3stab
HOST
S2B
(ONLY DVD751)
Y
DAC
Y
C
Y/C
-8Vstby
A/V signals
Sti5505
-5Vstab
Switches
OPTICAL
OUTPUT
DIG_OUT
7405 #
# DVD732 ONLY
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
7403 #
KOK
TC9409
7400
7002
7008
L+R
MICRO
3
DAC
UDA1328T
2x
I2S Audio
I2C
KILL
Headphone out
SPMS
7104
St_by
DISPLAY BOARD
SLAVE PROCESSOR
+12V stby
+5V stby
-8V stby
1113
-40V
RC
+5V
KEYBOARD
+3V3
11
12
8. WIRING DIAGRAM
A/V BOARD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
HP_L
MIC GND
HP_R
+12V
MIC_A
GND
-8V
8
KILL
8
1002
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
GND
H_SYNC
GND
PCM_OUT2
GND
PCM_OUT1
-8VSTBY
SCL
+12VSTBY
SDA
+6VSTBY
3V3A
GND
C
GND
Y
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P50
B
G
GND
R
CVBS
GND
0|6|12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
16
*
1003
22
5
1
FFC
EH
ADJA_OUT
ADJA_IN
ADJB_OUT
ADJB_IN
MIC GND
1
2
3
4
5
GND
PCM_CLK
CENTER_ON
STEREO_MUTE
DIG_OUT
GND
1001
1000
1
17
18
19
20
21
22
-8V
+5VD
+5WD
KILL
GND
PCM_OUT0
LRCLK
SCLK
1
EH
FFC
400MM -----> 3139 110 38831
105MM ----->
105MM ----->
3139 110 34321
3139 110 34221
3103 308 91150
<----- 400MM
PH
5
FFC
1
1
2
3
4
5
FFC
16
1
1501
22
1
1603
1604
SCL
GND
SCA
STBCONTROL
P50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
GND
H_SYNC
GND
PCM_OUT2
GND
PCM_OUT1
-8VSTBY
SCL
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
+12VSTBY
SDA
+6VSTBY
3V3A
GND
C
GND
Y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
P50
B
G
GND
R
CVBS
GND
0|6|12
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
-8V
+5VD
+5WD
KILL
GND
PCM_OUT0
LRCLK
SCLK
GND
PCM_CLK
CENTER_ON
STEREO_MUTE
DIG_OUT
GND
17
18
19
20
21
22
POWER SUPPLY
12
1600
PH
BOARD
1
3V3
3V3
+5V
+5VSTBY
+6VSTBY
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
MONO BOARD
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
GND
-8VSTBY
STBCONTROL
+12VSTBY
GND
3V3
3V3
+5V
+5VSTBY
+6VSTBY
GND
7
8
9
10
11
12
GND
GND
-8VSTBY
STBCONTROL
+12VSTBY
GND
1
2
3
4
+12V
GND
+5VSTBY
-40V
EH
2
CN4
1
0207
0205
5
Non Euro model only
STBKEY+
STBKEY-
1
20
EH
2
1
2
3
4
+5VSTBY
STBLED
STBKEY+
STBKEY-
1
1205
4
Non Euro model only
1
3139 110 38371
3139 110 38631
EH
EH
----->
BOARD
400MM
----->
STANDBY
1118
3139 110 37201
100MM
100MM
13
1117
4
1
2
3
4
+5VSTBY
STBLED
STBKEY+
STBKEY-
1
4
5
1115
DISPLAY
BOARD
1
2
3
4
2
STBKEY -
EH
EH
SCL
GND
SCA
STBCONTROL
P50
----->
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
STBKEY+
<-----
PH
1
+12V
GND
+5VSTBY
-40V
1
*
1
2
3
4
5
280MM
1116
ADJA_OUT
ADJA_IN
ADJB_OUT
ADJB_IN
MIC GND
14
1
12
1
HR
4
EH
3139 110 34251
3139 110 38681
<----- 280MM
9. DISMANTLING INSTRUCTIONS
Cover 151
Remove 7 screws 233
Lift cover at rearside to
remove
mounting
demounting
Front assy 1
remove 2 screws 212
(front 1 frame 213)
unlock front from frame by
releasing successively 3
snaps (on the left, in the
middle and on the right)
put front assy in front of the
set(service position)
Display board 1002
Remove 7 screws
203(board front), pay
attention to earth spring 300.
demount board
DVD MODULE 218
Remove connections to
Mono board
remove 4 screws
217 (loader bracket
2
frame 213)
demount module
Standby board 1003 and
switch assy
Remove 2 screws
25 26(board front)
demount board
Remove 1 screw 207
Take out switch assy
AV board 1002
remove flex connections to
Mono board
remove 7 screws 227
release snaps of 2 spacers
221
demount board
Power supply unit 1005
remove connections
remove 2 screws 222
(board frame)
remove screw 225 (mains
inled backplate)
release snaps of spacers
226 (board frame)
demount board
DVD MONO Board 7
See also exploded view of
DVD module
Remove flex connections to
turntable motor and sledge
motor.
remove 4 screws
10 13(mono board 7
loader bracket 2)
remove carefully flex
connection to OPU and wire
connection to tray motor.
demount board.
LOADER VAL3000 1
Remove 2 screws 8,9
Remove 4 suspensions
3 6 from loader bracket
15
16
10. EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST (/N1B)
POS.
NO
17
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
DESCRIPTION
0200
0201
0202
0204
0205
0219
0220
0240
0244
0245
3139 247 51280
3120 001 00051
3139 247 51310
3139 244 00550
3139 244 00560
3139 244 00590
3139 241 20110
3139 247 51410
3139 247 51461
3139 247 51461
1005
1014
1018
3122 427 22300 PSU PCB ASSY
DVD2B+ 20PS223
3104 157 11190 CWAS FLEX DVD 22 130 32S
3104 157 11200 CWAS FLEX DVD 16 130 32S
QW15711190
QW15711200
0385
0384
0387
4822 321 10249 MAINS CORD
3139 228 85500 REMOTE CONTROL
3139 246 10340 USER GUIDE (/N1B)
QP32110249
QT22885500
QT24610340
18
FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
BADGE MARANTZ
BADGE DVD
WINDOW
BUTTON STANDBY
DOOR
SPRING DOOR
BUTTON CONTROL
FOOT
FOOT
PART NO.
(MJI)
QT24751280
QZ00100051
QT24751310
QT24400550
QT24400560
QT24400590
QT24120110
QT24751410
QT24751461
QT24751461
(/A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
For /U1B old
For /A1B, /S1G and /U1B new
POS.
NO
PART NO.
(PCS)
DESCRIPTION
0200
0200
0201
0202
0202
0204
0205
0205
0219
0219
0220
0240
0240
0244
0245
/A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51290
/S1G
3139 247 51302
4822 454 11825
/A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51310
/S1G
3139 247 51321
3139 244 00550
/A1B,/U1B 3139 244 00570
/S1G
3139 247 51331
/A1B,/U1B 3139 244 00590
/S1G
3139 247 51341
3139 241 20110
/A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51410
/S1G
3139 247 51421
3139 247 51451
3139 247 51271
1005
1014
1018
/A1B,/S1G 3139 248 80390 PSU PCB ASSY DVD2000
(OVS)
/U1B
3139 248 80380 PSU PCB ASSY DVD2000
(USS)
3139 110 34220 FFC FOIL 22P/105/22P BD B
3139 110 34230 FFC FOIL 16P/105/16P BD B
0384
0385
0385
0385
0387
0387
/A1B
/S1G
/U1B
/U1B
/A1B,/U1B
1005
19
VERS.
COLOR
20
3139 228 85500
3139 118 73040
4822 321 10249
4822 321 11466
3139 246 10350
3139 246 10521
FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
FRONT PANEL (GOLD)
BADGE MARANTZ
BADGE DVD (BLACK)
BADGE DVD (GOLD)
WINDOW
BUTTON POWER (BLACK)
BUTTON POWER (GOLD)
DOOR (BLACK)
DOOR (GOLD)
SPRING DOOR
BUTTON CONTROL (BLACK)
BUTTON CONTROL (GOLD)
FOOT
FOOT
REMOTE CONTROL
MAINS CORD (/A1B)
MAINS CORD (/S1G)
MAINS CORD (/U1B)
USER GUIDE (/U1B)
USER GUIDE (/A1B,/S1G)
PART NO.
(MJI)
QT24751290
QT24751302
QP45411825
QT24751310
QT24751321
QT24400550
QT24400570
QT24751331
QT24400590
QT24751341
QT24120110
QT24751410
QT24751421
QT24751451
QT24751271
QT24880390
QT24880380
QT11034220
QT11034230
QT22885500
QT11873040
QP32110249
QP32111466
QT24610350
QT24610521
12. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AND PARTS LOCATION
Volume / Standby PWB
1
2
A
A
B
B
C
D1: Standby PCB (N1B)
1111 D1
1205 D2
3150 C1
6204 D1
T134 C1
T135 D1
T136 D1
T137 D2
T138 D2
C
T134
3150
100R
T135
LTL-1CHPE
6204
GEEN SYMBOOL
CQW10
T136
1205
1
D
STANDBY
1111
T137
3
SKQNAB
T138
4
EH-S
D
2
To Con 1117 of Display PCB
1
2
21
22
Display
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
+5Vstb
For models with P50 only
FIL2
FIL1
14
+5Vstb
3100
22K
A
3101
27K
F105
A1 : FRONT DISPLAY PCB
49 48
F108
45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
1113
14-MT-26GNK
3105
0R
C
L
F200
3102
IN_P50
3107
DVD
R
F102
F106
F109
2 1
2100
220p
F103
0R
47K
SW
F104
TITLE
SR
CHAPTER
SCAN
A-B
VCD
FTS
TOTAL
CHAPTER
TRACK
REPEAT
SHUFFLE
TRACK
TITLE
TIME
TRACK
P50
interface
to scart
scart PIN 10
P50
220p
3104
SL
6100
BAS216
2101
F201
OUT_P50
DIGITAL
SURROUND
7101
BC847B
100K
F202
3106
220R
7102
F100 V13 BC847B
F113
7100
BC847B
F101
B
VFD GRID 12
F107 V14
VKK
2103
100p
2102
100p
F231
2211
100p
VFD GRID 13
3108
82K
3103
82K
STBKEY+
VKK
3109
4K7
3149
F169 2131
EH-B
12
13
14
15
16
F175
100R
3
F124
V1
V2
V3
V4
V0
F133
F123
F132
V5
4-Bit In/Output
(tri-state) P5
AIN10
34
AIN5
31
F155
AIN4
30
F157
AIN3
29
F159
AIN2
28
AIN1
27
3-B. I/O P3 AIN0
sink o.drain SCK0
25
22
IN_P50
23
1107
1106
SKQNAB
1108
3D SOUND
SKQNAB
PAUSE
SKQNAB
PLAY
SKQNAB
STOP
F160
F161
26
F162
24
F163
3123
3121
10K
4K7
3122
F208
SCA
10R
3125
F209
SCL
PH-B
1118
1
F241 2
10R
3
3150
3130
4K7
10R
STBY control F210
P50
2114
22p
4
F242
5
2115
22p
PKM13EPY
OPTION
+12V
F178
F179
3132
F213
330R
2120
22p
2119
22p
3133
10R
2121
22p
2122
33n
2124
7110
TSOP1736
+5Vstb
F184
3135
2
F234
220R
3
F183
4
F235
VS
3136
1K
F223 3142
3137
330R
10K
OUT
F219
GND
2
3
1
STBKEY-
3134
330R
F214
2125
F216
22p
22u
3138
470R
4R7
BC327-25
7106
VFIL_DC
F212
2116
33n
7105
BC337-25
FIL1
7107
BC847B
3120
470R
2117
10u
STBKEY+
EH-B
2123
10u
STBY - LEDCONTROL
3131
TO 1205
SKQNAB
+5Vstby
F181
I
SKQNAB
F211
K_STROBE
2118
22p
1
1122
1112
5
1117
1121
3115
4K7
SKQNAB
OPEN / CLOSE
1109
10K
8-Bit Input/Output
(tri-state)
21
F233
3145 F187
P4
20
SKQNAB
PREV
3114
10R
1102
6105
10R
10R 3129
10R 3128
35
SKQNAB
NEXT
3113
4K7
F180
K_CLK
4
H
36
AIN11
1101
F177
K_DATA
F245
19
F176
K_RESET
2
10R 3127
3126
1
18
For DVD 751
only
1110
For DVD732 only
1116
17
OUT_P50
MICRO-
AIN12
VKK
1100
3112
4K7
F142
SCA
11
37
F152
SCL
10
AIN13
33n
F232
F140
F186
INT4
9
INT2
8
P0
BAS216
F227
OPTION
EH-B
V6
V7
V8
8-Bit Input/Output
(tri-state)
TC1
7
38
drain
1n
G
F122
F121
F131
F130
F120
V10
V9
F119
F128
F129
V11
V12
V13
V14
V15
F118
V17
V16
F117
F127
V18
F126
V19
V20
V21
80k pull
down
6
100R
1n
3
5
39
VASS
F171
2
MICRO+
4
VDD
VAREF
3116
82K
33
F173
F168 2202
F226
3
2105
32
F170
3148
F243
1
2
F164
1119
1
P03
OPTION
41
AIN6
8-Bit A/D
Converter
3-Bit In/Output
with latch P2
80 SI1
SO1
3147
10K
2107
33n
sink open
8-Bit Input/Output
(tri-state)
P0
79 -SCK1
3146
10K
F116
F125
78 VKK
F153
6102
BZX284-C10
CPU
TC4
+5Vstb
42
AIN7
Counter
F172
+5Vstb
V36
43
80k pull down
-DV0
76 V35
77
44
45
8-Bit high breakdown v.
output port with latch P6
TC2
F158
VKK
46
3111
4K7
3110
4K7
F114
V15
Program
ROM
XTOUT
2111
33n
-RESET
2110
33n
XIN
2130
22u
47
7103
BC847B
F135
40
-INT1
VKK
OUT
3
48
49
-INT0
75 V34
50
80k pull down
P6-P9 source open drain
-STOP
74 V33
F156
51
F230
F207
F154
F206
52
53
8-Bit high breakdown voltage
output part ewith latch
P7
RAM
VSS
GND
3119
10K
72 V31
73 V32
XOUT
IN
2109
33n
2108
33n
F150
F151
P07
7112
MC79L24
2
1
(-40V)
3118
10K
F167
F204
F205
71 V30
54
VFT driver circuit (automatic display)
F166
6101
BZX284-C8V2
EH-B
E
F149
55
56
TEST
2106
10u
4R7
57
58
80k pull down
P06
-40V
70 V29
59
XTIN
+5Vstb
4
69 V28
1202
F203
60
V15 V14 V13
8-Bit h.break. v.
out w. latch
P8
P05
+5V stb
+5Vstby
3117
3
1207
F147
F229
F244
2
GND
V27
61
source open
drain 80k p.d.
+12V
68
62
P04
1
+12V
67 V26
F141
VFIL_DC
F228
V24
66 V25
F139
63
F165
1115
F138
64
8-Bit h. breakdown v.
out. port w. latch
P9
D
65
5-Bit h. breakd. v.
out w. latch
PD
F137
V23
7104
TMP87CH74
V22
7202
C
F
STBKEY-
VKK
G14
G13
G12
VFD GRID14
BC857B
7109
F221
10u
6104
BAS216
3140
10K
3144
100K
F222
7108
BC847B
2201
33n
3139
4K7
3143
10K
FIL2
2126
F217
2129
22u
2128
1n
INFO : FIL2-FIL1=4.8Vac-RMS
1
2
3
4
23
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
24
13
14
F218
Display PWB
25
26
Supply and video switching (/N1B)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
SUPPLY &
VIDEO SWITCHING
supply
RGB switching
1300-1
1
A
TP1
1300-2
+6V
+6V
B
2
+6V
A
TP2
1300-3
G
3
TP3
1300-5
2527
2528
2529
22n
22n
22n
R
5
TP4
CVBS
F260
0|6|12
-9.5V
F113
1300-9
-9.2V
0R
F269 3615
7331
BC547B
6302
6403
F274
F270
10K
Y1 13
7
6
F130
8
1301-10
F138
1K
-0.6V
7
8V
-5V
16 7904-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
15 Z
RCIN_AUX
Y1 1
+8VAud
16 7905-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
15 Z
GIN_AUX
E Vee Vss
6
6
6
8
-5V
7
8
-5V
+6V
7
16 7903-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S
16 7904-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S
16 7905-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S
4 Z
4 Z
4 Z
Y1 3
Y1 3
E Vee Vss
6
6
7
8
7
+12V
16
-5V
F275
0R
3620
F276
F401
3
3V3
C
2
2453
47u
BC_AUX
Y1 3
-5.2V
U185
D
-5V
E Vee Vss
8
6
7
-5V
+6V
+12Vstby
9
8
-8Vstby
-5V
E
+12Vstby
+6V
CVBS SWITCHING
BLANKING
4R7
7333
BC327-25
2535
22n
16 7900-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
16 7901-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
4K7
SELECT
7334
BC847B
14 Z
CVBS
7335
BC847B
YCVBSOUT_TV
SELECT
Y1 13
CVBS
14 Z
E Vee Vss
6
6
8
SELECT_HIGH
Y1 13
E Vee Vss
7
YCVBSOUT_AUX
7
FBOUT_TV
F
16 7902-A
+5V
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
14 Z
Y1 13
7945
BC857B
E Vee Vss
8
6
7
8
FBIN_AUX
47K
0V
0.7V
10K
0V
2536
22n
3770
+6V
3624 F280
3625 F281
2532
22n
4K7 +10.8V
F279 3623
F278
3769
+12Vstby
2533
2537
22n
22n
F500
+6V
0.7V
YCVBSIN_AUX
15 Z
15 Z
15 Z
+6V
H
Y1 1
0V
SELECT
U275
7943
BC847B
56K
0.7V
3723
+6V
10K
3695
56K
3720
6
U228
YCVBSIN_TV
E Vee Vss
7
8
3
4
27
5
E Vee Vss
E Vee Vss
6
6
+6V
-5V
SLB_TV
Y1 1
7
8
7
8
16 7902-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S
4 Z
4 Z
4 Z
Y1 3
E Vee Vss
E Vee Vss
6
6
7
8
7
SLB_AUX
6
7
8
3772 F503
+12Vstby
7
8
9
10
7947
BC847B
11
SELECT HIGH:
0V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART DVD"
12V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART LOOP"
I
ALL DC VOLTAGES MEASURED
IN STOP MODE.
47K
-5V
6
SELECT:
0V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART DVD"
6V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART LOOP"
Y1 3
E Vee Vss
8
H
F502
16 7901-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S
Y1 3
0|6|12
7946
BC857B
+12Vstby
-5V
16 7900-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S
-5V
2
Y1 1
3805
16 7902-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
3773
56K
7935
BC847B
16 7901-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
G
7949
BC847B
47K
3722 U230
47K
+12Vstby
-5V
16 7900-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
3774
SELECT_HIGH
0|6|12
+6V
-5V
F501
47K
0V
3771
10K
3696
+12Vstby
U229
47K
3804
10K
G
10K
F
10K
3622
3621 F277
1
3.3V
L78L33
1
+11.2V
3627
I
2541
100n
8
-5V
+6V
E Vee Vss
B
+8Vstby
2452
220n
Y1 1
E Vee Vss
7
+8VAud
0R
2
7400
22n
+6V
-5V
Y1 1
3433 F121
2534
22n
TP6
+11.5V
OUT
GND
2412
47u
TP5
F135
IN
3 F120
8
E Vee Vss
+6V
Y_ENC
1K
8
2531
16 7903-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
7332
BC857B
F142
15
1301-16
DC_OFF
6
7
8V
7304
LF80C
2354
220n
Y1 13
6
-5V
C_ENC
1301-9
14 Z
E Vee Vss
+6V
14
1301-15
E
BC_TV
1
+12Vstby
B
E Vee Vss
22n
SCL
13
1301-14
SELECT
11.4V
220n
F211 2384
Y1 13
2530
SDA
10
1301-13
14 Z
8
15 Z
D
GOUT_TV
+6V
1301-2
2
1301-8
G
16 7905-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
U183 2525
E Vee Vss
0V
3619 F273
-1.2V
BAS216
14 Z
RCOUT_TV
4R7
2545
4K7
DC_OFF
BAS216
SELECT
220n
-8.6V
F272 3618
0V
10K
3617
3616 F271
R
16 7904-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
U182 2524
-8Vstby
9
C
SELECT
220n
6404
8
16 7903-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
47u
B
3626
BZX284-C5V1
1300-8
3762
6
270R
1300-6
12
13
28
14
1300-1 A1
1300-2 A1
1300-3 A1
1300-5 A1
1300-6 B1
1300-8 B1
1300-9 B1
1301-10 D1
1301-13 D1
1301-14 D1
1301-15 E1
1301-16 E1
1301-2 D1
1301-8 D1
1301-9 E1
2354 B13
2384 B11
2412 B14
2452 C13
2453 C14
2524 B6
2525 B9
2527 A6
2528 A8
2529 A10
2530 C6
2531 C8
2532 F6
2533 G6
2534 C10
2535 F8
2536 F10
2537 G8
2541 B14
2545 C4
3433 B14
3615 B3
3616 B3
3617 C2
3618 C3
3619 C2
3620 E3
3621 F2
3622 F2
3623 F3
3624 F2
3625 G1
3626 B3
3627 E3
3695 H2
3696 G3
3720 H2
3722 H2
3723 I2
3762 D13
3769 G12
3770 G11
3771 H11
3772 I11
3773 I12
3774 H11
3804 G11
3805 G12
6302 C2
6403 C1
6404 D13
7304 B13
7331 B3
7332 C3
7333 F3
7334 F3
7335 G2
7400 C13
7900-A F6
7900-B G6
7900-C H6
7901-A F8
7901-B G8
7901-C H8
7902-A F10
7902-B G10
7902-C H10
7903-A B6
7903-B C6
7903-C D6
7904-A B8
7904-B C8
7904-C D8
7905-A B10
7905-B C10
7905-C D10
7935 H3
7943 I2
7945 F11
7946 H11
7947 I12
7949 G12
F106 A2
F109 A2
F110 A2
F112 B2
F113 B2
F120 B13
F121 B14
F130 D2
F135 E2
F138 D2
F142 D2
F144 D2
F150 E2
F211 B11
F260 B2
F269 B3
F270 B4
F271 B3
F272 C3
F273 C2
F274 C2
F275 E3
F276 E4
F277 F2
F278 F2
F279 F3
F280 F2
F281 G1
F401 C14
F500 G11
F501 G12
F502 H11
F503 I12
U182 B6
U183 B8
U185 D13
U228 H2
U229 G3
U230 H2
U275 I2
Audio A/V MUX (/N1B)
1
2
4
3
5
6
7
8
10
9
11
12
13
14
AUDIO
HP_R
HP_R
10K
2464
VO2P 32
VO2N 31
29 VO1N
DAC’S
VDDA
6
VREFA
30 F437
2472
47u
10K
3631
F416 3442
100U
100R
100R
F417
2458
2K7
12
3447 F424
52030 11
1300-12
F455
KILL
52030 13
1300-14
+12Vstby
7944
BC847B
TP8
3765
STANDBY
10K
3764
TP9
52030 16
1300-17
52030 17
1300-18
10K
52030 15
1300-16
3341
50
4u7
2373
RIN_AUX
F177
RIN_TV
3635
220R
L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
NC
4
7
5
2497
2457
1n
6
9
10
1410
3339
1K
3338
47K
4
E
6
F413
7
-8Vstby
TP14
HP_L
HP_L
F
6V
4K7
3610
F265
0V
DC_OFF
0.7V
7329
BC847B
G
+5V
0.6V
F267
F266 3612
0V
7330
BC847B
47K
2488
DIG_OUT
3505
F486
100n
100R
3507
100R 2543
47p
F487
2544
10u
5400
7CHA
3
4
F488
3508
6400
GP1F32T 2
F489
1
68R
2
1
6
8
2495
100n
TP11
H
DRIVER
3
TP18
F490
52030 19
1300-20
3
1405
YKC21-3416
2
2519
100n
DIG_OUT
1
52030 22
1
EH-B
3
HP_R
STANDBY
F478
1
HP_L
+8VAud
7
52030 21
1300-22
LOUT_TV
TP15
8
F181
7403-D
MC33079
14
52030 18
1300-19
I
LOUT_AUX
D
50
TP10
52030 20
1300-21
C
TP15
+6V
TP7
52030 14
1300-15
3
SCL
TP17
+5V
3768
52030 12
1300-13
LO3 15
1402-B
YKC21-3930
22K
+5V
47p
5
-8Vstby
4K7
F505
4R7
KILL:
-8V DURING PLAY
+4.8V DURING STOP, NEXT, PREVIOUS
3614
3803
100R
2360
47p
11
BC817-40
F268 3611
F448
52030 10
1300-11
2361
13
2K7
2542
52030 7
1300-10
LO4 17
SDA
3322 100R
2K7
52030 4
1300-7
4
7405
KILL
3613
1300-4
ADDR 26
3321
47K
F
GND
SCL 27
F141
2372
4u7
3453
2u2
52030 12
4.6V1
BUS
DECODER
TP16
SDA 28
F139
2
10K
2461
{PCM_OUT0,PCM_OUT1,PCM_OUT2,SCLK,LRCLK,PCM_CLK,DEEM0,DEEM1}
4R7
U186 2 C
+8VAud
100p
52030 11
1301-12
TP15
RO4 18
U226 3 VS
7404
BC817-40
10K
52030 6
1301-7
RO3 16
LO2 13
TP13
3445
10K
3446 F423
-8Vstby
3451
6401
3517
100R
3632
100R
2456
B
ROUT_TV
ROUT_AUX
LO1 11
KILL
U191
TP15
4
22n
U190
52030 7
1301-11 F497 3802 F504 +6V
H
11
10K
52030 5
1301-6
G
F418 6
3448
52030 4
1301-5
5
STEREO_R
7403-B
MC33079
7
4
3V3
52030 3
1301-4
E
F415 5
100p
3444
2469
1402-C
6 YKC21-3930
STEREO_L
2455
+1.6V
2471
100n
7406
BC817-40
2K7
U227
22n
1301-1
52030 1
1301-3
3463 F411
Option L/R
TP12
VO6 5
VSSA
3
KILL
2450
22n
VO4 2
4 VO5
TP12
KILL
TP12
U189
+8VAud
22 21
NC RO1 12
RO2 14
9.2V
100p
7948
BC857B
22K
2463
1n
SUPPLY
L3MODE 17
3766
3461
10K
7407
BC817-40
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5
LIN_TV
28 VO1P
3462 F410
AUDIO SCART SWITCHING
F176
3464
DS 26
+12V
-8Vstby
3V3
TST2 22
1 VO3
KILL
A
7917
TEA6420 25 24 23 20 19
TP13
F406
3457
100R
2K7
L3CLK 18
INTERPOL FILTER
NOISE SHAPER
15
TP12
U187
F405
F180
22u
C
11
10K
L3DATA 19
VOL/MUTE/DEEMPH
NC
3456
100R
DEEM0 25
7
8
2462
100U
BZX284-C9V1
DEEM1 24
16 SYSCLK
10K
10K
3512
3511
F432
4
F408 2
22K
14 DI56
27 TST1
-8Vstby
7403-A
MC33079
1 F404
10K
3459
3767
13 DI34
3V3
MUTE 23
CONTROL
INTERFACE
12 DI12
STATIC 9
F403 3
2498
VSSD
11 WS
3455
100u
VDDD
10 BCK
+8VAud
2496
20
DIGITAL
INTERFACE
B
11
3454
5K6
7401
UDA1328T 21
F422
F425
9
10K
F419
7403-C
MC33079
F400
8
4
F412
3519
22n
100p
1K
3340
22n
F414
2K2
3634
2460
D
10
2459
3V3
F421
A
7402
BC817-25
LIN_AUX
KILL
47K
TP14
+8VAud
2
3
4
29
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
30
14
I
1300-10 G1
1300-11 G1
1300-12 G1
1300-13 G1
1300-14 G1
1300-15 H1
1300-16 H1
1300-17 H1
1300-18 H1
1300-19 I1
1300-20 I1
1300-21 I1
1300-22 I1
1300-4 F1
1300-7 F1
1301-1 D1
1301-11 E1
1301-12 F1
1301-3 D1
1301-4 D1
1301-5 E1
1301-6 E1
1301-7 E1
1402-B D10
1402-C C10
1405 I14
1410 D14
2360 C14
2361 C13
2372 D12
2373 A12
2450 C6
2455 D4
2456 D6
2457 D9
2458 D6
2459 A5
2460 A2
2461 E6
2462 B6
2463 B9
2464 C6
2469 D2
2471 D3
2472 D3
2488 H14
2495 I13
2496 C11
2497 C11
2498 C11
2519 I13
2542 H7
2543 H10
2544 H11
3321 C14
3322 C14
3338 E13
3339 E12
3340 A12
3341 A13
3442 D8
3444 D4
3445 D9
3446 D7
3447 E7
3448 D5
3451 E5
3453 E6
3454 A5
3455 B5
3456 B7
3457 B8
3459 B5
3461 B9
3462 B7
3463 C8
3464 B6
3505 H10
3507 H10
3508 H12
3511 C1
3512 C2
3517 C7
3519 A3
3610 F8
3611 G7
3612 H7
3613 G7
3614 H8
3631 D7
3632 C6
3634 A4
3635 B11
3764 H6
3765 H6
3766 C3
3767 C4
3768 G7
3802 E1
3803 G2
5400 H11
6400 H14
6401 C11
7329 G8
7330 H8
7401 B2
7402 A4
7403-A B6
7403-B D6
7403-C A9
7403-D E9
7404 D8
7405 E8
7406 C8
7407 B8
7917 B12
7944 G7
7948 C4
F139 C13
F141 C13
F176 D12
F177 B12
F180 A12
F181 D12
F265 G8
F266 H7
F267 H8
F268 G7
F400 A9
F403 B5
F404 B6
F405 B8
F406 B8
F408 B5
F410 B7
F411 C8
F412 A4
F413 E9
F414 A2
F415 D5
F416 D8
F417 D8
F418 D5
F419 B1
F421 D6
F422 B1
F423 D7
F424 E8
F425 B1
F432 C1
F437 D3
F448 G1
F455 G1
F478 I1
F486 H11
F487 H11
F488 H12
F489 H13
F490 H12
F497 E1
F504 E1
F505 G2
U186 C12
U187 B7
U188 C3
U189 C3
U190 E3
U191 E3
U226 C12
U227 D7
Scart panel (N1B)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
SCART
U223
3348
U221
F115
3315
3359
47K
U220
2357
F127
3319
1K
4u7
2383
U195
F205
3363
U219
3366
47K
50
2359
2523
220p
+8Vstby
+8Vstby
F133
470R
4u7
3325
47K
50
5B
100K
22R
330R
2u2
330R
7.4V
2.2V
100R
7928
BC847B
2.6V
3725
3735
22R
330R
3707
6K8
330R
3734
3641
2502
220p
1K
3699
4K7
0350808190
MT1
3721
+8Vstby
1.6V
3733
22R
330R
330R
100K
3732
3724
2409
220p
H
7933
BC847B
U167 3677
2V
100R
75R
F103
220p
7.4V
2.6V
3702
100R
7934
BC847B
7941
BC857B
2.6V
3689 U168
2504
U170 3688 U169
U184
470R
3701
330R
100K
100K
3653
3646
7.4V
2503
220p
+8Vstby
7918
BC847B
U208
U209 3690
I
1K
3343
75R
-0.6V
3703
6K8
2371
220p
-8Vstby
-8Vstby
1
2
3
4
31
MT2
G
3676
U162
3694
3432
75R
F
BC857B
7942
150R
+8Vstby
2.2V
3647
+8Vstby
1K
20A
21A
3674
1304-3
3801
7931
BC847B
U279
19A
+6V
+8Vstby
2u2
-0.6V
E
150R
+8Vstby
U211 2511
U207
16A
F183
U212
75R
U206
14A
15A
75R
U133
4K7
H
I
100K
3800
U131
7922
BC847B
2V
+8Vstby
3687
U278
3758
330R
75R
18A
7927
BC847B
U149
100R
1.6V
U153
U210
3739
22R
3697
3738
3637
100K
3727
330R
U141
12A
13A
U156
1K
100R
1.6V
U222
7923
BC847B
2V U137 3672
220p
2u2
7.4V
2.6V
2499
100R
7924
BC847B
1K
7.4V
2.2V
D
11A
+8Vstby
7938
BC857B
2.6V
3683 U150
4K7
7936
2.6V
BC857B
3679 U138
U142
U143 3673
U132
7.4V
3682 U151
U152
+8Vstby
U140 3678 U139
2V
U155
U163
330R
3648
100K
3636
3749
U205
100K
2506
G
2408
220p
3425
75R
+8Vstby
7925
BC847B
100R
220p
U214 2508
20B
21B
+8Vstby
9A
U148
-8Vstby
+8Vstby
8A
220R
10A
3698
3737
F149
SLB_TV
1K
3649
330R
3736
3726
7A
17A
3650
3640
19B
F259
7.4V
2.6V
1.6V
U147
7937
BC857B
2.6V
3681 U144
2501
2402
220p
75R
-0.6V
3706
6K8
F
18B
U136
1K
3408
U203
3693
3757
17B
U201
7921
BC847B
F148 3313
+8Vstby
100R
7926
BC847B
6A
U154
+8Vstby
16B
100K
U204
4A
5A
+8Vstby
+8Vstby
15B
-8Vstby
7.4V
C
3A
F145
U146 3680 U145
330R
14B
+8Vstby
100K
3638
13B
F247
75R
+8Vstby
2.2V
2u2
12B
2404
220p
3407
75R
U216 2507
11B
3639
3705
6K8
E
F234
-0.6V
3756
8B
9B
3692
1K
330R
3651
7B
U213
U202
+8Vstby
U134
2A
F140
+8Vstby
10B
U199
7920
BC847B
330R
100K
F229
220R
+8Vstby
3747
22R
6B
U225
3409
3731
U215
-8Vstby
U198
1.6V
100R
1A
F137
1K
F218
U161
2.6V
100K
3704
6K8
3B
4B
2395
220p
3629
75R
7930
BC847B
F134
7929
BC847B
2V U157 3675
3700
F222
1K
-0.6V
2u2
7939
BC857B 2.6V
3685 U158
100R 7.4V
2.2V
2B
1304-1
U160 3684 U159
7.4V
3744
3691
TV-SCART
+8Vstby
330R
U197
U200
7919
BC847B
U218 2509
U217
F219
1B
3642
1304-2
F216
100K
3397
47K
50
+8Vstby
3748
AUX-SCART
470R
4u7
100K
3394
3643
F212
100K
2385
B
3323
+8Vstby
U196
2521
220p
3320
47K
50
1K
4u7
3318
47K
50
50
2358
220p
3316
47K
470R
4u7
470R
4u7
A
1K
2355
3351
47K
D
F195
3314
50
2522
220p
3413
C
{ROUT_AUX,RIN_AUX,LOUT_AUX,LIN_AUX,BC_AUX,SLB_AUX,GIN_AUX,RCIN_AUX,FBIN_AUX,YCVBSOUT_AUX,YCVBSIN_AUX}
B
2382
F114
4u7
3349
47K
50
U194
2353
1K
220p
F193
4u7
2500
2378
U193
A
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
32
13
1304-1 C13
1304-2 C6
1304-3 G13
2353 A10
2355 A10
2357 B10
2358 A12
2359 B10
2371 I11
2378 A3
2382 A3
2383 B3
2385 C3
2395 C5
2402 F5
2404 E5
2408 F5
2409 I5
2499 G5
2500 E12
2501 F11
2502 C11
2503 G11
2504 H11
2506 G2
2507 D9
2508 F8
2509 C8
2511 H8
2521 B12
2522 A5
2523 B5
3313 D12
3314 A11
3315 A11
3316 A12
3318 B11
3319 B11
3320 B12
3323 B11
3325 B11
3343 I11
3348 A4
3349 A5
3351 B4
3359 B5
3363 B4
3366 B5
3394 C4
3397 C5
3407 E5
3408 F4
3409 D4
3413 D4
3425 F5
3432 I4
3629 C5
3636 G2
3637 G2
3638 D9
3639 E9
3640 E8
3641 F8
3642 C8
3643 D8
3646 H8
3647 I8
3648 G2
3649 D9
3650 E8
3651 C8
3653 H9
3672 G5
3673 E11
3674 F11
3675 C11
3676 G10
3677 H11
3678 G3
3679 G3
3680 D10
3681 D10
3682 F9
3683 F10
3684 C9
3685 C10
3687 G9
3688 H9
3689 H10
3690 I11
3691 C4
3692 D4
3693 E4
3694 I4
3697 G4
3698 E11
3699 F10
3700 C10
3701 G10
3702 I10
3703 I10
3704 D3
3705 E3
3706 F3
3707 I3
3721 G10
3724 H9
3725 F9
3726 E9
3727 G3
3731 C9
3732 I9
3733 H9
3734 F8
3735 F9
3736 E9
3737 E10
3738 H2
3739 G3
3744 D8
3747 C9
3748 C8
3749 G2
3756 D9
3757 F8
3758 H8
3800 G9
3801 G10
7918 I10
7919 C3
7920 D3
7921 E3
7922 I3
7923 G4
7924 G2
7925 D11
7926 D9
7927 F10
7928 F9
7929 C10
7930 C8
7931 G9
7933 H10
7934 H9
7936 G3
7937 D10
7938 F10
7939 C9
7941 H9
7942 G10
F103 H10
F114 A11
F115 A11
F127 B11
F133 B11
F134 C13
F137 C13
F140 C13
F145 D13
F148 D12
F149 D13
F183 F13
F193 A4
F195 B4
F205 B4
F212 C4
F216 C6
F218 D6
F219 C6
F222 C6
F229 D6
F234 D6
F247 E6
F259 F6
U131 G3
U132 E10
U133 F10
U134 C9
U136 F6
U137 G4
U138 G4
U139 G3
U140 G2
U141 G2
U142 D13
U143 E11
U144 D11
U145 D10
U146 D9
U147 E9
U148 E13
U149 F11
U150 F10
U151 F9
U152 F9
U153 F8
U154 D13
U155 E13
U156 F13
U157 C10
U158 C10
U159 C9
U160 C9
U161 C8
U162 G10
U163 G9
U167 H11
U168 H10
U169 H9
U170 H9
U184 H8
U193 A2
U194 B2
U195 B2
U196 C2
U197 C2
U198 D2
U199 D4
U200 C4
U201 E4
U202 E2
U203 F2
U204 E6
U205 G2
U206 I4
U207 I2
U208 I8
U209 I10
U210 H8
U211 H8
U212 G10
U213 F8
U214 F8
U215 D9
U216 D8
U217 C8
U218 C8
U219 B8
U220 B8
U221 A8
U222 G2
U223 A8
U225 D6
U278 G8
U279 G9
CVBS / YC panel (/N1B)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CVBS & YC
A
A
+8Vstby
+8Vstby
3300
330R
3751
100K
3752
2538
CVBS
B
100K
+8Vstby
2u2
3730
3745
22R
330R
2.6V
7310
BC847B
2V
100R
3746
B
TP19
F104 3345
U130
1402-A
2 YKC21-3930
75R
2377
220p
3347
1K
330R
3750
1.6V
F107
100K
7300
BC857B
3763
100R 7.4V
7301
2.6V
BC847B
2.2V
U276
+8Vstby
F100 3301 F101
7.4V
F108
1
C
C
+8Vstby
+8Vstby
100K
100K
2539
Y_ENC
3753
D
3755
+8Vstby
I242
7.4V
2.2V
2u2
3056
330R
3058
+8Vstby
7.4V
100R I241
7013
BC847B
1.6V
U277
I251
7012
BC857B
2.6V
I245 3059 I246
2.6V
3728
3741
22R
330R
D
7014
BC847B
I247
100R
2V
3062
330R
100K
3740
3754
75R
3063
1K
E
E
+5V
+5V
3036
2K2
0|6|12
3038
22K
0.6V
F
3039 I196
7007
BC847B
47K
I189
3041
7006
BC847B
8K2
F
3040
27K
3044
-5V
22K
0.6V
1303
TCS79
I208
TP20
7008
BC847B
100K
3043
330R
3045
2u2
F600
100K
I221
3742
3759
H
7009
2.6V
BC857B
I214 3046 I215
I211
7.4V
2.2V
220p
2520
G
+8Vstby
I210
100R 7.4V
7010
BC847B
2.6V
1.6V
3729
3743
22R
330R
7011
BC847B
2V 2032
100R
H
I219 470n
3050
220R
330R
100K
3760
3761
+8Vstby
7
4
2
220p
+8Vstby
2505
+8Vstby
2540
5
6
75R
C_ENC
1
3
TP21
3049
G
Y/C OUT
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
33
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
34
14
1303 F10
1402-A B9
2032 H8
2377 B9
2505 G9
2520 G9
2538 B5
2539 D6
2540 H6
3036 F7
3038 F6
3039 F5
3040 F5
3041 F7
3043 G6
3044 F5
3045 G6
3046 H7
3049 G9
3050 H8
3056 D6
3058 D6
3059 D7
3062 D9
3063 E8
3300 B6
3301 B6
3345 B8
3347 B8
3728 D6
3729 H6
3730 B6
3740 E6
3741 D7
3742 H6
3743 H7
3745 B7
3746 B6
3750 B6
3751 A6
3752 B6
3753 D6
3754 E6
3755 D6
3759 H6
3760 G6
3761 G6
3763 B7
3999 I1
7006 F6
7007 F6
7008 F6
7009 G7
7010 H6
7011 H8
7012 D7
7013 D6
7014 D8
7300 B7
7301 B6
7310 B8
F100 B6
F101 B7
F104 B8
F107 B6
F108 B9
F600 H6
I189 F7
I191 F6
I196 F6
I200 G5
I208 F9
I210 G7
I211 G6
I214 H7
I215 H8
I219 H8
I221 H6
I241 D7
I242 D6
I245 D7
I246 D8
I247 D8
I251 D6
U130 B7
U192 G9
U224 G9
U276 B6
U277 D6
A/V Mux panel (/N1B)
_Z
_A
35
36
A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
3
5
6
7
* 4402
3
I402
2401
8
28 VO1P
VO2P 32
29 VO1N
VO2N 31
DAC’S
1 VO3
VSSA
2402
I532
D
6
3V3A
4401
8
1n
2413
1n
B
3452
100R
KILL
2411
3423 I414
7004
BC817-25
2K7
3420 I412
3441
I410
RIGHT
7003
BC817-25
I407
5
2409
I408
BC817-25
I419
7402-B
LM833D
7 I409
8
6
4
3416
2445
2404
47u
I418
1401-C
I530 8 YKC21-4040
I425
3444
7
I423
3445
2K7
I426
3446
KILL
D
7008
BC817-25
2K7
22n
3417
9
7007
10K
-5VA
10K
3418
3V3
C
100R
100R
22n
100p
2403
100n
7
F552
+5VA
30
I533
22n
3451
100R
7039
BC817-25
VREFA
3
2507
100u
2K7
VO6 5
VDDA
3407
10K
2405
KILL
VO4 2
4 VO5
F551
Kill
DS 26 3435
2K7
1n
2420
1n
2421
6
10K
10K
C
VOL/MUTE/DEEMPH
NC INTERPOL FILTER
15
NOISE SHAPER
8
-8VHP
6
100p
FOR DVD732
TST2 22
F550
2419
-5VA
4415
L3MODE 17
7
10K
3403
3402
16 SYSCLK
5
220p
3448
PCM_CLK
4
F549
A
-5VA
+5V
19
7404-B
LM833D
7
4
L3CLK 18
L3DATA
8
2437
27 TST1
DEEM0 25
I411
2412
14 DI56
4414
3
F548
+8VHP
HP_R
4
10K
DEEM1 24
5
1n
2418
1n
2
MICRO
2
6411
13 DI34
PCM_OUT2
3
BAS216
12 DI12
PCM_OUT1
100R
2417
1
F547
3415
* 4403
EH-B
1002
F545
F546
-5VA
7402-A
8
LM833D
1
I401
3406 I403
2K2
B
+5VA
10K
MUTE 23
DIGITAL
INTERFACE
11 WS
STATIC 9
HP_L
+5VA
3405
3V3A
3592
10 BCK
2408
22n
10K
13
100R
4
2406
VSSD
12
3414
100u
20
VDDD
5K6
3401
I400
7400
UDA1328T 21
CONTROL
INTERFACE
22n
7404-A
LM833D
1
3404
2400
11
C1: AV PCB
2
100p
4400
10
220p
3400
3V3
2K2
A
9
+5VA 22n
2407
ST_L
7000
BC817-25
8
10K
2436
KILL
4
3447
2
100u
1
I405
3419
100u
3411
3412
10K
2410
2508
100R
100R
10K
KILL
100p
Y1
8
4
3428
7
3429
Y2
6
LEFT
2K7
4
F504
I421
3439
ST_L
3440
KILL
6
100R
100R
3442 I422
7005
BC817-25
KILL
I424
3443
2415
1n
3424
10K
3425
10K
2416
1n
5
7006
BC817-25
1405
YKC21-3337
I529
3
47R
+5V
+5VD
+5VD
BCKO 29
47R
3426
I446
1
100R
3427
I447
2
470p
2435
OPTION
+5V
SDO 28
5
1 1
3
6
1 0
6 LPFO2 ANALOG
1 4
2430
4u7
ANALOG
OUT
IN
7 VRA2
1 3
I435 8 AIR
LZ
9 LPFO3
I
2447
3n3
(3 n 9 )
O NY L OR
F DV D 32 7
2449
82p
2448
4n7
22K
3450
2439
I430
100R
12
18
10u
5400
7CHA
1
4 I431
3
I432
3453
2
1
I433
6
8
2440
100n
MIC
IN
23 34 44
10 13
21
22 27 26 25
FOR DVD732
3
+5VD
I
1
4440
1
2
3
4
37
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
38
7406
GP1F32T
1400
YKC21-3416
2
Parts
* Reserved
L/R No Swap
** L/R/Swap
#
11 19
H
DRIVER
3
68R
7
3 LPFO1
3434
RZ
DRAM
2 MIC1
XI
I437
GNDA2
I436
10K
GNDA1
3433
10K
GNDL
3432
10K
TIMING GENE.
GNDD
3431
470n
GNDX
2431
MICRO
AOR 16
47p
2
2 100n
100R
VR2 15
DSP
I429
2441
L
H
Y 4
3449
47p
Y 3
RI
Y 2
LI
Y 1
5 AIL
CKS
G 1
2442
DIG_OUT
AOL 14
4u7
2438
7 4 CT1
H 5 7 D
4 VRA1
XO
H
I434
2429
G
100R
2434
47R
3438
DIGITAL
OUT
MICOM uF
I444
DIGITAL
IN
47R
3437
LRCKO 30
32 BCKI
31 SDI
I443
33 LRCKI
I442 3436
EMP
38 37 36 35
TEST
17
IFD
1
RESN
43
IFL
42
IFS
24
VDA1
20
VDA2
22n
VDL
4416
P50
7403
41 40 39 TC9409BF
470p
22n
2428
SCLK
VDD2
Y4
13
LRCLK PCM_OUT0 2450
FOR DVD 741,
DVD 751
12
EXTO
47R
14
VDD1
Y3
10
3430
9
F
I450
2K7
2K7
11
E
1401-B
YKC21-4040
I413
22n
F503
3413 I406
47R
1
5
G
F502
4
7001 KILL
BC817-25
7002
BC817-25
1n
2426
GND
VDX
3
EN
1~ MUX
3
3408 I404
2K7
5
4418
2
VCC
4417
F
16
G1
22n
15
F501
2422
1
2
+5V
7405
74HCT157D
STEREO_MUTE
F500
1n
2425
1003
EH-B
1
2423
1n
2424
E
13
1002 A13
1003 E4
1400 I13
1401-B B13
1401-C F13
1405 D13
2400 A2
2401 A4
2402 D2
2403 D2
2404 D3
2405 C5
2406 B6
2407 A7
2408 A7
2409 D4
2410 E5
2411 C5
2412 D6
2413 B13
2415 C12
2416 C13
2417 A13
2418 A13
2419 A13
2420 B13
2421 B13
2422 F2
2423 F6
2424 F6
2425 F7
2426 F7
2428 G5
2429 H3
2430 H4
2431 I2
2434 D12
2435 D13
2436 G12
2437 G13
2438 I10
2439 H10
2440 I13
2441 I12
2442 H13
2445 D5
2447 I3
2448 I3
2449 I4
2450 G4
2507 C5
2508 C6
3400 A3
3401 A3
3402 C1
3403 C1
3404 A4
3405 B4
3406 B4
3407 B5
3408 B6
3411 B6
3412 B7
3413 B7
3414 A10
3415 A10
3416 D4
3417 D4
3418 E4
3419 E5
3420 F10
3423 F11
3424 C12
3425 C12
3426 D12
3427 D12
3428 F2
3429 F2
3430 G3
3431 I2
3432 I3
3433 I3
3434 I3
3435 C3
3436 G7
3437 G7
3438 G8
3439 D7
3440 D9
3441 F10
3442 D7
3443 D9
3444 F11
3445 G10
3446 G11
3447 G12
3448 G13
3449 H10
3450 H10
3451 E10
3452 E11
3453 H12
3592 C4
4400 A2
4401 D2
4402 A7
4403 B8
4414 B3
4415 B3
4416 G3
4417 G3
4418 G3
4440 I2
5400 H11
6411 C4
7000 A3
7001 B7
7002 B8
7003 F10
7004 F11
7005 D8
7006 E9
7007 G10
7008 G12
7039 C3
7400 B2
7402-A B5
7402-B D5
7403 G7
7404-A A7
7404-B C9
7405 E2
7406 H13
F500 E5
F501 E5
F502 E5
F503 F5
F504 F5
F545 A13
F546 A13
F547 A13
F548 A13
F549 A13
F550 B13
F551 B13
F552 B13
I400 B2
I401 B4
I402 A6
I403 B4
I404 B6
I405 B12
I406 B8
I407 D5
I408 D5
I409 D6
I410 C6
I411 B5
I412 F10
I413 B12
I414 E11
I418 F10
I419 G10
I421 D8
I422 D8
I423 F13
I424 D9
I425 F12
I426 G11
I429 H10
I430 H10
I431 H11
I432 H12
I433 I12
I434 H4
I435 I4
I436 I4
I437 I4
I442 G7
I443 H7
I444 H8
I446 D13
I447 D13
I450 C13
I529 D13
I530 F13
I532 D2
I533 D3
A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
1
2
3
3456 I451
22K
12
11
13
7
4
6
I466
3485
3487
430R
2K2
3486
3488
33R
470R
33R 1%
3493
470R
1%
3593
47R
100R
3505
D
47p
-5V
*
2485
47p
* 3550
+5VVID
2479
I499
9
100R
*
11 2480
1K
* 3590
10K
3526
100R
OUTPUT
21
BUFFER CLAMP3
19
I484
3536
2K2
1K
3538
3535
7 5 0 R
*
*3591
10K
*
5003
DSS306
G
-5V
+5VVID
-5V
4420
Go
+6Vstby
7026
BC847B
3540
*
1K
4421
-5V
+5VVID
+5VVID
3541
Bo
4428
5
4
1K
O T
PIO N
3542
0R
7027
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
3543
7409-A
AD8073
7
Vout
I500
6
*
7029
100R
BC8 4 8 B3549
*
11
1K2
3544
3545
3546
5K6
1K
3
1
1403-C
6 YKC21-3930
1
2
3
4
39
SCL
5
*
5004
DSS306
I
Reserved Parts
-5V
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
40
13
H
I488
2
*
*
I487
75R
4427
-5V
560R
*
4430
3547
-5V
SDA
F
I486
2
330R
2K2
3534
1403-B
4 YKC21-3930
3
1
220p
20
*4424
3
2482
100R
BO
R
I485
75R
4425
220p
1K5
7028
BC8 4 8 B3539
6404
23
BUFFER CLAMP2
220n
17
47p
SCL
3522
3533
10R
*
4429
*
3537
330R
B
LEAKAGE AND
CUT-OFF
CONTROL
100R
2474
SDA
100R
47p
3521
2473
28
I501
I502
3532
Uout
3548
ADJUST
27
I483
2K2
ADJUST
Ro
2K2
ADJUST
9
10
1K
(BC 8 4 8) B
3525
OUTPUT
3588
220n
2476
BRIGHTNESS G
*
22
GO
3527
CPDL
2K2
BCL
3587
y|HUE
VCC
CPDST
CONTRAST
I2C
SYNC
INPUT
*4423
I482
2481
100n
2472
10K
3520
100n
100n
2471
2470
1K
SATURATION
4K7
*
3510
I
R
10n
7024
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
4K7
10K
SOURCE
SWITCH
4419
3528
B2
14 SC
3509
4426
7409-B
4
AD8073
8
-5V
3589
3529
G2
10n 4
LIMITING
25
BUFFER CLAMP1
2477
2468 3
LIMITING
OUTPUT
220n
75R 3516 10n
3517 75R 2469
75R
BLACK
*
*
24
PEAK DRIVE
2478
R2
PEAK BEAM
GAMMA
G
* 4422
3531
22n
RO
ADAPTIVE
B-Y
2
7025
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
100R
82K
2467
R-Y
16
3523
10n
10n 6
Y
15
470n
2465 7
26
2475
3513 10n
22K
3515
RGB2
3518
8
22K
18
GND
22K
3511
4K7
3508
H
5K6
3519
3512
B
3524
5
2463 470n I481 12 B1
470n
2464
3514 22K 2466
+8V_VID
*
1K
+5VVID
6403
+8V_VID
Y- MATRIX
B
RGB1
470n 2462 I480 11 G1
10 R1
Y-CD/
G
I479
E
5002
DSS306
+6Vstby
22n
2461
1
1
I478
*
BZX284-C15
+8V_VID
ONLY FOR DVD751
R
3
2
BZX284-C15
3530
1
4431
-5V
100R
7408
TDA4780 13
I477 1403-A
2 YKC21-3930
*
7023
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I476
3507
75R
1K 1%
G
+5VVID
6402
R
I475
3506
2K2 1%
3495
6
7022
BC857B
2K2
BZX284-C15
3494
-5V
100R I473
470n
3503
3491
430R 1%
3492
750R
1%
3496
B
G
BZX284-C15
E
47p
2455
-5V
6401
3498
*2456
*
3478
75R
3476
2K2
2K2
100R
-5V
1K
1%
7019
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I498
I497
3475
25
3484
*
I472 2506
2459
100R
3497
1K2
-5V
I492 100u
7020
BC847B
100R
7021
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
100u
+5VVID
BZX284-C15
3551
680R 2453
3482
3500 I474
4441
820R
1%
11
-5V
Y
*
13
8
680R
1%
3489
Ro
+5VVID
12
I471
1K
1%
(39R)
C
10
+5VVID
7409-C
4
AD8073
14
6K8
3490
3502
Go
75R
6400
9
+5VVID
+5VVID
220p
Bo
75R
2460
3479
-5V
3477
5
7
1K
3586
2K2
3474
4K7
2
2458
220p
3504
3473
820R
I491
D
I464 470n
3480
470R
7017
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I458
I495
3552
100R
3472
6K8
100R
-5V
I493
B
4
2457
220p
3483
100R I490
7015
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
-5V
+5VVID
25
(BC8 5 8) B
BC857B
7016
7018
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
2454
3469 I463
2452
I494 100u
I455
+5VVID
3501
3466
680R
ONLY FOR DVD751
I462 470n
3468
470R
4K7
3465
4K7
1402
YKF51
1
3
3499
3464
820R
I467
I469
3594
+5VVID
3470
270R
3471
3463
6K8
I468
7014
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
2451
470K
I456
2484
220p
2483
220p
+5VVID
I507
+5VVID
H_SYNC
A
2
270R
I457
(BC8 5 8) B
BC857B
7013
I459
3467 I461
6412
7012
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
*
I470
5
3
I465
BZX284-C15
3461
270R
3462
100R
F
14
1
75R
6413
7009
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
C
Y
10
C2: AV PCB
3481
8K2
100R
I489
9
+5VVID
I454
C
8
8K2
I452
B
I460
BZX284-C15
10K
7
3460
+5VVID
3454
-5V
3459
7010
BC847B
7011
BC847B
3455
15K
6
1404
TCS79
I496
I453
A
5
3458
1K
3457
22K
0|6|12
4
+5VVID
+5VVID
14
1402 B14
1403-A D14
1403-B F14
1403-C H14
1404 A14
2451 B4
2452 C3
2453 D3
2454 C5
2455 D8
2456 D9
2457 C10
2458 C11
2459 E12
2460 E13
2461 G2
2462 G2
2463 G2
2464 G2
2465 G3
2466 H2
2467 H3
2468 H3
2469 H2
2470 F4
2471 F4
2472 F6
2473 I4
2474 I5
2475 I6
2476 G7
2477 H7
2478 H7
2479 F11
2480 F11
2481 G13
2482 I13
2483 B11
2484 B11
2485 E9
2506 D10
3454 A1
3455 A1
3456 A1
3457 A2
3458 A3
3459 A4
3460 A4
3461 B2
3462 B2
3463 B3
3464 B3
3465 C3
3466 C3
3467 B4
3468 C4
3469 C5
3470 C2
3471 C2
3472 D2
3473 D2
3474 D2
3475 D4
3476 E5
3477 D5
3478 E6
3479 C6
3480 C5
3481 A7
3482 D7
3483 D7
3484 D8
3485 C8
3486 C8
3487 C8
3488 C8
3489 D8
3490 C8
3491 E8
3492 E8
3493 E8
3494 E9
3495 E9
3496 D9
3497 D9
3498 D10
3499 C11
3500 D11
3501 D11
3502 D12
3503 E11
3504 E12
3505 D12
3506 E12
3507 E13
3508 H1
3509 I1
3510 I1
3511 H2
3512 G2
3513 G2
3514 H2
3515 H2
3516 H2
3517 H2
3518 F3
3519 F3
3520 F5
3521 I5
3522 I5
3523 I6
3524 F7
3525 G7
3526 H7
I481 G3
3527 G8
I482 F10
3528 H8
I483 F10
3529 I8
I484 G10
3530 F10 I485 F14
3531 F10 I486 F14
3532 F10 I487 H14
3533 F10 I488 I14
3534 G10 I489 C1
3535 G10 I490 C2
3536 G11 I491 D2
3537 F12 I492 D2
3538 G13 I493 C3
3539 F13 I494 C3
3540 H10 I495 C4
3541 H10 I496 A3
3542 H10 I497 D5
3543 H10 I498 E5
3544 I10
I499 F12
3545 I10
I500 H12
3546 I11
I501 I5
3547 H12 I502 I5
3548 I13
I507 B2
3549 H13
4441 D10
3550 E3
3551 D2
3552 C3
3586 D4
3587 G8
3588 G8
3589 G7
3590 H8
3591 H8
3593 C12
3594 C10
4419 G8
4420 G8
4421 H8
4422 F9
4423 F9
4424 G9
4425 F12
4426 F13
4427 I12
4428 H13
4429 F14
4430 H14
4431 D14
5002 E14
5003 G14
5004 I14
6400 D4
6401 E5
6402 E13
6403 G13
6404 I13
6412 C6
6413 C6
7009 B2
7010 A3
7011 A2
7012 B2
7013 B3
7014 B4
7015 C1
7016 C2
7017 C4
7018 C5
7019 D5
7020 D7
7021 D11
7022 D12
7023 D13
7024 I2
7025 F8
7026 H8
7027 I8
7028 F13
7029 H13
7408 F3
7409-A H11
7409-B F11
7409-C C9
I451 A2
I452 B1
I453 A2
I454 B2
I455 C2
I456 B3
I457 B3
I458 D4
I459 B3
I460 A5
I461 B4
I462 B4
I463 C5
I464 C5
I465 A11
I466 A11
I467 B13
I468 B10
I469 B11
I470 A14
I471 C8
I472 D10
I473 D10
I474 D11
I475 D12
I476 E13
I477 D14
I478 E14
I479 G3
I480 G3
A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
1
3
2
4
5
*
7413
BC547B
7
8
C3 : AV PCB
*
4439
F515
SCL
47u
PCM_OUT1
DC_OFF
9
25
BAS216
BAS216
3555
I504
7412
MC79M05
(BC8 5 8) B
3584
BC857B
7031
4K7
I503
IN
SDA
2503
+6Vstby
4K7
4K7
B
2505
100u
4R7
-5VA
4411
25
2504
100u
13F519
14F520
25
C
#
15F521
*
4437
*
*
GND
4438
OUT
*
*
FOR
COLOR SETTING
470n
2488
D
*
#
BZX284-C9V1
BAS216
6409
6414
I512
7034
BC847B
3561
DC_OFF
47u
IN
10u
I514
2490
10u
2489
7033
BC547B
(BC3 3 47 0- )
2K2
4K7
3563
I515
D
C
*
7411
LF80CV
F516
3562
+8V_VID
+8VHP
Y
2491
16F522
4434
(BC 8 4 8) B
4K7
I511
P50
B
3 F525
G
IN
5 F527
R
6 F528
CVBS
+5VA
GND
3V3
OUT
2493
4R7
10u
4 F526
E
7401
LF33CV
3566
47u
2 F524
2492
E
3559
-5V
I531
12
1 F523
A
OUT
GND
10u
11F518
6406
22u
10F517
6405
FOR DVD 732
7032
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
2487
100u
2502
8
#*
DC_OFF
I509
4K7
F513
3558
I505
I510
Reserved Parts
2K7
PCM_OUT2
F512
7
1001
11
+6Vstby
4R7
3556
6
F511
7030
BC817-25
3560
F510
5
C
+5V
10
*
-8VHP
BAS216
2486
3
F514
H_SYNC
4K7
F509
3554
F508
2
I506 3557
10K
1
4
B
9
6407
1000
52030
3553
A
6
3567
4R7
8 F530
0|6|12
100u
F
2494
7 F529
F
+5V
9
10F532
+5VVID
3568
14F536
PCM_OUT0
15F537
LRCLK
16F538
SCLK
I516
STEREO_MUTE
21F543
DIG_OUT
+5VD
+6Vstby
I521
3578
7037
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I522
100R
3574
6K8
3575
820R
*
3580
2K2
3576
4K7
3577
680R
I520
FOR KOK ONLY
3
75R
5000
DSS306
+6Vstby
6408
BZX284-C15
2499
100u
7038
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
3583
I524
100R
25
-5V
CVBS_1
I525
1
1401-A
YKC21-4040
I528 2
I526
3
2
*
-5V
3579
22F544
G
*
4435
I523
3581
CVBS_2
I518
100u
4R7
I519
7036
BC857B
(BC8 5 8) B
3573 I517
100R
7035
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
#
20F542
3569
2496
*
PCM_CLK
19
H
3572
270R
CVBS
17F539
18F540
0R
100u
KILL
#
G
12F534
F535
13
+5VVID
+5VVID
2495
11F533
4436
1
3
5001
DSS306
1
2
I527
H
2500
220p
2501
220p
75R
6410
3582
2K2
BZX284-C15
CL06532021_008.eps
230200
-5V
1
2
3
4
41
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
42
1000 A1
1001 E1
1401-A G11
2486 A5
2487 A6
2488 D4
2489 D5
2490 D6
2491 D7
2492 E2
2493 E3
2494 F2
2495 G2
2496 G2
2499 H6
2500 H11
2501 H11
2502 B5
2503 B6
2504 C7
2505 B8
3553 A3
3554 A3
3555 B3
3556 B4
3557 A5
3558 A8
3559 A8
3560 B8
3561 E2
3562 D2
3563 D3
3566 E1
3567 F1
3568 F2
3569 G2
3572 G5
3573 G5
3574 G6
3575 G6
3576 H6
3577 H6
3578 G7
3579 H7
3580 G7
3581 G8
3582 H8
3583 H9
3584 B5
4411 B6
4434 C4
4435 G10
4436 H10
4437 C6
4438 C7
4439 A5
5000 G10
5001 H10
6405 B2
6406 B3
6407 A5
6408 H8
6409 D2
6410 H8
6414 D4
7030 A4
7031 B4
7032 A9
7033 D4
7034 E3
7035 G5
7036 G6
7037 G7
7038 H8
7401 E2
7411 C6
7412 B6
7413 A4
F508 A1
F509 A1
F510 A1
F511 A1
F512 A1
F513 B1
F514 A2
F515 B1
F516 C2
F517 B1
F518 B1
F519 C1
F520 C1
F521 C1
F522 C1
F523 E1
F524 E1
F525 E1
F526 E1
F527 F1
F528 F1
F529 F1
F530 F1
F532 F1
F533 F1
F534 G1
F535 G1
F536 G1
F537 G1
F538 G1
F539 G1
F540 G1
F542 H1
F543 H1
F544 H1
I503 B3
I504 B3
I505 A4
I506 A4
I509 A8
I510 A9
I511 E2
I512 D4
I514 D5
I515 C6
I516 G5
I517 G6
I518 G5
I519 G6
I520 H6
I521 G7
I522 G7
I523 G8
I524 H8
I525 H9
I526 G11
I527 H11
I528 G11
I531 B6
A/V Pwb (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
43
44
A/V Pwb (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
45
46
12. TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING DISPLAY BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING A/V BOARD
Check supply voltages
The display pcb uses a 24V stabiliser(7112) in combination with a 10V zenerdiode(6102).
Check input voltage: at connector 1115-4:
-40V 5%
Check output voltage at anode of Diode 6102:
-10V 5%
Check stabilizer 7112 output (VKK):
-34V 7%
Check +5Vstb voltage at connector 1115-3:
+5V 5%
Check safety resistor R3117
Check +12V at connector 1115-1:
+12V 10%
NO DISC
POWER ON
NO
DISPLAY?
YES
Check filament voltage
AC voltage is created via uP output pin 19 generating a 42kHz (duty cycle 45/55) square
signal.
Check frequency : 42kHz 10%
Check buffered square output at emitter of transistor 7105; low level: 800mV, high level:
10.7V
Check DC decoupling: check RMS voltage between FIL1 and FIL2 lines:
3.9Vrms +
Connect to mains.
During the test, the following display
is shown: the counter counts down
from the number of nuclei to be run
before the test finishes. Example:
SET O.K.?
NO
YES
To exit DEALER SCRIPT ,disconnect from mains.
Figure 13-2
53
13.2 PLAYER SCRIPT
13.2.4 Survey
13.2.1 Purpose of Player Script
Press 2 keys simultaneously
+
Connect to mains
The Player script will give the opportunity to perform a test that
will determine which of the DVD player's modules are faulty, to
read the error log and error bits and to perform an endurance
loop test. To successfully perform the tests, the DVD player
must be connected to a tv set to check the output of a number
of nuclei. For DVDv2b a multi-channel amplifier, a set of 6
boxes and an external video source are necessary to test. To
be able to check results of certain nuclei, the player script
expects some interaction of the user (i.e. to approve a test
picture or a test sound). Some nuclei (e.g. nuclei that test
functionality of the Basic Engine module) require that the DVD
player itself is opened, to enable the user to observe moving
parts and approve their movement visually. Only tests within
the scope of the diagnostic software will be executed hence
only faults within this scope can be detected.
INTERACTIVE TESTS
DISPLAY PCB
DISPLAY TEST
DispDisplay(30)
DispLed(29)
LED TEST
KEYBOARD TEST
DispKeyb(27)
REMOTE CONTROL
DispRc(28)
13.2.2 Contents of Player Script
MONO PCB
DIGITAL PART
The player script contains all nuclei that are useful on a DVD
player that is connected to a tv-set and help to determine which
module of the DVD player is faulty, as well as to read out the
contents of the error logs.
13.2.3 Structure of Player Script
The player script consists of a set of nuclei testing the three
hardware modules in the DVD player: the Display PWB, the
Digital PWB and the Basic Engine.
Nuclei run by the player test need some user interaction; in the
next paragraph this interaction is described. The player test is
done in two phases:
1. Interactive tests: this part of the player test depends
strongly on user interaction and input to determine nucleus
results and to progress through the full test. Reading the
error log and error bits information can be useful to
determine any errors that occurred recently during normal
operation of the DVD player.
2. The loop test will perform the same nuclei as the dealer
test, but it will loop through the list of nuclei indefinitely.
PICTURE TEST
VideoColDencOn(23a)
SOUND 1 TEST
SCART DVD TEST
AudioPinkNoiseOn(20a)
VideoScartSwDvd(54a)
SCART LOOP TEST
VideoScartSwPass(54b)
SOUND 2 TEST
AudioSineOn(21a)
MONO PCB(SERVO)
& BASIC ENGINE
VERSION NUMBER
BeVer(37)
TRAY TEST
BeTrayOut/In(43ab)
SLEDGE TEST
BeSledgeOut/In(41ab)
DISC MOTOR TEST
BeDiscMotorOn(39a)
FOCUS TEST
BeFocusOn(38a)
RADIAL TEST
BeRadialOn(40a)
JUMP TEST
BeGroovesIn/Mid/Out(42abc)
TRAY TEST
BeTrayOut/In(43ab)
ERROR LOG & BITS
LOOP TEST
LogReadErr(31)
LogReadbits(32)
= Dealer script exclusive of test2
To exit player test,
disconnect from mains
Figure 13-3
54
14. INTERACTIVE TESTS
14.1 DISPLAY PCB
key id.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
14.1.1 DISPLAY TEST
The display test is performed by nucleus DispDisplay. By
putting a series of test patterns on the local display, the local
display is tested. To step through all different patterns, the user
must either press PLAY (pattern is ok) or PAUSE (pattern was
incorrect) to proceed to the next pattern. The display of
patterns is continued in a cyclic manner until the user presses
NEXT. If the user presses NEXT before all display patterns are
tested, the DispDisplay nucleus will return TRUE (display test
successful).
Figure14-3
If any keys are detected more than once (due to hardware
error), the key-code is displayed twice (or more), with the
second digit increased by 1.
If the user does not press all keys minimally once (in any order),
the DispKeys nucleus will return FALSE and cause an error in
the overall result of the player script.
The user can leave the keyboard test by pressing the NEXT
key on the local display of the DVD player for at least one full
second.
The result of the keyboard test is shown on local display as
follows:
14.1.2 LED TEST
The LED(s) on the DVD player is (are) tested by nucleus
DispLed. The user must check if the LED(s) is (are) lighted; if it
is, press PLAY, if it is not, press PAUSE. By pressing NEXT the
script will proceed to the next test. If the user presses NEXT
before PLAY or PAUSE, the DispLed nucleus will return TRUE
(LED test successful).
If OK, press PLAY
key
PLAY
NEXT
PREVIOUS
PAUSE
STOP
OPEN / CLOSE
SOUND
If NOK, press PAUSE
Figure 14-4
If OK, press PLAY
If NOK, press PAUSE
If OK, press PLAY
If NOK, press PAUSE
Or
press NEXT to continue
Figure 14-5
Figure 14-1
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the
next text.
14.1.3 KEYBOARD TEST
14.1.4 REMOTE CONTROL TEST
The keyboard of the DVD player is tested by nucleus
DispKeyb. The user is expected to press all keys on the local
keyboard once. The code of the key pressed is shown on the
local display (1 hexadecimal digit) immediately followed by a
(hexadecimal) number indicating how many times that key has
been pressed. Example of the local display during this test:
The remote control of the DVD player is tested by nucleus
DispRc. The user must press any key on the remote control just
once. The codes of the key pressed will be shown on the local
display in hexadecimal format. Example:
Figure 14-6
Figure 14-2
The key-codes displayed on the local display will scroll from
right to left when the display gets full, the text "tb-" will remain
on display.
55
14.2 MONO PCB DIGITAL PART
In this example 23 is the hexidecimal code of the pressed RC
key. The user can leave the remote-control test by pressing
NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player. The remote
control test is successful if a code was received before the user
pressed the NEXT key; pressing the NEXT key before pressing
a key on the remote control gives an error in the remote control
test (note that the remote control test will also fail if a key on the
remote control was pressed but no code was received). The
remote control test does not check upon the contents of the
received code, that is it will not be checked if the received code
matches the key pressed. If desired, the user can manually
check this code by using a code-table for the remote control
key-codes.
RC Key id
STANDBY
STOP
PLAY
PAUSE
NEXT
PREVIOUS
CURSOR UP
CURSOR DOWN
CURSOR LEFT
CURSOR RIGHT
OK
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ANGLE
AUDIO
SUBTITLES
ROOT MENU
OSD ON/OFF
RETURN
SHUFFLE
REPEAT
A/B REPEAT
14.2.1 PICTURE TEST
The picture test is performed by putting a predefined picture
(colour bar) on the display (nucleus VideoColDencOn) and
asking the user for confirmation. The display will show the
following message:
Hexadecimal code
C
31
2C
30
20
21
58
59
5A
5B
5C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
85
4E
4B
54
F
83
1C
1D
3D
Figure 14-10
By pressing PLAY the user confirms the test, pressing PAUSE
will indicate the picture was invisible or incorrect. Pressing
NEXT will proceed to the next test
14.2.2 SOUND 1 & SCART DVD TEST
The first soundtest is performed by starting a pink noise sound
that needs confirmation from the user (nucleus
AudioPinkNoiseOn); the display will show the following
message very shortly:
Figure 14-11
This sound will only be audible from version cut3.1 of
Sti5505(item7503 on mono board) onwards. After starting up
sound 1, SCART loop-trough will be simultaneously active
during this test. SCART loop-trough will be measured with the
aid of an external video source.
When entering the SCART loop-trough, the local display
indicates:
Figure 14-7
After pressing NEXT, the result of the remote control test is
displayed on the local display of the DVD player as follows:
Figure 14-8
Or
Figure 14-9
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the
next test.
56
14.3 BASIC ENGINE
14.3.1 VERSION NUMBER
In the basic engine tests, the version number of the Basic
Engine will be shown first, as the following example:
Figure 14-12
On the TV screen a colour bar (generated by nucleus
VideoColDencOn) is visual and the internally generated
pinknoise is audible. By pressing PLAY the user confirms the
test, pressing PAUSE will indicate the sound was inaudible or
incorrect. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next test; if the
user presses NEXT without pressing PLAY or PAUSE first, the
result of this test will be TRUE (sound ok). By pressing the
NEXT button there will be switched over to the external source,
this must become now visible on the TV screen (using the
SCART). The local display indicates:
Figure 14-15
By pressing the NEXT key, the Basic Engine tests are started.
14.3.2 TRAY TEST
First, the tray is tested. The purpose of this test is also to give
the user the opportunity to put a disc in the tray of the DVD
player. Some tests on the Basic Engine require that a disc(e.g.
DVD MPTD test disc) is present in the player. At the end of the
Basic Engine tests this tray test will be repeated solely to
enable the user to remove the disc in the tray. The local display
will look as follows:
Figure 14-13
The internally generated colour bar is still available on the
CVBS and Y/C outputs. And the pinknoise-signal is still
available on the cinch audio outputs. By pressing the PREV
button, the internal generated colour bar becomes visual again.
The test can be left by pressing the NEXT key for more than
one second.
Figure 14-16
14.2.3 SOUND 2 TEST
By pressing PLAY or PAUSE the user can toggle the position
of the tray. Note that this test will not contribute to the test result
of the Basic Engine. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next
test, after the tray has been closed (by the software) if it was
open.
The second soundtest is performed by producing a sine sound
(nucleus AudioSineOn). The signal can be stopped by pressing
the STOP-key. The display will show the following message:
14.3.3 SLEDGE TEST(visual test)
The second Basic Engine test tests the sledge; the user can
move the sledge as many times as desired by using PLAY
(nucleus BeSledgeOut) and PAUSE (nucleus BeSledgeIn).
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard proceeds to the next test.
Note that this test will not contribute to the test result of the
Basic Engine. The local display will look as follows during the
sledge test:
Figure 14-14
By pressing PLAY the user confirms the test, pressing PAUSE
will indicate that something went wrong. Pressing NEXT will
proceed to the next; if the user presses NEXT without pressing
PLAY or PAUSE first, the result of this test will be TRUE (sound
ok).
Figure 14-17
14.3.4 DISC MOTOR TEST(visual test)
The third Basic Engine test tests the disc motor (nucleus
BeDiscMotorOn); the local display looks as follows:
57
Figure 14-18
Figure 14-21
By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the disc motor is
running; pressing PAUSE indicates the disc motor does not
work. Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test, after a reset of
the disc motor (nucleus BeDiscMotorOff). If the user presses
NEXT before pressing PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test
will be TRUE (disc motor is running).
The user can switch between the three different types of
groove settings by pressing PLAY (forward to next nucleus in
the list In-Mid-Out) or PAUSE (backward in the list In-Mid-Out).
This is done in a cyclic manner; note that this test will not
contribute to the test result of the Basic Engine. Pressing NEXT
proceeds to the next test, after the disc motor has been shut off
with a call to nucleus BeDiscMotorOff.
14.3.5 FOCUS TEST(visual test)
14.3.8 TRAY TEST
The fourth Basic Engine test tests the focussing; first focussing
is turned on by calling nucleus BeFocusOn. The display will
look as follows:
As a last action for the Basic Engine tests, the tray test is
repeated. The local display will look as follows:
Figure 14-19
Figure 14-22
By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the focussing was
succesful; pressing PAUSE indicates a focussing failure.
Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test after a reset of the
focussing (nucleus BeFocusOff); if NEXT is pressed before
PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test will be TRUE (focus
successful).
This test is meant to give the user the opportunity to remove the
disc in the tray. The tray position can be toggled using the
PLAY and PAUSE key. The tray will be closed (by the software,
if it is open) before proceeding to the next test when the user
presses the NEXT key.
14.3.6 RADIAL TEST(visual & listening test)
The fifth Basic Engine test tests the radial functionality (nucleus
BeRadialOn); the local display looks as follows:
Figure 14-20
By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the radial function
worked; pressing PAUSE indicates the function does not work.
Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test, after a reset of the
radial (nucleus BeRadialOff). If the user presses NEXT before
pressing PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test will be TRUE
(radial successful).
14.3.7 JUMP TEST(listening test)
The sixth and last Basic Engine test tests the jumping by calling
nuclei BeGroovesIn, BeGroovesMid and BeGroovesOut.
During this test, the local display looks as follows:
58
14.3.9 ERROR LOG
recent. By pressing NEXT on the local keyboard, the user can
proceed to the next test.
Reading the error log and error bits information can be useful
to determine any errors that occurred recently during normal
operation of the DVD player. Reading the error log is done by
nucleus LogReadErr. The display during the errorlog readout
looks as follows :
14.3.10 ERROR BITS
Reading the error bits is done by nucleus LogReadBits. The
display during the errorbits readout looks as follows:
Figure 14-23
Figure 14-24
By pressing PLAY or PAUSE the user can move forward or
backward (respectively) through the logged error codes. The
highlighted number indicates which errorcode is currently on
display (in the example above, errorcode number 4 is
displayed). If "0000" is displayed at all positions, the error log is
empty. Display of the logged errors is done in a cyclic manner.
The errorcode with the lowest highlighted number is the most
Only the set errorbits will be shown by their (decimal) number.
Refer to the appropriate documentation for the explanation of
each bit number. If the display only shows "EB-0", no error bits
were set. By pressing NEXT the user can continue to the next
test.
See table below:
Error log / bits table
Read ERROR LOG in player
script
Read ERROR BITS in
player script
Basic engine errors
Value:
Value:
Command to the Basic Engine not allowed in this state or unknown
command
150101
8
Parameter(s) from the command to the Basic Engine is not valid
150102
7
Sledge could not be moved to the inner home position
150103
6
Focus failure
150104
5
Turntable motor speed could not be reached within timeout
150105
4
Radial servo could not get on track on the disc
150106
3
PLL could not lock in the accessing or tracking state
150107
2
Subcode or sector information could not be read
150108
1
requested subcode could not be found
150109
16
Tray could not be closed or opened completely
15010A
15
TOC could not be read within timeout
15010B
14
The requested seek on the disc could not be executed
15010C
13
A requested lead-in is not on the disc
15010D
12
A non existing burst cutting area is requested
15010E
11
S2b communication error
1501F0
10
S2b communication error
1501F1
9
S2b communication error
1501F3
24
S2b communication error
1501F4
23
S2b communication error
1501F5
22
Communication error with the Sti 5505
90000
32
Communication error with the Sti 5505
90001
31
190000
40
Digital PWB errors
Disply processor errors
Communication error with the display processor
59
The loop test will perform the same nuclei as the dealer test,
but it will loop through the list of nuclei indefinitely. The display
of the DVD player will display not only the three digits indicating
correct/faulty modules and the last found error code (as
mentioned, faults are detected as far as they can be within the
scope of the diagnostic software), but also a loop counter
indicating how many times the loop has been gone through.
Example:
14.4 LOOP TEST
At the start of the loop test, the display will show the result of
the interactive player test:
FAULTY
MODULE(S)
LOOP
COUNTER
NUCLEUS
ERROR
Figure 14-25
The left side of the display contains a 3-digit code, which can
have a value between 000 and 111. These values are to be
interpreted as follows:
Displayed
Value
Basic Engine
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Figure 14-27
Indication for each module
ok
ok
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
faulty
faulty
Mono
PCB
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
Display
PCB
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
The number after the hyphen indicates the number of times the
loop test has been performed; the 4 digits at the right side of the
display show the last error that was found when running the
loop test: the leftmost two digits of this code indicate which
nucleus resulted in a fault; the rightmost two digits refer to the
faultcode within that nucleus. For further explanation of this
error code, see list of error codes below.
Figure 14-26
ERROR CODES LOOP TEST
ERROR CODE
0601
0901
1104
1102
1103
1104
1201
1202
1203
1204
1301
1302
1303
1304
1601
NUCLEUS NUMBER ERROR DESCRIPTION
6
9
11
12
13
16
Calculated checksum of FLASH is not correct
The DVD DRAM is faulty
I2C bus busy before start
NVRAM access time-out
No NVRAM Acknowledge
NVRAM reply time-out
I2C bus busy
I2C bus not working
Slave controller not responding
Slave response is not correct
Parity error from basic engine to serial
Parity error from serial to basic engine
No communication between serial and basic engine
Communication time-out error
The SDRAM is faulty
Figure 14-28
60
14.5 Servicing DVD module and MONO board
For /U1B with old DVD module "VAE3000". (Production
WEEK36 or earlier)
For other DV4100
Please refer the DVD Module ADS-1 Service Manual (3122 785
10840) attached with this Service Manual.
For servicing DVD Module ADS-1, the service application
softwear "ComPair" is necessary.
The DVD module(Basic Engine and the mono board) has to be
exchanged completely in case of failure. A new module for
DV4100 can be ordered with codenumber 3104 129 51980.
14.5.1 Reprogramming of new mono boards.
Caution
This information is confidential and may not be distributed. Only a qualified service person should
reprogram the mono board.
After replacement of the mono board, all the customer settings and also the region code will be lost.
Reprogramming of the mono board will put the player back in the state in which it has left the factory,
i.e. with the default settings and the allowed region code.
Reprogramming is limited to 25 times
When the counter reaches 25, reprogramming is not possible anymore
Reprogramming will be done by way of the remote control.
Put the player in stop mode, no disc loaded.
Press the following keys on the remote control:
followed by numerical keys <2> <7> <4>
The display shows: “- - - - - - - - - - -”
Press now successively the following keys :
for DV4100/A1B : <0><1><5> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC
for DV4100/N1B : <0><1><2> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC
for DV4100/S1G : <0><1><3> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC
for DV4100/U1B : <0><1><0> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC
Press again.
The TV screen will become BLUE during a short time to confirm that the mono board has been
reprogrammed, then the set goes to standby mode.
Figure 14-29
TRADE MODE
14.5.2 Reset of Virgin Mode
When the player is in Trade Mode, the player cannot be
controlled by means of the front key buttons, but only by means
of the remote control.
After the player has been powered up for test by the dealer, it
would have gone through the Virgin Mode. It is possible to reset
the settings made during that mode before the delivery of
player to the customer. This can be done as shown in the
following diagram:
DISCONNECT FROM MAINS
PRESS 2 KEYS
SIMULTANEOUSLY
+
CONNECT TO MAINS
VIRGIN MODE IS RESET
TV SCREEN SHOWS
VIRGIN MODE MENU
IF TRADE MODE OFF
IF TRADE MODE ON
DISCONNECT FROM MAINS
DISCONNECT FROM MAINS
PRESS 2 KEYS
SIMULTANEOUSLY
+
CONNECT TO MAINS
PRESS 2 KEYS
SIMULTANEOUSLY
+
CONNECT TO MAINS
PLAYER IS IN TRADE MODE
WHEN PRESSING FRONT
KEYS, THE PLAYER
DOESN'T RESPOND
PLAYER IS IN NORMAL MODE
WHEN PRESSING FRONT
KEYS, THE PLAYER WILL
RESPOND
Figure 14-31
Figure 14-30
61
15. TEST INSTRUCTIONS DISPLAY BOARD
15.1 Display board
15.1.4 Reset
15.1.1 Introduction
Check next reset timing with an oscilloscope at pin 10 of the
microprocessor.
These test instructions are written for all versions of the display
PCB 3104 123 42230.
The contents of the PCB can be split up into next blocks:
PM3392A
ch2
ch1
T
V filament
Display
T1
2
V filament
Buffer
Key-matrix
1
CH1 2. 00 V=
CH2
2 V= BW L MTB 100 ms- 1.04d v ch2+
Processor
I2C
Figure 15-2
Supply:
+5Vstby
+12V
-40V
P50
I/O
Timing: 400msec < T1 > 700msec.
CH1: +5Vstby voltage at power on.
CH2: Voltage at pin 10.
RC-Eye
Figure 15-1
15.1.5 Display steerign
Check next timing and level for all grid-lines (G1 r G14).
15.1.2 Functionality description:
PM3392A
ch1: low =-34.2 V
ch1: high= 3.98 V
ch1
The essential component of the display PCB is the P (slave).
This slave works on an 8MHz resonator and has a reset circuit
that is triggered by the +5Vstby. After the reset pulse, the
standby control line will release the reset of the host P. This
host P will then initialise the slave. In addition, when going to
stand-by, the slave will put the host P in reset. When the slave
receives the right IR or key code to leave the standby mode, the
reset of the host P will be released.
Other slave functions are:
Square signal generator to generate the filament voltage,
which is required for an AC FTD.
Generates the grid and segment scanning for the FTD.
Generates a scanning grid for the keys (separated from
display scanning).
Has inputs for RC (RC5 and RC6) and P50 (P50 controller
is built in).
A
1
T
B
STOP
CH1 10.0 V=
MTB 200us 2324us ch1+
Figure 15-3
1.
2.
3.
4.
15.1.3 General
Check level A: +4V5 +/-10% for grid lines 1 => 11
Check level A: +4V0 +/-10% for grid lines 12 => 14
Check level B: -33V +/-10%
Check timing and levels of segment-lines P1 => P10:
PM3392A
Oscilloscope measurements have been carried out using a
Philips PM3392A.
Impedance of measuring-equipment should be > 1M .
To do correct measurements we recommend to use supply
3122 427 21370, which is used in all "second generation B"
DVD-players. Make sure that the main 3.3V has a 0.7A
load.
ch1
A
1
T
B
CH1 10. 0 V=
BWL MTB 500u s- 1.04
Figure 15-4
62
dv ch1 +
Level A:+4V5 +/-10%
Level B:-33V +/-10%
The data on these segment lines depend on the characters that
are displayed.
The characters can be set by sending I2C commands to the
display.
See the Slave URS how to send a display command.
15.1.6 Key-matrix
Connect a extra 10k pull-up to pin 36 en 37 of the P and
check next matrix scanning at these pins.
PM3392A
ch1
ch1: low =-46.9mV
ch1: high= 5.09 V
A
B
1
STOP
CH1 2.00 V=
MTB10.0ms
ch1-
Figure 15-5
Level A: 5.0V +/-7%
Level B: 0V +/-200mV
Check matrix scanning from pin 26 until 33 of the P.
The results should be the same as the diagram above.
15.1.7 I.R. receiver
Check at pin 23 of the P if this line switches from low (< 0.3V)
to high (> 4.5V), while pressing a key on a Philips RC5 or RC6
remote control.
15.1.8 P50 interface
P50 is a bi-directional serial interface, which is used for
communication between video equipment. For European sets,
this communication goes via pin 10 of the scart-bus. In other
regions, it can be a cinch bus at the back of the set.
1. Keep the P in reset by short-circuiting emitter and
collector of transistor 7108, via resistor 3100 and 3104
transistor 7101 is switched on.
2. Check the voltage at the P50 output connector 1118-5: <
200mV.
When the reset is released the P output-pin becomes low and
transistor 7101 is switched off.
1. Check the voltage at the P50 output connector 1118-5: 4V9
+/-5%.
2. Check also the P P50 input ( P pin 20): 5V +/-5%.
3. Connect the P50 line (connector 1118-5) to ground.
4. Check again the P P50 input ( P pin 20): <0V3.
63
16. CURRENT MODE POWER SUPPLY 20PS203
16.1 Blockdiagram
Rectifier
Lightning
Protection
6240
5131
+12V
EMI
FILTER
MAINS
7233
2240
+5V Stand By
1
2121
6250
-8V Stand By
7125
2250
5
6260
-40V
2260
Rsense
+6V Stand By
6230
7236
6132
+5V
2230
6129
6210
+3V3
7110
2210
Supply Init
2.5V
Error
Amplifier
Current
Sense
Input
Stand By
+
-
OSC.
Demagnet.
Mgmt
Output
Sense
+
6220
Vc
7
S
R
Q
latch
Buffer
Out
9
Gnd
Voltage
Feedback
Soft-Start
Control
GNDs
Overvoltage
Mgmt
7200
7201
GND
REGULATION
Figure 16-1
16.1.1 Function description of the current mode power supply
MOSFET 7125 is used as a power switch controlled by the
controller IC 7110. When the switch is closed, energy is
transferred from the mains into the transformer. This energy is
then supplied to the load when the switch is opened. By control
of the switched-on time, the energy transferred in each cycle is
regulated so that the output voltages are independent of load
or input voltage variations. The controlling device MC44603P is
an integrated pulse width modulator. A clock signal initiates
power pulses at a fixed frequency. The termination of each
output pulse occurs when an analogue of the inductor current
reaches a threshold established by the error signal. In this way
the error signal actually controls the peak inductor current on
cycle-by-cycle basis.
can also be used for driving a bipolar transistor in low power
converters. It is optimised to operate in discontinuous mode but
can also operate in continuous mode. Its advanced design
allows use in current mode or voltage mode control
applications.
16.3 Pin connections
16.2 General description of MC44603
VCC
1
16
Rref
VC
2
15
R Frequency Standb
Output
3
14
Voltage feedback In
Gnd
4
13
Error Amp Output
5
12
R Power Standby
Overvoltage Protection(OVP)
6
11
Sof-Start/Dmax/
Voltage Mode
Current Sense Input
7
10
CT
Foldback Input
The MC44603 is an enhanced high performance controller that
is specifically designed for Off-line and dc-to dc converter
applications. This device has the unique ability of automatically
changing operating modes if the converter output is
overloaded., unloaded, or shorted. The MC44603 has several
distinguishing features when compared to conventional SMPS
controllers. These features consist of a foldback facility for
overload protection, a standby mode when the converter output
is slightly loaded, a demagnetisation detection for reduced
switching stresses on transistor and diodes, and a high current
totem pole output ideally suited for driving a power MOSFET. It
Demag. Detection
8
9
Figure 16-2
64
Sync Input
16.4 Blockdiagram of MC44603
MC44603P
1
16
Vref
8
DEMAGNETISATION
DETECT
DEMAGNETISATION
MANAGEMENT
Iref
REFERENCE
BLOCK
Vref
enable
SUPPLY
INITIALISATION BLOCK
UVL01
Iref
VOSC PROT
9
SYNC INPUT
10
CT
15
RF STANDBY
12
RP STANDBY
VOSC
OSCILLATOR
1Set
LATCH
Vstby
=1
BUFFER
C
1Reset
VC
2
OUT
3
GND
4
STANDBY
(REDUCED FREQUENCY)
2.5V
THERMAL
SHUTDOWN
Vref
Voc
Iref
14
13
VOLTAGE
FEEDBACK
VS8 OUT
ERROR
AMP
CURRENT
SENSE
Dmax &
SOFT-START
CONTROL
E/A OUT
UVL01
Vref
OVER
VOLTAGE
MANAGEMENT
FOLDBACK
FOLDBACK
INPUT
CURRENT SENSE
INPUT
5
SOFT-START
& DMAX
7
11
Figure 16-3
16.5 Pin function description
Pin function description
Pin
Name
Description
1
VCC
This pin is the positive supply of the IC. The operating voltage range after start-up is 9.0 to 14.5 V.
2
VC
The output high state (VOH) is set by the voltage applied to this pin.
3
Output
Peak currents up to 750 mA can be sourced or sunk, suitable for driving either MOSFET or Bipolar transistors.
4
Gnd
The groundpin is a single return, typically connected back to the power source.
5
Foldback Input
The foldback function provides overload protection.
6
Overvoltage
Protection
When the overvoltage protection pin receives a voltage greater than 2.5V, the device is disabled and requires a
complete restart sequence.
7
Current Sense
Input
A voltage proportional to the current flowing into the power switch is connected to this input.
8
Demagnetisation
Detection
A voltage delivered by an auxiliary transformer winding provides to the demagnetisation pin an indication of the
magnetisation state of the flyback transformer. A zero voltage detection corresponds to complete core
saturation.
9
Synchronisation
Input
The synchronisation input pin can be activated with either a negative pulse going from a level between 0.7V and
3.7V to Gnd or a positive pulse going from a level between 0.7V and 3.7V up to a level higher than 3.7V. The
oscillator runs free when Pin 9 is connected to Gnd.
10
CT
The normal mode oscillator frequency is programmed by the capacitor CT choice together with the Rref
resistance value. CT, connected between Pin 10 and Gnd, generates the oscillator sawtooth.
11
SoftStart/Dmax/Volta
ge-Mode
A capacitor, resistor or a voltage source connected to this pin limits the switching duty-cycle. This pin can be
used as a voltage mode control input. By connecting Pin 11 to Ground, the MC44603 can be shut down.
12
RP Standby
A voltage level applied to the RP Standby pin determines the output power level at which the oscillator will turn
into the reduced frequency mode of operation(i.e. standby mode). An internal hysteresis comparator allows to
return in the normal mode at a higher output power level.
13
E/A Out
The error amplifier output is made available for loop compensation.
14
Voltage
Feedback
This is the inverting input of the Error Amplifier. It can be connected to the switching power supply output
through an optical (or other) feedback loop.
15
RF Standby
The reduced frequency or standby frequency programming is made by the RF Standby resistance choice.
16
Rref
Rref sets the internal reference current. The internal reference current ranges from 100 A to 500 A. This
requires that 5.0k
Rref 25k .
Figure 16-4
65
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECT
6
16.6 Operating description
16.7 Regulation
The input voltage Vcc(pin 1) is monitored by a comparator with
hysteresis, enabling the circuit at 14.5V and disabling the
circuit below 7.5V. The error amplifier compares a voltage
Vfb(pin 14) related to the output voltage of the power supply,
with an internal 2.5V reference. The current sense comparator
compares the output of the error amplifier with the switch
current Isense(pin 7) of the power supply. The output of the
current sense comparator resets a latch, which is set every
cycle by the oscillator. The output stage is a totem pole,
capable of driving a MOSFET directly.
Figure 16-6 shows the most relevant signals during the regulation
phase of the power supply.
The oscillator voltage ramps up and down between V1 and V2.
The voltage at the current sense terminal is compared every
cycle with the output of the error amplifier Vcomp. The output
is switched off when the current sense level exceeds the level
at the output of the error amplifier.
1. TimeON phase : A drain current will flow from the positive
supply at pin 1 of the transformer through the transformer's
primary winding, the MOSFET and Rsense to ground. As
the positive voltage at pin 1 of the transformer is constant,
the current will increase linearly and create a ramp
dependent on the mains voltage and the inductance of the
primary winding. A certain amount of energy is stored in the
transformer in the form of a magnetic field. The polarity of
the voltages at the secundary windings is such that the
diodes are non-conducting.
2. TimeDIODE phase : When the MOSFET is switched off,
energy is no longer supplied to the tranformer. The
inductance of the tranformer now tries to maintain the
current which has been flowing through it at a constant
level. The polarity of the voltage from the transformer
therefore becomes reversed. This results in a current flow
through the tranformer's secondary winding via the diodes,
electrolytic capacitors and the load. This current is also
ramp shaped but decreasing.
3. TimeDEAD phase : when the stored energy has been
supplied to the load, the current in the secondary windings
stops flowing. At this point the drain voltage of the
MOSFET will drop to the voltage of C2121 with a ringing
caused by the Drain-Source capacitance with the primary
inductance.
The oscillator will start a next cyclus which consists of the
described three phases. The time of the different phases
depends on the mains voltage and the load.
TimeDEAD is maximum at an input of 400VDC and minimum
load, it will be zero at an input of 100VDC and overload.
16.6.1 Start-up sequence
t1: Charging the capacitor at Vcc
C2129 will be charged via R3123 and R3134, C2133 and
C2111 via R3129. The output is switched off during t1.
t2: Charging of output capacitors
When the input voltage of the IC exceeds 14.5V, the circuit is
enabled and starts to produce output pulses. The current
consumption of the circuit increases to about 17mA, depending
on the external loads of the IC. At first, the capacitor at the Vcc
pin will discharge because the primary auxiliary voltage,
coming from winding 7-9 is below the Vcc voltage. At some
moment during t2, the primary auxiliary voltage reaches the
same level as Vcc. The Vcc voltage is now determinated by this
primary auxiliary voltage.
t3: regulation
The output voltage of the power supply is in regulation
t4: overload
When the output is shortened, the supply voltage of the circuit
will decrease and after some time drop below the lower
threshold voltage. At that moment, the output will be disabled
and the process of charging the Vcc capacitor starts again. If
the output is still shorted at the next t2 phase, the complete
start-and stop sequence will repeat. The power supply comes
in a hiccup mode
V2
Vosc
14.5V
10V
V1
Vcc
0
7.5V
Vcomp
p.a.v.
0V
Vsense
17mA
Vgate
Icc
1mA
Vdrain
OUTPUT
Idrain
Idiodes
short
Vo
0
Ton
t1
t2
t3
Tdiode Tdead
t4
Figure 16-6 Regulation
Figure 16-5 Start-up sequence
66
16.8 Oscillograms
PM3394B
ch1
ch3
1
T
ch2
3
CH1 2
CH2
2CH3 2 V~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1-
ch1 : Drain voltage
ch2 : Drain current
ch3 : Gate voltage
PM3394B
ch1
ch3
1
T
3
CH1 1
CH3 50mV~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1-
ch1 : Drain voltage
ch2 : Oscillator voltage
PM3394B
ch1
ch3
1
T
3
CH1 1
CH3 20mV~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1-
ch1 : Drain voltage
ch3 : Sense voltage
Figure 16-7
67
17. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
17.1 Input circuit
The cathode current flows through the LED of the opto-coupler.
The collector current of the opto-coupler flows through R3106,
producing an error voltage, connected to voltage feedback pin
14 of IC7110.
The input circuit consists of a lightning protection circuit and an
EMI filter.
The lightning protection comprises R3120, gasarrestor 1125
and R3124. The EMI filter is formed by C2120, L5120, C2125
and C2126. It prevents inflow of noises into the mains.
17.6 Demagnetisation
The auxiliary winding (7-9) voltage is used to detect magnetic
saturation of the transformer core and connected via R3101 to
pin 8 of IC7110. During the demagnetisation phase, the output
will be disabled.
17.2 Primary rectifier/smoothing circuit
The AC input is rectified by rectifier bridge 6120 and smoothed
into C2121. The voltage over C2121 is approximately 300V. It
can vary from 100V to 390V.
17.7 Overvoltage protection circuit
17.3 Start circuit and Vcc supply
This circuit consist of D6114, C2114, R3115 and R3116.
When the regulation circuit is interrupted due to an error in the
control loop, the regulated output voltage will increase
(overvoltage). This overvoltage is sensed on the primary
winding 7-9.
When an overvoltage longer than 2.0 (s is detected, the output
is disabled until VCC is removed and then re-applied. The
power supply will come in a hiccup mode as long as the error
in the control loop is present.
This circuit is formed by R3123, R3134, C2129, D6129, R3129,
R3111, C2133 and C2111.
When the power plug is connected to the mains voltage, the
stabilised voltage over D6129(24V) will charge C2133 via
R3129. When the voltage reaches 14.5V across C2111, the
control circuit of IC7110 is turned on and the regulation starts.
During regulation, Vcc of IC7110 will be supplied by the
rectified voltage from winding 7-9 via R3135, D6132 and
C2133.
17.8 Secondary rectifier/smoothing circuit
17.4 Control circuit
There are 5 rectifier/smoothing circuits on the secondary side.
Each voltage depends on the number of windings of the
transformer.
The +5Vstby power supply is derived from the +12Vstby by
voltage regulator 7233, C2233 and L5233.
The -5V voltage is regulated by voltage regulator 7259 and will
be switched off via D6256, T7256 and T7255 during standby
(control signal STAND BY is high). When jumper 4250 is
mounted instead of this circuit, a supply voltage -8Vstby will be
present at pin 9 of connector 0205. -5V is used in DVD730 MK
II, DVD 930 MK II and DVD710. -8Vstby is used in DVD750 and
DVD950.
The +5V power supply is derived from +6Vstby by the loaderup circuit formed by MOSFET 7236, reference component
7237, R3236, R3237 and C2239. This voltage will be switched
off during STAND BY via T7235.
The 3V3 power supply is regulated by the control loop (7201,
7200, 7110) of the switched mode PSU.
The control circuit exists of IC7110, C2102, 2104, 2107, 2109,
2110, R3102, 3103, 3104, 3107, 3108, 3109 and 3110. The
frequency of the oscillator is defined by C2102 and R3110.
Power switch circuit
This circuit comprises MOSFET 7125, Rsense 3126, 3127 and
3128, R3125 , C2127, L5125, R3112 and R3113. R3125 is a
pull-down resistor to remove static charges from the gate of the
MOSFET.
17.5 Regulation circuit
The regulation circuit comprises opto-coupler 7200 which
isolates the error signal from the control IC on the primary side
and a reference component 7201. The TL431(7201) can be
represented by two components:
a very stable and accurate reference diode
a high gain amplifier
K
R
2.5V
A
Figure 17-1
TL431 will conduct from cathode to anode when the reference
is higher than the internal reference voltage of about 2.5V. If the
reference voltage is lower, the cathode current is almost zero.
68
17.9 List of abbreviations
B
BC_AUX
BC_TV
C_ENC
CVBS
DC_OFF
DIG_OUT
FBIN_AUX
FBOUT_TV
G
GIN_AUX
GOUT_TV
HP_L
HP_R
KILL
LIN_AUX
LIN_TV
LOUT_AUX
LOUT_TV
LRCLK
PCM_CLK
PCM_OUT0
R
RCIN_TV
RCOUT_TV
RIN_AUX
RIN_TV
ROUT_AUX
ROUT_TV
SCL
SCLK
SDA
SELECT
SELECT_HIGH
SLB_AUX
SLB_TV
STANDBY
STEREO_L
STEREO_R
Y_ENC
YCVBSIN_AUX
YCVBSIN_TV
YCVBSOUT_AUX
YCVBSOUT_TV
0/6/12
Buffered Video input Blue from DVD
monoboard
Blue or Chroma input from AUX-scart
Blue or Chroma output to TV-scart
Buffered Chroma input from DVD
monoboard
Buffered Composite video input from
DVD monoboard
Control signal to switch off 8Vstby
and +12Vstby during standby
Digital out
Fast blanking input from AUX-scart
Fast blanking output to TV-scart
Buffered Video input Green from DVD
monoboard
Video input Green from AUX-scart
Video output Green to TV-scart
Audio output left to headphone and
audio scart switch TEA6420
Audio output right to headphone and
audio scart switch TEA6420
Kill control signal for audio outputs and
for soft mute of DAC
Audio input left from AUX-scart
Audio input left from TV-scart
Audio output left to AUX-scart
Audio output left to TV-scart
Left/Right clock
Audio system clock for DAC
Audio serial output data
Buffered Video input Red from DVD
monoboard
Red or Chroma input from TV-scart
Red or Chroma output to TV-scart
Audio input right from AUX-scart
Audio input right from TV-scart
Audio output right to AUX-scart
Audio output right to TV-scart
I2C bus clock
Audio serial bit clock
I2C bus data
Control signal for video scart switches;
high = TV ,low = AUX
Control signal for switching fast
blanking and slow blanking signals;
high = TV,.low = AUX
Slow blanking control signal from
AUX-scart
Slow blanking control signal to TVscart
Control signal from STI5505 used to
swith off 8Vstby and +12Vstby during
standby.
Audio cinch output left
Audio cinch output right
Buffered Luma input from DVD
monoboard
Luma or CVBS input from AUX-scart
Luma or CVBS input from TV-scart
Luma or CVBS output to AUX-scart
Luma or CVBS output to TV-scart
Scart switch control signal A/V board.
0V : loop through (AUX to TV), 6V :
play 16:9 format, 12V : play 4:3 format
69
18. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON PARTS CODES.
RESISTORS
R
R
: 1) GD05 x x x 140, Carbon film fixed resistor, 5% 1/4W
: 2) GD05 x x x 160, Carbon film fixed resistor, 5% 1/6W
1 Resistance value
Examples
1 Resistance value
0.1 ..... 001
10 ...... 100
1k ...... 102 100k ...... 104
0.5 ..... 005
18 ...... 180 2.7k ...... 272 680k ...... 684
1 ..... 010 100 ...... 101 10k ...... 103
1M ...... 105
6.8 ..... 068 390 ...... 391 22k ...... 223 4.7M ...... 475
Note : Please distinguish 1/4W from 1/6W by the shape of parts
used actually.
CAPACITORS
C
C
C
: CERAMIC CAP.
3) DD1 x x x x 370, Ceramic capacitor
Disc type
Temp.coeff. P350~N1000, 50V
3 Capacity value
2 Tolerance
Examples
2 Tolerance (Capacity deviation)
0.25 pF ....... 0
0.5 pF ....... 1
5 % ....... 5
Tolerance of COMMON PARTS handled here are as follows :
0.5 pF - 5 pF ....... 0.25 pF
6 pF - 10 pF ..... 0.5 pF
12 pF - 560 pF ... 5 %
3 Capacity value
0.5 pF .... 005
3 pF ..... 030 100 pF ..... 101
1 pF .... 010 10 pF ..... 100 220 pF ..... 221
1.5 pF .... 015 47 pF ..... 470 560 pF ..... 561
NOTE ON SAFETY FOR FUSIBLE RESIST OR :
The suppliers and their type numbers of fusible resistors are as
follows ;
1 . KOA Corporation
Part No.(MJI)
Type No.(KOA)
Description
NH05 x x x 140
RF25S x x x x
J 5% (1/4W)
NH05 x x x 120
RF50S x x x x
J 5% (1/2W)
NH85 x x x 110
RF73B2A x x x x
J 5% (1/10W)
NH95 x x x 140
RF73B2E x x x x
J 5% (1/4W)
Resistance value
2. Matsushita Electronic
Part No.(MJI)
NF05 x x x 140
RF05 x x x 140
NF02 x x x 140
RF02 x x x 140
7 Capacity value
Examples
7 Capacity value
0.1 F ...... 104
0.001 F (1000 pF) ...... 102
0.56 F ...... 564
0.0018 F ........................ 182
1 F ...... 105
0.01 F ........................ 103
0.015 F ........................ 153
)
ERD-2FCG x x x
( 2% 1/4W)
Resistance value
..... 100
..... 180
..... 101
..... 391
1k
2.7k
10k
22k
.....
.....
.....
.....
102
272
103
223
100k
680k
1M
4.7M
.....
.....
.....
.....
104
684
105
475
ABBREVIATION AND MARKS
ANT.
: ANTENNA
BATT.
: BATTERY
CAP.
: CAPACITOR
CER.
: CERAMIC
CONN.
: CONNECTING
DIG.
: DIGITAL
HP
: HEADPHONE
MIC.
: MICROPHONE
: MICROPROCESSOR
REC.
: RECORDING
RES.
: RESISTOR
SPK
: SPEAKER
SW
: SWITCH
TRANSF.
: TRANSFORMER
-PRO
: 5) ELECTROLY CAP.(
), 6)FILM CAP (
)
5) EA x x x x x x 10, Electrolytic capacitor
One-way lead type,Tolerance 20%
6 Working voltage
5 Capacity value
Examples
5 Capacity value
0.1 F .... 104
4.7 F .... 475
100 F ..... 107
0.33 F .... 334
10 F .... 106
330 F ..... 337
1 F .... 105
22 F .... 226
1100 F ..... 118
2200 F .... 228
6 Working voltage
6.3 V ...... 006
25 V ..... 025
10 V ...... 010
35 V ..... 035
16 V ...... 016
50 V ..... 050
Plastic film capacitor
One-way type, Mylar 5% 50V
Plastic film capacitor
One-way type, Mylar 10% 50V
- 10k
Components Co., Ltd
Type No.(MEC)
Description
ERD-2FCJ x x x
( 5% 1/4W)
Examples
Resistance value
0.1 ..... 001
10
0.5 ..... 005
18
1 ..... 010 100
6.8 ..... 068 390
: CERAMIC CAP.
4) DK16 x x x 300, High dielectric constant ceramic
capacitor
Disc type
Temp.chara. 2B4, 50V
4 Capacity value
Examples
4 Capacity value
100 pF ..... 101
1000 pF .... 102 10000 pF .... 103
470 pF ..... 471
2200 pF .... 222
6) DF15 x x x 350
DF15 x x x 310
DF16 x x x 310
Resistance value(0.1
TRIM.
: TRIMMING
TRS.
: TRANSISTOR
VAR.
: VARIABLE
X’ TAL
: CRYSTAL
NOTE ON SAFETY:
Symbol
Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original
parts should be used to replaced any part marked with
symbol
Any other component substitution ( other than
original type), may increase risk of fire or electrical shock
hazard.
NOTE 1) The above CODES(R
,R
,C
,C
and C
) are omitted on the schematic diagram in
some case.
2) On the occasion, be confirmed the common parts on the
parts list.
3) Refer to “Common Parts List” for the other common
parts(Rl05, DD4, DK4).
70
990521 A.O
POS.
NO
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
DESCRIPTION
2000
2001
2002
2004
2006
2007
2029
2030
2032
2033
2036
2038
2039
2040
2041
3198 028 41090
4822 126 13838
4822 126 13692
4822 126 13692
4822 124 41796
4822 124 23432
4822 124 81286
4822 126 13482
4822 126 13482
4822 122 33575
4822 124 41643
4822 124 41584
4822 124 40181
4822 124 41643
4822 124 41643
AV CIRCUIT BOARD
(/A1B,/S1G,/U1B)
CAPACITORS
ELECT 10 F 20% 35V
CER. 100NF 50V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
ELECT 22 F 20% 16V
ELECT 100 F 20% 10V
ELECT 47 F 20% 16V
CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V
CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 100 F 20% 16V
ELECT 100 F 20% 10V
ELECT 220 F 20% 10V
ELECT 100 F 20% 16V
ELECT 100 F 20% 16V
2100
2101
2104
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2113
2115
2119
2121
2123
2124
2125
2126
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32531
5322 122 31647
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32654
4822 126 13838
4822 124 81286
5322 122 31647
5322 122 32531
5322 122 31647
5322 122 31647
4822 122 33575
4822 126 14585
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32654
4822 124 22339
4822 124 22339
4822 124 11947
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
22N
100pF
1NF
100pF
100pF
22N
100NF
47 F
1NF
100pF
1NF
1NF
220pF
100NF
22N
22N
22N
22N
100 E
100 E
10 F
63V
5% 50V
10% 63V
5% 50V
5% 50V
63V
50V
20% 16V
10% 63V
5% 50V
10% 63V
10% 63V
5% 63V
10% 50V
3V
63V
63V
63V
16V
16V
20% 16V
POS.
NO
PART NO.
(MJI)
QT02841090
QP12613838
QP12613692
QP12613692
QP12441796
QP12423432
QP12481286
QP12613482
QP12613482
QP12233575
QP12441643
QP12441584
QP12440181
QP12441643
QP12441643
QQ12232654
QQ12232531
QQ12231647
QQ12232531
QQ12232531
QQ12232654
QP12613838
QP12481286
QQ12231647
QQ12232531
QQ12231647
QQ12231647
QP12233575
QP12614585
QQ12232654
QQ12232654
QQ12232654
QQ12232654
QP12422339
QP12422339
QP12411947
DIODES
6001
4822 130 11087 DIODE BZX284-C15
QP13011087
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
4822 130 83757
4822 130 83757
4822 130 83757
4822 130 11087
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C15
QP13083757
QP13083757
QP13083757
QP13011087
7103
7110
7115
7116
7117
4822 209 17423
4822 209 16978
4822 209 30095
9322 141 80668
4822 209 72684
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC
ANA UAD1328T
IC
ANA LF33CV
IC
ANA LM833D
IC
ANA AD8073
IC
ANA L7905CV
QP20972684
7000
7001
7002
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
5322 130 60159
4822 130 42804
4822 130 60373
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
QQ13060159
QP13042804
QP13060373
QP13042804
QP13042804
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
BC846B
BC817-25
BC856B
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
QP20917423
QP20916978
QP20930095
71
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
DESCRIPTION
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25
PART NO.
(MJI)
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7104
7105
7108
7109
7112
7114
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
3000
3001
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3014
3015
3016
3017
3036
3038
3039
4822 051 20101
4822 117 12521
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 11152
4822 051 20101
4822 117 12955
4822 051 20101
4822 117 12955
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20223
4822 051 20223
RESISTORS
100R00 5%
68R
1%
4K70
5%
4K70
5%
2K7
1%
10k
1%
4K70
5%
4K70
5%
4K70
5%
4R7
5%
100R00 5%
2K7
1%
100R00 5%
2K7
1%
2K2
5%
22K00 5%
22K00 5%
3040
3041
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3068
3069
4822 116 83933
4822 051 20822
4822 117 11504
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11507
4822 117 11454
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20471
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10361
4822 117 11504
4822 117 11152
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11507
4822 117 11454
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10361
4822 117 11504
4822 051 20101
15K
8K20
270R
10k
100R00
100R00
6K8
820R
75R
470R00
4K70
680R
270R
4R7
100R00
100R00
6K8
820R
75R
2K2
4K70
680R
270R
100R00
1%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP11683933
QP05120822
QP11711504
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711507
QP11711454
QP11711927
QP05120471
QP05120472
QP11710361
QP11711504
QP11711152
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711507
QP11711454
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120472
QP11710361
QP11711504
QP05120101
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3077
3078
3100
3101
3102
4822 117 11507
4822 117 11454
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10361
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833
6K8
820R
75R
2K2
4K70
680R
75R
2K2
100R00
4K70
10k
1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP11711507
QP11711454
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120472
QP11710361
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120101
QP05120472
QP11710833
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP05120101
QP11712521
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11712955
QP11710833
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11711152
QP05120101
QP11712955
QP05120101
QP11712955
QP11711449
QP05120223
QP05120223
POS.
NO
3103
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3112
3113
3114
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11152
4822 117 11152
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955
DESCRIPTION
10k 1% 0.1W
10k 1% 0.1W
10k 1% 0.1W
100R00 5% 0.1W
4R7
5%
4R7
5%
10k
1% 0.1W
2K7
1% 0.1W
2K7
1% 0.1W
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP11711152
QP11711152
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955
4822 117 10833 10k
1% 0.1W
QP11710833
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3126
3127
3129
3130
3131
3132
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
5322 117 12487
5322 117 12487
4822 117 12635
4822 117 11139
4822 117 11931
100R00
100R00
10k
10k
2K7
2K7
10k
100R00
10k
2K7
100R00
10k
2K7
1k
1k
10R
1k5
750R
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11712955
QQ11712487
QQ11712487
QP11712635
QP11711139
QP11711931
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3147
3148
3150
3153
3154
3157
3158
3159
3160
2120 108 92619
5322 117 12487
5322 117 12487
5322 117 12487
4822 117 11953
2120 108 92625
2120 108 92616
5322 117 12487
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
SM ERJ6EN 2K2PM1
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
560R
1% 0.1W
SM ERJ6EN 5K6PM1
SM ERJ6EN 1k2 PM1
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
75R
1% 0.1W
100R00 5% 0.1W
75R
1% 0.1W
75R
1% 0.1W
2K2
5% 0.1W
100R00 5% 0.1W
10k
1% 0.1W
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
5000
5003
5007
7020
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.125W RC12G
0.125W RC12G
0.125W
0.1W
0.1W
MISCELLANEOUS
2422 026 05047 CONNECTOR CINCH H 6P
F RDWHYE B
4822 267 10994 CONNECTOR 4P MDIN
2422 025 16526 CONNECTOR 22P F 1.00
FFC 0.3 R
4822 267 31729 CONNECTOR
2422 026 05049 CON BM CINCH H 3P F
2422 025 16525 CONNECTOR 16P F 1.00
FFC 0.3 R
4822 157 70601 COIL 100UH (920927085A)
4822 242 10756 FILTER L/C
DSS306-92Y5S221M100
9322 155 28667 CONNECTOR
GP1FA550TZ (SRPJ)L
POS.
NO
PART NO.
(MJI)
QQ11712487
QQ11712487
QQ11712487
QP11711953
QQ11712487
QP11711927
QP05120101
QP11711927
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120101
QP11710833
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
DESCRIPTION
2032
2353
2354
2355
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2371
2372
2373
2377
2378
2382
2383
2385
2395
2402
2404
2408
2409
2412
4822 126 13482
4822 124 40769
4822 126 14076
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40769
4822 126 13692
4822 126 13692
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40433
AV CIRCUIT BOARD (/N1B)
CAPACITORS
CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER.
220N 25V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 47 F 20% 25V
2450
2452
2453
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2469
2471
2472
2488
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
5322 122 32654
4822 126 14076
4822 124 40433
5322 122 32531
4822 124 22339
5322 126 10511
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32531
4822 124 22339
5322 126 10511
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32654
4822 126 14585
4822 124 40433
4822 126 14585
4822 126 14585
5322 122 32654
4822 124 81151
4822 124 41584
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
4822 122 33575 CER.
QU02605047
22N
220N
47 F
100pF
100 E
1NF
22N
100pF
22N
100pF
100 E
1NF
100pF
22N
100NF
47 F
100NF
100NF
22N
22 F
100 F
63V
25V
20% 25V
5% 50V
16V
5% 50V
63V
5% 50V
63V
5% 50V
16V
5% 50V
5% 50V
63V
10% 50V
20% 25V
10% 50V
10% 50V
63V
50V
20% 10V
220pF 5% 63V
PART NO.
(MJI)
QP12613482
QP12440769
QP12614076
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12233575
QP12440769
QP12613692
QP12613692
QP12233575
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12233575
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12440433
QQ12232654
QP12614076
QP12440433
QQ12232531
QP12422339
QQ12610511
QQ12232654
QQ12232531
QQ12232654
QQ12232531
QP12422339
QQ12610511
QQ12232531
QQ12232654
QP12614585
QP12440433
QP12614585
QP12614585
QQ12232654
QP12481151
QP12441584
QP12233575
2505
2506
QP26710994
QU02516526
2509
2511
2520
QP26731729
QU02605049
QU02516525
4822 124 40763 ELECT 2.2 F 100V
QP12440763
4822 124 40763 ELECT 2.2 F 100V
QP12440763
4822 122 33575 CER.
220pF 5% 63V
QP12233575
5322 122 32654 CER.
22N 63V
QQ12232654
2523
2527
QP15770601
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
QP24210756
72
4822 124 40763
4822 124 40763
4822 124 40763
4822 126 14585
4822 126 14491
4822 126 13692
4822 124 40248
4822 124 40433
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
2.2 F
2.2 F
2.2 F
100NF
2.2 F
47pF
10 F
47 F
100V
100V
100V
10% 50V
10V
1% 63V
20% 63V
20% 25V
QP12440763
QP12440763
QP12440763
QP12614585
QP12614491
QP12613692
QP12440248
QP12440433
POS.
NO
6302
6401
6403
6404
7400
7401
7403
7900
7905
7917
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7014
7300
7301
7304
7310
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7402
7404
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 130 83757
4822 130 11047
4822 130 83757
4822 130 11383
DESCRIPTION
DIODES
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C9V1
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C5V1
QP13083757
QP13011047
QP13083757
QP13011383
SEMICONDUCTORS
9322 134 92676 IC
ANA L78L33
4822 209 17423 IC
ANA UAD1328T
4822 209 32071 IC
ANA MC33079D
QP20917423
QP20932071
5322 209 14481 IC
DIG HEF4053BT
QQ20914481
4822 209 17512 IC
ANA TEA6420D
QP20917512
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
5322 130 60159 TRS. BC846B
QQ13060159
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
9322 134 86668
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 40959
4822 130 60373
4822 130 41246
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 42804
QP13060373
QQ13060159
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
POS.
NO
PART NO.
(MJI)
BC856B
BC846B
LF80C
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC547B
BC856B
BC327-25
BC846B
BC846B
BC817-25
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13040959
QP13060373
QP13041246
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13042804
4822 130 42615 TRS. BC817-40
QP13042615
5322 130 60159 TRS. BC846B
QQ13060159
7407
7918
7935
7936
4822 130 60373 TRS. BC856B
QP13060373
7939
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7949
4822 130 60373
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
QP13060373
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
3036
3038
3039
3040
3041
3043
3044
3045
3046
3049
3050
3056
3058
3059
3062
3063
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20223
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20273
4822 051 20822
4822 117 13577
4822 051 20223
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11503
4822 117 13577
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11927
4822 051 10102
RESISTORS
2K2
5%
22K00 5%
47k
1%
27K00 5%
8K20
5%
330R
1%
22K00 5%
100R00 5%
100R00 5%
75R
1%
220R
1%
330R
1%
100R00 5%
100R00 5%
75R
1%
1K00
2%
BC856B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
QP11711449
QP05120223
QP11710834
QP05120273
QP05120822
QP11713577
QP05120223
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711927
QP11711503
QP11713577
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711927
QP05110102
73
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
(MJI)
3300
3301
3313
3314
3315
3316
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3325
3339
3340
3343
3345
3347
3348
3349
3351
3359
3363
3366
3394
3397
4822 117 13577
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11503
4822 051 10102
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834
4822 117 10834
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834
4822 051 10102
4822 051 10102
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 051 10102
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834
330R
100R00
220R
1K00
470R00
47k
47k
1K00
47k
100R00
100R00
470R00
47k
1K00
1K00
75R
75R
1K00
1K00
47k
470R00
47k
1K00
47k
470R00
47k
1%
5%
1%
2%
5%
1%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
2%
2%
1%
1%
2%
2%
1%
5%
1%
2%
1%
5%
1%
1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP11713577
QP05120101
QP11711503
QP05110102
QP05120471
QP11710834
QP11710834
QP05110102
QP11710834
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP05120471
QP11710834
QP05110102
QP05110102
QP11711927
QP11711927
QP05110102
QP05110102
QP11710834
QP05120471
QP11710834
QP05110102
QP11710834
QP05120471
QP11710834
3407
3408
3409
3413
3425
3432
3442
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3451
3453
3454
3455
3457
3459
3461
3462
3463
3464
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11503
4822 117 10834
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833
75R
75R
220R
47k
75R
75R
100R00
10k
10k
2K7
2K7
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
100R00
10k
10k
2K7
2K7
10k
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP11711927
QP11711927
QP11711503
QP11710834
QP11711927
QP11711927
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955
QP11710833
3505
3507
3508
3511
3512
3517
3519
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 12521
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20562
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10834
4822 117 12955
4822 051 20223
4822 117 11152
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10833
4822 051 10008
4822 051 20472
100R00
100R00
68R
10k
10k
100R00
5K6
4K70
4K70
47k
2K7
22K00
4R7
4K70
10k
1K00
10k
0R00
4K70
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11712521
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP05120562
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11710834
QP11712955
QP05120223
QP11711152
QP05120472
QP11710833
QP05110102
QP11710833
QP05110008
QP05120472
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
POS.
NO
3622
3623
3624
3625
3629
3632
3634
3635
3636
3643
3646
3647
3648
3651
3653
3672
3675
3676
3677
3678
3685
3687
3688
3689
3690
3694
3695
3696
3697
3700
3701
3702
3703
3707
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833
4822 051 10102
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11449
4822 117 11503
DESCRIPTION
10k
4K70
10k
1K00
75R
100R00
2K2
220R
1%
5%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%
1%
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
PART NO.
(MJI)
POS.
NO
QP11710833
QP05120472
QP11710833
QP05110102
QP11711927
QP05120101
QP11711449
QP11711503
3999
4822 117 10837 100k
1% 0.1W
QP11710837
4822 117 10837 100k
4822 117 10837 100k
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
QP11710837
QP11710837
4822 117 13577 330R
1% 1.25W
QP11713577
4822 117 13577 330R
1% 1.25W
QP11713577
4822 117 11927 75R
1% 0.1W
QP11711927
4822 117 10353 150R
4822 117 11927 75R
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
QP11710353
QP11711927
4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W
QP05120101
4822 051 20472 4K70
5% 0.1W
4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W
4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W
QP05120472
QP05120101
QP05120101
4822 051 10102 1K00
2% 0.25W
QP05110102
4822 117 10833 10k
4822 117 10833 10k
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
QP11710833
QP11710833
4822 051 10102 1K00
2% 0.25W
QP05110102
4822 051 20471 470R00 5% 0.1W
4822 051 10102 1K00
2% 0.25W
QP05120471
QP05110102
4822 117 11507 6K8
1% 0.1W
QP11711507
4822 117 11148
4822 117 10353
4822 117 11148
4822 117 11148
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
QP11711148
QP11710353
QP11711148
QP11711148
4822 051 20229 22R00
5% 0.1W
QP05120229
4822 117 13577 330R
1% 1.25W
QP11713577
56K
150R
56K
56K
3772
3773
3774
3800
3801
!3802
!3803
3804
3805
1% 0.1W
QP11710837
4822 117 11504
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
1%
5%
1%
1%
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP11711504
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833
4822 117 10834 47k
1% 0.1W
QP11710834
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 11152
4822 117 11152
4822 117 10834
4822 117 10833
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1%
1%
QP11710833
QP11710834
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11711152
QP11711152
QP11710834
QP11710833
270R
100R00
10k
10k
10k
47k
4K70
4K70
4R7
4R7
47k
10k
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
DESCRIPTION
1402
1405
1410
5400
6400
4822 157 70601 COIL 100µH (920927085A)
4822 130 10845 CONNECTOR GP1F32T
1303
1304
2100
2101
2102
2103
2105
2106
2107
/N1B
/N1B
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32531
4822 126 12105
4822 124 40248
FRONT CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITORS
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 100pF 5% 50V
CER. 100pF 5% 50V
CER.
33NF 50V
ELECT 10µF 20% 63V
4822 126 12105 CER.
2111
2114
2115
2116
2117
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2128
2129
2130
2201
2211
6100
6101
6102
6104
6200
/N1B
7104
/N1B
7104
/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B
7112
7100
7101
7102
7103
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
74
/N1B
PART NO.
(MJI)
QP11712842
MISCELLANEOUS
4822 265 11154 CONNECTOR
52030-2210 (22P)
4822 265 11103 CONNECTOR
52030-1610 (16P)
4822 267 10994 CONNECTOR 4P MDIN
2422 033 00334 CON BM EURO H 42P F
BK GRND-L
4822 265 11566 CONNECTOR 3P YKC21-3930
4822 267 31729 CONNECTOR
4822 265 41392 CONNECTOR B7B-EH-A
1301
3747
3748
4822 117 10837 100k
PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 117 12842
1300
3731
3732
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3768
VERS.
COLOR
33NF 50V
5322 122 32658
5322 122 32658
4822 126 12105
4822 124 40248
4822 126 12105
4822 124 11947
3198 028 42290
5322 122 32658
4822 124 40248
5322 122 31647
3198 028 42290
3198 028 42290
4822 126 12105
5322 122 32531
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
CER.
CER.
22pF
22pF
33NF
10µF
33NF
10µF
22µF
22pF
10µF
1NF
22µF
22µF
33NF
100pF
5% 50V
5% 50V
50V
20% 63V
50V
20% 16V
35V
5% 50V
20% 63V
10% 63V
35V
35V
50V
5% 50V
4822 130 83757
4822 130 11666
4822 130 10794
4822 130 83757
4822 130 82978
DIODES
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C8V2
DIODE BZX284-C10
DIODE BAS216
LED LTL-16KPE-P
QP26511154
QP26511103
QP26710994
QU03300334
QP26511566
QP26731729
QP26541392
QP15770601
QP13010845
QP12233575
QP12233575
QQ12232531
QQ12232531
QP12612105
QP12440248
QP12612105
QQ12232658
QQ12232658
QP12612105
QP12440248
QP12612105
QP12411947
QQ12232658
QP12440248
QQ12231647
QP12612105
QQ12232531
QP13083757
QP13011666
QP13010794
QP13083757
QP13082978
SEMICONDUCTORS
3104 123 94532 IC DIG TMP87CH74F-1E29-V2. QW12394532
18-DVDSLAVE
3104 123 94761 IC
DIG ROM TMP87CH74 QW12394761
4822 209 31257
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 40855
4822 130 40854
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
4822 212 30842
IC
ANA MC79L24ACP
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC337
TRS. BC327
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC856B
REMOTE RECEIVER
TSOP1736SB1
QP20931257
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13040855
QP13040854
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QP21230842
POS.
NO
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3106
3108
3109
VERS.
COLOR
/N1B
/N1B
/N1B
/N1B
/N1B
PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 051 20223
4822 051 20273
4822 117 10834
4822 117 11149
4822 117 10837
4822 117 11503
4822 117 11149
DESCRIPTION
RESISTORS
22K00 5%
27K00 5%
47k
1%
82k
1%
100k
1%
220R
1%
82k
1%
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP05120223
QP05120273
QP11710834
QP11711149
QP11710837
QP11711503
QP11711149
4822 051 20472 4K70
5% 0.1W
QP05120472
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3125
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3142
3143
3144
3145
3151
4822 051 20109
4822 051 20472
4822 117 11149
4822 117 11152
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20471
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20109
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20109
4822 051 20109
4822 117 11152
4822 117 13577
4822 051 20109
4822 117 13577
4822 117 11503
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20471
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833
4822 117 13577
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10837
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
5%
5%
1%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
5%
1%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%
1.25W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
QP05120109
QP05120472
QP11711149
QP11711152
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120471
QP05120472
QP05120109
QP11710833
QP05120109
QP05120109
QP11711152
QP11713577
QP05120109
QP11713577
QP11711503
QP05110102
QP11710833
QP05120471
QP05120472
QP11710833
QP11713577
QP11710833
QP11710837
QP11710833
QP05120101
0002
0020
MISCELLANEOUS
3139 244 00440 FTD HOLDER DVD711
2422 025 04849 CONNECTOR,BMT 2P
QT24400440
QU02504849
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
QP27613775
QP27613775
QP27613775
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
QP27613775
2422 540 98423 RES CER 8MHZ CSTS*MG03
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
2722 171 07172 VIDEO DECODER
UNIT 14-MT-27GNK
4822 267 10565 CONNECTOR PRINTED
CIRCUIT 4P
4822 267 10565 CONNECTOR PRINTED
CIRCUIT 4P
2412 020 00724 CONNECTOR 2P
QU54098423
QP27613775
QP26710565
4822 267 10637 CONNECTOR 5P
4822 267 10567 CONNECTOR 4P
2422 025 12488 CONNECTOR 2P
QP26710637
QP26710567
QU02512488
/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B
1100
1101
1102
1106
1109
1110
1111
1113
/N1B
1115
1117
/N1B
1117
/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B
1118
1205
1205
/N1B
/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B
10R00
4K70
82k
4R7
10k
10k
470R00
4K70
10R00
10k
10R00
10R00
4R7
330R
10R00
330R
220R
1K00
10k
470R00
4K70
10k
330R
10k
100k
10k
100R00
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
POS.
NO
PART NO.
(MJI)
QP26710565
75
VERS.
COLOR
PART NO.
(PCS)
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
(MJI)
CAUTION
For repairing the DVD Module ADS-1,
the serice application software "ComPair"
is needed. The application CD-ROM
"ComPair" is available via MARANTZ
orgauization or PCS.
A "service Bulletin" will oublish the latest
"ComPair" information.
DVD-Video Player
DVD Module ASD-1
(Euro) 3104 129 21910
(Non euro) 3104 129 21920
CL06532065-000.eps
180500
Contents
Page
1
2
3
4
5
2
4
6
7
9
17
29
30
Diagr.
31
32
33
34
35
36
43
45
45
85
Technical specifications
Warnings and remarks
Directions for use (not available)
Mechanical instructions
Test instructions
Diagnostic software description
6 Block diagram Servo part
Block diagram Digital part
7 Electrical diagrams & pwb’s
Servo DALAS
Servo MACE
Decoder
Memory
STI 5505
Service interface and back-end
Testpoint overview
8 Alignments (not available)
9 IC Descriptions
10 Sparepart list
(Diagram 1)
(Diagram 2)
(Diagram 3)
(Diagram 4)
(Diagram 5)
(Diagram 6)
PWB
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42
©
Copyright reserved 2000 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The
Netherlands. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.
Published by MT0065 Service DPS Hasselt
Printed in the Netherlands
Subject to modification
5 3122 785 10840
GB 2
1.
ASD-1
Technical Specifications
1. Technical Specifications
1.1
Connections
1.1.1
Connector 1600: Supply input connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
1.1.2
Connector 1603: A/V 1 connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
1.1.3
P50
Blue Video
Green Video
GND
Red Video
CVBS
GND
Slow blanking scart
-8Vstby
+5V
+5V
Audio mute
GND
I2S data0 out
I2S wordselect
I2S bitclock
GND
I2S systemclock
Center_on
Kar_bypass
Kar_bypass
GND
Connector 1604: A/V 2 connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
1.1.4
+3V3stby
+3V3stby
+5V
+5Vstby
Vreserved
GND
GND
GND
-8Vstby
Standby control line
+12Vstby
GND
GND
Hor. sync.
GND
I2S data 2 out
GND
I2S data 1 out
-8Vstby
I2C clock
+12Vstby
I2C data
Vreserved
+3V3
GND
C video
GND
Y video
Connector 1501: I2C interface connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
I2C clock
GND
I2C data
Standby control line
5. P50
1.1.5
Connector 1602: Service connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.2
TXD
Service activation
RXD
Reserved for RTS
5: GND
Reserved for CTS
+5V
Signal specifications
This the specification of all signals as described under
“Connections”
H = +5V ±0.5V
h = 3V3 ±0.3V
L = 0V ±0.5V
l = 0V ±0.3V
Stby
: If the set supports a
“standby” function, all
supply voltages
marked with “stby”
have to stay on during
standby.
Standby control line
: HStandby mode
: LOn mode.
P50
: Connection between
front and A/V board,
and can be used as
P50 signal line. The
signal is not
connected to the
module electronics.
Slow blanking scart
: This signal switches
between
: 0V (220Ωoutput
impedance)
: 12Vstby/2 (455Ω
output impedance)
: 12vstby (690Ω output
impedance)
Audio mute
: Can be used for audio
mute transistors
during stop or power
on/off.
: Mute on : +5Vstby
: Mute off: -8Vstby via a
10kΩ resistor.
I2S data0 out
: I2S front data output.
: Level h/l
I2S wordselect / I2S bitclock
: I2S timing signals
: Level h/l
I2S systemclock
: 256xFS audio
systemclock.
: Level H/L
Kar_bypass
: Bypasses the karaoke
chip on the A/V board.
: Bypass activeH
: Bypass offL
Center_on
: Switches the center
audio to the scart
output.
: Center to scarth
: L/R to scartl
SPDIF out
: Digital audio output
: Level H/L
Technical Specifications
Hor. Sync
I2S data1 out
I2S data2 out
I2C clock / I2C data
TXD / RXD / RTS / CTS
Service activation
Vreserved
1.3
Performance:
1.3.1
Digital output
CDDA/LPCM
MPEG1 is converted to LPCM
MPEG2, AC3 audio.
DTS.
1.3.2
ASD-1
: Video Horizontal
synchronisation
: Level h/l
: I2S surround data
output.
: Level: h/l.
: I2S center/sub data
output.
: Level h/l.
: I2C databus
: Level: H/L
: Service UART to be
connected direct to
PC serial input.
: Output levelsH/L
: Input levelsRS232
compliant
: Signal openNormal
module start-up
: Signal tied to GND
Module start-up in
service mode.
: Reserved in case the
A/V board requires an
extra supply voltage.
: This supply is limited
by a positive polarised
47uF/16V elco +
100nF/16V.
: according IEC958
:
: according IEC1937
: according IEC61937
amendment 1.
: Digital output level is
0V / 5V with GND as
reference. To meet
the standards a
decouple circuit is
necesary.
I2S output
Accuracy
Sample rate
Standard
Number of I2S outputs
:
:
:
:
Deemphasis
:
Audio source streams
:
Audio trick modes
:
:
:
1.3.3
Up to 24bit.
44.1kHz / 48kHz.
Philips I2S output
3 (6 channel: Front /
Surround / CenterBass)
Already processed in
module.
CDDA / MPEG1 /
LPCM / MPEG2 / AC3
No DTS decoding.
Dolby Pro Logic
(multichannel
downmix on front
output)
3D sound.
Analog output
The module has no analog audio
ouput.
: The analog audio
specification will be
1.
GB 3
determined by the
external DAC circuit.
1.3.4
Video.
Standards
Outputs
Specification.
: The video output
standard will follow
the source material.
: The OSD standard is
switchable between
PAL or NTSC.
: The module has 6
analog outputs (3
formats): Y/C CVBS
RGB.
: The output is fully
according PQR3 IMS
except
: Output load>1kΩ to
GND / Cap. load
<47pF.
: Level0.5Vpp with
100% white
: DC-levelSync bottom
= -0.65V ±10%
: Some specification
points are significantly
better then PQR3
: SNR on all video
outputs is better then
60dB.
: Video bandwidth
>5MHz (±3dB)
GB 4
2.
Warnings and Laser safety instructions
ASD-1
2. Warnings and Laser safety instructions
GB
WARNING
NL
All ICs and many other semi-conductors are
susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD).
Careless handling during repair can reduce
life drastically.
When repairing, make sure that you are
connected with the same potential as the
mass of the set via a wrist wrap with
resistance.
Keep components and tools also at this
potential.
F
WAARSCHUWING
Alle IC’s en vele andere halfgeleiders zijn
gevoelig voor elektrostatische ontladingen
(ESD).
Onzorgvuldig behandelen tijdens reparatie
kan de levensduur drastisch doen
verminderen.
Zorg ervoor dat u tijdens reparatie via een
polsband met weerstand verbonden bent met
hetzelfde potentiaal als de massa van het
apparaat.
Houd componenten en hulpmiddelen ook op
ditzelfde potentiaal.
D
ATTENTION
Tous les IC et beaucoup d’autres semiconducteurs sont sensibles aux décharges
statiques (ESD).
Leur longévité pourrait être considérablement
écourtée par le fait qu’aucune précaution
n’est prise a leur manipulation.
Lors de réparations, s’assurer de bien être
relié au même potentiel que la masse de
l’appareil et enfiler le bracelet serti d’une
résistance de sécurité.
Veiller a ce que les composants ainsi que les
outils que l’on utilise soient également a ce
potentiel.
WARNUNG
I
Alle IC und viele andere Halbleiter sind
empfindlich gegen elektrostatische
Entladungen (ESD).
Unsorgfältige Behandlung bei der Reparatur
kann die Lebensdauer drastisch vermindern.
Sorgen sie dafür, das Sie im Reparaturfall
über ein Pulsarmband mit Widerstand mit
dem Massepotential des Gerätes verbunden
sind.
Halten Sie Bauteile und Hilfsmittel ebenfalls
auf diesem Potential.
AVVERTIMENTO
Tutti IC e parecchi semi-conduttori sono
sensibili alle scariche statiche (ESD).
La loro longevita potrebbe essere fortemente
ridatta in caso di non osservazione della piu
grande cauzione alla loro manipolazione.
Durante le riparazioni occorre quindi essere
collegato allo stesso potenziale che quello
della massa dell’apparecchio tramite un
braccialetto a resistenza.
Assicurarsi che i componenti e anche gli
utensili con quali si lavora siano anche a
questo potenziale.
D
GB
Safety regulations require that the set be restored to its original condition
and that parts which are identical with those specified be used.
NL
Bei jeder Reparatur sind die geltenden Sicherheitsvorschriften zu beachten.
Der Originalzustand des Gerats darf nicht verandert werden.
Fur Reparaturen sind Original-Ersatzteile zu verwenden.
I
Veiligheidsbepalingen vereisen, dat het apparaat in zijn oorspronkelijke
toestand wordt terug gebracht en dat onderdelen, identiek aan de
gespecifieerde worden toegepast.
Le norme di sicurezza esigono che l’apparecchio venga rimesso nelle
condizioni originali e che siano utilizzati pezzi di ricambiago idetici a quelli
specificati.
F
Les normes de sécurité exigent que l’appareil soit remis a l’état d’origine et
que soient utilisées les pièces de rechange identiques à celles spécifiées.
SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST:
CAUTION: After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between
either primary AC cord connector pins (with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON), and the
face or Front Panel of product and controls and chassis bottom,
Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC
power is applied, and verified before return to user/customer.
Ref.UL Standard NO.1492.
NOTE ON SAFETY:
Symbol : Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original parts should be used to replace any part with symbol
Any other component substitution(other than original type), may increase risk or fire or electrical shock hazard.
“Pour votre sécurité, ces documents
doivent être utilisés par des
spécialistes agrées, seuls habilités à
réparer votre appareil en panne.”
CL 96532065_002.eps
120799
Warnings and Laser safety instructions
ASD-1
2.
GB 5
LASER SAFETY
This unit employs a laser. Only a qualified service person should remove the cover or attempt to service this
device, due to possible eye injury.
LASER DEVICE UNIT
Type:
Wave length:
Output Power:
Beam divergence:
SemiconductorlaserGaAlAs
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
7 mW (DVD)
10 mW (VCD/CD)
60 degree
USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURE OTHER THAN THOSE
SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE T O BEAM
WARNING
The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard.
Repair handling should take place as much as possible with a disc loaded inside the player
WARNING LOCATION: INSIDE ON LASER COVERSHIELD
CAUTION VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VED ÅBNING UNDGÅ UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING
! ÅPNES UNNGÅ EKSPONERING FOR STRÅLEN
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING NÅR DEKSEL
VARNING SYNLIG OCH OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN
VARO! AVATT AESSA OLET ALTTIINA NÄKYVÄLLE JA NÄKYMÄTT ÖMÄLLE LASER SÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KAT SO SÄT EESEEN
VORSICHT SICHTBARE UND UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETSEN
DANGER VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM
AT TENTION RAYO NNEMENT LASER VISIBLE ET INVISIBLE EN CAS D'OUVERTURE EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU
CL 06532065_051.eps
230500
GB 6
3.
ASD-1
3. Directions for use
There is no DFU available
Directions for use
Mechanical instructions
ASD-1
4.
4. Mechanical instructions
4
9
10
11
12
4822 358 10266
3139 198 80010
4822 532 13097
3139194 00270
3139 197 50060
BELT
SWITCH
TULE
TRAY
TRAY MOTOR ASSY
CL06532065-001.eps
180500
GB 7
GB 8
1
2
3+4
5+6
7
4.
ASD-1
9305 023 61101
3139 197 60090
9305 022 60101
3139 194 00710
3139 194 00620
3139 197 60060
Mechanical instructions
VAL6011/01 LOADER COMPLETE
GENEVA LP LOADER ASSY
VAM6001/01
SUSPENSION (YELLOW)
SUSPENSION (BLUE)
CLAMPER ASSY
CL06532065-002.eps
180500
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
5.
GB 9
5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
5.1
General
PM3392A
•
•
•
•
Impedance of measuring-equipment should be > 1MΩ.
Most tests have to be done by software commands.
Together with the software command you will find a Ref.#
nbr. This is the number of the diagnostic nulceus used for
this test. More detailed information can be find in the
chapter “Diagnostic Nuclei”.
Levels: Most measurements are digital measurements.
The high and low levels in this document got to have next
specification:
low
: < 0.3V
high
: > 3.0V
LOW
: < 0.4V
HIGH
: > 4.5V
All voltages marked with “stby” have to stay on during
standby.
5.2
General start-up measurements
5.2.1
Supply check:
Pin nbr.
Supply
1600-1
3V3
1600-2
3V3
1600-3
+5V0V during STAND BY
1600-4
+5Vstby
1600-5
+6V
1600-6
0V
1600-7
0V
1600-8
0V
1600-9
-8V
1600-10
0V5V during STAND BY
1600-11
+12Vstby
0V
Check the supply currents to be sure there are no large failures
on the board. Before measuring the currents, make sure that
no A/V board, display board or Mercury 1 loader is connected
to the mono board and that the PC interface cable is connected
to the board.
Also check if the servo part gets its power.
Testpoint F608: +3V3 ±5%
Testpoint F101: +9V ±5%
The supply currents can be measured using a Tektronix
AM503B current probe.
Supply
power consumption
3V3
400mA ±10%
5V
370mA ±10%
5Vstby
< 5mA
-8V
55mA ±10%
fluctuation: ±20mA
12Vstby
30mA ±20%
fluctuation: ±150mA
5.2.2
ch1
ch1: dT= 148ms dV=2.41 V
ch2
1
T1
T
CH1 1.00 V=
CH2 0.2 V=
2
RESET TIMING
MTB50.0ms- 2.10dv ch2CL06532065_003.eps
180500
Figure 5-1
T 1 = 150msec ±25% (From 0V to 3V3 -3db)
If the reset input doesn’t go high then check the circuit around
transistor 7501.
5.2.3
Clock check
To check the correct functioning of the STI5505, we first have
to check the presence of all clocks.
All clocks to be measured with 0.02% tolerance.
Clock-name Testpoint Frequency
27M_CLK
F051
27MHz
PCM_CLK
F566
11.2896MHz
PM3394B
ch1
1
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB20.0ns
CL06532065_004.eps
180500
Reset check:
The reset circuit is triggered by the stand-by line. First make
sure that the STB_CONT line is HIGH by connecting 5V to
testpoint F505.
Then switch STB_CONT over to LOW and check next timing at
the STI5505 reset input (testpoint F503):
ch1+
Figure 5-2
GB 10
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
PM3394B
ch1
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
6
PapChksFl
Checksum FLASH
16
CompSdramWrR
SDRAM Write Read
5.4
General I/O port & peripherals check
5.4.1
I2C bus / EEprom check
1
To access the EEprom, the I2C bus is used. So by writing and
reading to the EEprom the chip and the bus is checked. With
next commands a certain byte is written to the EEprom. The
original information will always be written back into the
EEprom.
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB20.0ns
ch1+
CL06532065_005.eps
180500
µP environment:
5.3.1
General:
All the tests are carried out by software tests. To start the
software tests, connect a PC to the serial bus of the STI5505.
Use connector 1602 for this connection:
Connector pin Signal
1602-1
TXD (STI5505 out)
1602-2
Service-mode select
1602-3
RXD (STI5505 in)
1602-4
RTS (STI5505 out)
1602-5
GND
1602-6
CTS (STI5505 in)
1602-7
+5V
Now start the terminal program. Make sure that the service-pin
of the µP is pulled low
(pin 1602-2) and then reset the µP (make the STB_CONT line
low). The terminal program of your PC should now display:
“DVD2 Diagnostic software version ...”. This message already
means that the µP is running. The first 5 commands from the
diagnostic software will be carried out automaticly during
diagnostic start-up. The other commands can be carried out by
selecting the “command input”. Just type the reference nbr. to
do the test.
To be sure that the µP is able to run the diagnostic software,
serial port will be checked during start-up.
Remark
11
I2C NVRAM access
PapI2cNvram
The complete Eeprom can also be checked on failures by
writing to all addresses and reading back. This test takes a long
time (110 sec).
Figure 5-3
5.3
Ref. # Command Name
5.4.2
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
15
NVRAM Write Read
PapNvramWrR
Audio clock switch check
For a DVD disc the audio clock has to be switched from
44.1KHz sampling to 48KHz sampling.
To do so IO-port 1 / 4 has to be switched. Send next commands
and check the audio-clock
Ref. # Remark
Testpoint Frequency
7a
(Clock A_CLK in F566
44.1kHz mode)
11.2896MHz ± 0.02%
7b
(Clock A_CLK in F566
48kHz mode)
12.288MHz ± 0.02%
PM3394B
ch1
1
Ref. # Reference Name Remark
5.3.2
(1)
BasicSpAcc
Serial port Access test/initialisation
(2)
BasicDramWrR
DRAM Write Read
Memory check:
CH1 2.00 V~
The µP has a data bus that is connected to a DRAM (not
present!!) and a Flash.
The µP has also an internal link to the MPEG SDRAM
interface.
Next databus checks will be done at start-up to check this databus and SDRAM bus.
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
(2b)
BasicInterconSDRAM Data and address bus
Interconnection
(2c)
BasicInterconFlash
Data and address bus
Interconnection
There are 2 memory checks left that can be done by hand
command
MTB20.0ns
ch1+
CL06532065_006.eps
180500
Figure 5-4
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
5.4.5
PM3394B
Audio I2S check
Ref. # Command
Name
1
MTB20.0ns
ch1+
Figure 5-5
Audio deemphasise check
The STI5505 output pins PIO 4-0 and PIO 4-1 were used to
switch deemphasis on a previous type of DAC. This function is
not used anymore, because deemphasis is done internally in
STI5505, but the name still remains. The lines are now used for
a series of functions such as centre_on_stereo or
karaoke_bypass. The PIO 4-0 has got a pull-up to +5V and the
PIO 4-1 has not. To check these pins these commands can be
used.
Ref. # Command Name
Remark Testpoint Value
18e AudioDeemp0TristateOn PIO 4-0 Tristate On-----56a AudioDeemp0On
PIO 4-0 OnF630
HIGH
56b AudioDeemp0Off
PIO 4-0 0 OffF630 low
18f AudioDeemp0TristateOff PIO 4-0 Tristate Off-----56c AudioDeemp1On
PIO 4-1 OnF633
high
56d AudioDeemp1Off
PIO 4-1 OffF633
low
5.4.4
Remark
Audio outputs
21a
AudioSineOn Audio Sine
signal Off
Audio Sine signal On
Sine, 1kHz on stereo
Press stop button
20a
AudioPinkNoi Audio
seOn
Pinknoise
On
Pink Noise on 6 channels
20b
AudioPinkNoi Audio
seOff
Pinknoise
Off
CL06532065_007.eps
180500
5.4.3
GB 11
To check the audio output, connect a audio DAC to the I2S
output (DVD950 A/V board) and start-up the audio test. Look at
the audio outputs from the A/V board for both sine and pink
noise.
ch1
CH1 2.00 V~
5.
The audio signal (sine or pink noise) will also be present on the
digital ouput (SPDif). This can be checked by connecting an
amplifier with digital input.
Check the I2S output.
LRCLK at testpoint F641
PM3394B
ch1
1
Audio mute check
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB10.0us
ch1+
CL06532065_008.eps
180500
Switch on the Mute circuit by sending next command:
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
19a
AudioMuteOn
AudioMuteOn
Check the Mute output again at testpoint F625: 4.7V ±10%
Switch off the Mute circuit by sending next command
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
19a
AudioMuteOff
AudioMuteOff
Figure 5-6
SCLK at testpoint F637
PM3394B
ch1
Check the Mute output at testpoint F625: -8V ±10%
1
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB 100ns
ch1+
CL06532065_009.eps
180500
Figure 5-7
PCM_OUT0 at testpoint F638
PCM_OUT1 at testpoint F659
PCM_OUT2 at testpoint F658
GB 12
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
–
PCM_OUT1 and PCM_OUT2 only between low and high
for pink noise. For sine, this is low.
– PCM_CLK and SPDIF switches between LOW and HIGH
Alternatively, there is a check that can be done without A/V
board.
First, let the decoder generate pink noise on the audio outputs.
PM3394B
ch1
1
CH1 1.00 V~
MTB 500ns
CL06532065_010.eps
180500
Figure 5-8
PM3394B
Remark
20a
Audio Pinknoise On
AudioPinkNoiseOn
Measure then these signals on level and frequency.
Signal
Level between Frequency
LRCLK
low/high
48kHz ± 0.02%
SCLK
low/high
3.072MHz ± 0.02%
PCM_CLK
LOW/HIGH
12.288 MHz ± 0.02%
PCM_OUT0, 1, 2 low/high
N/A
SPDIF
LOW/HIGH
N/A
Put the pink noise off:
ch1+
PCM_CLK at testpoint F640
Ref. # Command Name
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
20b
Audio Pinknoise Off
AudioPinkNoiseOff
5.5
VIDEO
5.5.1
Video output check
ch1
Check DC output-level at all video-outputs at conn 16032,3,5,6 and conn 1604-16: -0.65V ± 10%
Generate a color-bar via next software commands:
1
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
23a
VideoColDencOn
Colourbar DENC On
23b
VideoColDencOff
Colourbar DENC Off
Check video output at the next testpoints:
F646: R_VID
CH1 1.00 V~
MTB20.0ns
ch1+
CL06532065_011.eps
180500
PM3394B
ch1
Figure 5-9
SPDIF at testpoint F644
1
PM3394B
ch1
CH1 200mV~
MTB20.0us
Figure 5-11
F649: G_VID
CH1 2.00 V~
ch1+
CL06532065_013.eps
180500
1
MTB 250ns
ch1+
CL06532065_012.eps
180500
Figure 5-10
To switch the audio signal off, press the STOP button on the
front.
Without A/V board all levels should be switching between low
and high except:
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
PM3394B
5.
GB 13
PM3394B
ch1
ch1
1
CH1 200mV~
1
MTB20.0us
ch1+
CH1 200mV~
MTB20.0us
ch1+
CL06532065_017.eps
180500
CL06532065_014.eps
180500
Figure 5-12
Figure 5-15
F653: B_VID
F666: Y_VID
PM3394B
PM3394B
ch1
ch1
1
CH1 200mV~
1
MTB20.0us
ch1+
CH1 200mV~
MTB20.0us
ch1+
CL06532065_018.eps
180500
CL06532065_015.eps
180500
Figure 5-13
Figure 5-16
F657: CVBS
5.5.2
An aditional part of the video-path is the scart-switching
voltage.
This voltage can be 0V, 6V, 12V.
Check at testpoint F620 the output-voltage while using next
commands:
PM3394B
ch1
1
5.5.3
CH1 200mV~
Scart-switching voltage
MTB20.0us
ch1+
CL06532065_0163.eps
180500
Figure 5-14
Ref. #
Command Name
Remark
25a
VideoScartLo
Sends out 0V ± 0.5V
25b
VideoScartMi
Sends out 6V ± 10%
25c
VideoScartHi
Sends out 12V ± 10%
Video Hsync check.
To measure the correctness of this output, F656 should be
checked.
Ref. # Command
Name
Remark
Value
23a
VideoColDe Colourbar DENC on15.625 kHz ±
ncOn
0.02% Vpeak-peak > 3V
23b
VideoColDe Colourbar DENC off No
ncOff
measurements needed
F665: C_VID
GB 14
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
PM3394B
PM3394B
ch1
ch1
1
1
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB20.0us
CH1 2.00 V~
ch1+
MTB50.0ns
CL06532065_021.eps
180500
Figure 5-19
Figure 5-17
5.6
Servo
5.6.1
General start-up measurements:
B_WCLKF343HIGH
StopclkF338HIGH
B_SyncF344HIGH
B_V4F348HIGH
Reset the Basic Engine part
5.6.2
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
44
Basic Engin
BeReset
Check Vref
Name Testpoint
Vref
F188
ch1+
CL06532065_019.eps
180500
HSYNC
Value
2.5V+/-0.3
Check I2S interface
Name
Testpoint
B_BCLK
F347
Value
6.0MHz +/-0.1
Spindle Motor:
Before switching on the discmotor, check the following
testpoints:
Name
Testpoint Value
Stby
F357
high
Stby-out F355
LOW
Moto1
F361
3V±0.3
Switch the Discmotor on/off with next commands:
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
39a
BeDiscmotorOn
Discmotor on
39b
BeDiscmotorOff
Discmotor off
PM3394B
Check the following signals when discmotor has been switched
on::
Name
Pin nr.
Frequency
Stby
F357
low
Stby-out F355
HIGH
Moto1
F361
3V±0.5V
A3
F350
see oscillogram
A2
F352
see oscillogram
A1
F353
see oscillogram
ch1
1
PM3394B
ch1
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB50.0ns
ch1+
CL06532065_020.eps
180500
Figure 5-18
1
CL1F33712.0MHz +/-0.2
CH1 5.00 V~
MTB20.0ms
ch1+
CL06532065_022.eps
180500
Figure 5-20
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
T1
T2
T3
F280
F368
F371
ASD-1
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
5.
GB 15
PM3394B
ch1
PM3394B
ch1
1
1
CH1 200mV~
MTB 100us
ch1+
CL06532065_025.eps
180500
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB2.00ms
ch1+
CL06532065_023.eps
180500
Figure 5-23
Figure 5-21
VH
H1+
H1H2+
H2H3+
H3-
F365
F354
F359
F364
F366
F367
F370
3V±0.5V
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
PM3394B
ch1
Figure 5-24
1
Check for pulse density signal RA at testpoint F227
CH1 200mV~
MTB2.00ms
ch1+
CL06532065_024.eps
180500
Figure 5-22
Switch the discmotor off.
5.6.3
Radial
Swith the radial control on/off with the following commands:
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
40a
BeRadialOn
Radial control on
40b
BeRadialOff
Radial control off
Check the following signals:
Name Testpoint Value
Rad - F128
4.3V±0.5V
Rad + F121
4.3V±0.5V
Figure 5-25
Check if laser is switched on (visual check of laserlight).
Switch the radial control off.
GB 16
5.6.4
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
Sledge
Name Testpoint Value
foc F124
4.3V±0.5V
foc +
F127
4.3V±0.5V
Switch the focus on
Measure again the driver outputs
Name
Testpoint Value
Foc - (sawtooth)
F124
1V±0.2V
Foc + (sawtooth)
F127
1V±0.2V
Use the following commands to move the sledge:
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
41a
BeSledgeIn
Sledge inwards
41b
BeSledgeOut
Sledge outwards
Check pulse density signal SL at testpoint F221
PM3394B
ch1
PM3394B
ch1
1
1
CH1 500mV~
CH1 2.00 V~
MTB 500ns
MTB 100us
ch1+
CL06532065_029.eps
180500
ch1+
CL06532065_028
180500
Figure 5-27
Figure 5-26
Check for pulse density signal FO at testpoint F234
Name Testpoint Value
Sl F012
4.5V±0.5V
Sl +
F011
4.5V±0.5V
Measure peak to peak signal on SL- and SL+ while moving
sledge outwards.
Name Testpoint Value
Sl F012
10Vptp +/-0.5
Sl +
F011
10Vptp +/-0.5
Measure input sledge control (sledge in home position)
Name Testpoint Value
Sinph F182
2.2V±0.5V
Cosph F192
2.2V±0.5V
5.6.5
Tray:
To open and close the tray use the following commands:
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
43a
BeTrayIn
Tray in
43b
BeTrayOut
Tray out
Measure the driver outputs of the BA5938FM for the tray
closed.
Name Testpoint Value
Vo2 - F116
4.3V±2.0V
Vo2 + F111
4.3V±2.0V
Measure again the driver outputs while the tray is opening.
Name Testpoint Value
Vo2 - F116
2.0V±1.0V
Vo2 + F111
6.0V±1.0V
5.6.6
Focus
To switch the Focus motor on/off, use the following commands:
Ref. # Command Name
Remark
38a
BeFocusOn
Focus on
38b
BefocusOff
Focus off
Measure the driver outputs of the BA5938FM for the Focus off.
Figure 5-28
Check for laserlight.
Switch the focus off
5.6.7
Hf path
Play DVD test disc.
Measure outputs of diodes A, B, C, D, E, F.
Name
Testpoint Value
A
F140
2.6V±0.2V
B
F141
2.6V±0.2V
C
F143
2.6V±0.2V
D
F144
2.6V±0.2V
E
F147
2.6V±0.2V
F
F148
2.6V±0.2V
At outputs of diodes A, B, C, D the following oscillogram can be
measured:
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
5.7.2
PM3394B
Diagnostic Nucleus
1
Script
Service PC
CH1 100mV~
MTB 500ns
ch1+
CL06532065_031.eps
180500
Abbreviations
FDS
Figure 5-29 cl06532065-031
Measure DVDALAS outputs
Name
Testpoint Value
RFO DC F146
2.5V ±0.2V
O1
F156
25mV±10mV
O2
F159
25mV±10mV
O3
F169
25mV±10mV
O4
F166
25mV±10mV
S1
F174
25mV±10mV
S2
F175
25mV±10Mv
At output RFO, the following oscillogram can be measured:
PM3394B
ch1
1
CH1 500mV~
MTB 250ns
ch1+
CL06532065_032.eps
180500
Figure 5-30
5.7
Diagnostic software description
Introduction
5.7.1
Introduction
Purpose
This document describes all interfaces from the outside world
to the diagnostic software, what is needed to use these
interfaces and how to access them.
Changes for DVDv2b are marked.
Scope
This document has been realised within the framework of the
product development of the second generation DVD video
player. This player forms the basis for future DVD
developments as described in the DVDv2 Overall Project
Management Plan.
5.8
GB 17
Definitions and abbreviations
Definitions
Control PC
ch1
5.
Automatic test equipment, part of the
production control system in the
factory, to control the execution of
Diagnostic Nuclei in the DVD player.
Part of the Diagnostic Software. Each
nucleus contains an atomic and
software independent diagnostic test,
testing a functional part of the DVD
player hardware on component level.
Part of the Diagnostic Software. Each
script contains a sequence of
Diagnostic Nuclei to be executed.
PC used by a service- or repair-person
to communicate with the Diagnostic
Software in the DVD player.
Full Diagnostic Software
Overview of Interfaces
The table below shows an overview of the user interfaces of the
Diagnostic Software. The table is based on logical interface,
interfaces as seen from user perspective. A logical interface
can use one or more physical interface components. The DVD
has only a single RS232 port, implying that all interfaces using
this port are mutually exclusive.
GB 18
5.
Logical
Interface
Menu
Interface
ASD-1
Description
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
Physical interface
components
Menu-driven
activation of
individual nuclei,
used for Level 2/
Second Line
diagnostic mode.
Users are service or
repair people
Service PC running a
terminal emulation
program, connected to
the RS232 port of the
DVD player Test pin
Used during Level 1
diagnostic mode.
Used to send
commands from the
Control PC into the
DVD hardware.
Control PC, running a
control program (e.g.
Asterix), connected to
RS232 port of the DVD
player Test pin
Script
Interface
Used to execute
Player Test Script
(including reading
the error log) and
Dealer Test Script.
Local keyboard Local
display
S2B interface
Used for S2B
Service PC, running a
communication with S2B monitor program,
the Basic Engine
connected to the
RS232 port of DVD
player Test pin
Download
Interface
Used to download
diagnostic software
into the DVD player
Command
Line Interface
Service PC running a
terminal emulation
program, connected to
the RS232 port of the
DVD player Test pin
In the next chapters the logical user interfaces are described in
more detail including the exact use of the physical interface
components.
5.9
Description Of Interfaces
5.9.1
Menu Interface
The menu interface is part of the Level 2 / Second Line
diagnostic mode. Via the menu interface it is possible to control
the execution of the Diagnostic Nuclei.
DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0
SDRAM Interconnection test passed
Basic SDRAM test passed
Karaoke init OK
(M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ M <
Select>
CL06532065-033.eps
180500
The first line indicates that the Diagnostic software has been
activated and contains the version number of the diagnostic;
this is also an indication that the first basic nucleus (nucleus
number 1) has been executed succesfully. The next three lines
are the succesful result of the subsequent basic tests (nuclei 2,
3, 4 and initialisation of Karaoke chip respectively). If not all
these messages appear on the terminal screen, then the
related nucleus found an error. The last line is the prompt
asking to choose for an interface form. If a choice for Menu
Interface has been made, the main menu will appear. For the
layout of the menus, see page 25.
To switch between interfaces, the DVD player needs to be
switched off and on again.
Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should
be turned on by connecting the power-cable.
Note2 : The Dram tests are no longer executed because the
player has no DRAM .
Note3 : When the stack is located in the internal memory, the
test with the SRAM doesn't work and will be left out.
Note4 : The karaoke initialisation will also take place if there is
no karaoke-chip in the player.
Usage
A selection can be given by the user by typing the number of
the menu-item chosen at the prompt. Each entry must be
terminated with a . Invalid selections will cause an error
message by the Menu Handler. Example:
Select > 60
0001 Invalid menu selection ER @
Press RETURN to continue @
CL96532111_021.eps
071099
Set-up physical interface components
Hardware required:
• Service PC
• one free COM port on the Service PC
• special cable to connect DVD player to Service PC
The service PC must have a terminal emulation program (e.g.
OS2 WarpTerminal or Procomm) installed and must have a
free COM port (e.g. COM1). Activate the terminal emulation
program and check that the port settings for the free COM port
are: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow
control. The free COM port must be connected via a special
cable to the RS232 port of the DVD player. This special cable
will also connect the test pin, which is available on the
connector, to ground (i.e. activate test pin).
5.9.2
Result and output of an activated (and terminated) nucleus will
be sent back to the service terminal. Example:
Select > 16
1601 Data line X is not connected to the SDRAM ER @
Press RETURN to continue @
CL96532111_022.eps
071099
After the user presses a key, the current menu is rebuilt on
screen.
Pressing < return > at the prompt without any further input at
the terminal will always rebuild the main menu.
Code nr. PC interface cable: 3122 785 90017
Activation
Switch the player on and the following text will appear on the
screen of the terminal (program):
Termination
The menu interface is terminated by switching off the DVD
player.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
5.9.3
ASD-1
Command Line Interface
5.
GB 19
Example in case the command is correct:
The command line interface is part of level 1 diagnostic mode.
Via a command line interface the execution of Diagnostic
Nuclei can be controlled.
Set-up physical interface components
Hardware required:
• Control PC
• one free COM port on the Control PC
• special cable to connect DVD player to the Control PC
The control PC must use the following port settings for the used
COM port: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no
flow control. The control PC is connected with a special cable
to the RS232 port of the DVD player. Via the same connection
the test pin will be connected to ground.
DD > CompSdarmWrR
1600 OK @
DD>
CL96532111_025.eps
071099
Example in case the result is an error:
DD > CompSdarmWrR
1601 Address line X not connected to the SDRAM @
DD>
CL96532111_026.eps
071099
Activation
After power on the next text will sent to the control PC
DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0
SDRAM Interconnection test passed
Basic SDRAM test passed
Karaoke init OK
Termination
The command line interface is terminated by switching off the
DVD player.
5.9.4
(M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ C
CL06532065_034.eps
180500
The first line indicates that the Diagnostic software has been
activated and contains the version number; this is also an
indication that the first basic nucleus (nucleus number 1) has
been executed succesfully. The next three lines are the
succesful result of two subsequent basic tests (nuclei 2, 3,
4and karaoke initialisation respectively). If not all these
messages appear on the terminal screen, then the related
nucleus found an error. The fifth line lets the user choose
between the two possible interface forms. The last line is the
prompt ("DD>"). The diagnostic software is now ready to
receive commands.
Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should
be turned on by connecting the power-cable.
Note2 : When it is a player without DRAM, the DRAM tests are
left out.
Usage
The commands that can be given are the names or the
numbers of the nuclei. A command must be terminated with a
< return > character from the control PC. When typing
commands, the backspace key can be used to make
corrections.
In case of typing errors in the command, an error message is
returned. Example:
DD > CompSdarmWrR
0001 Unknown command ER @
DD>
S2B Interface (not for service)
Set-up physical interface components
Hardware needed:
• Control PC
• one free COM port on the Control PC
• special cable to connect DVD player to Control PC
• S2B monitor tool running on the Control PC
Activation
To start the S2B interface, connect the RS232 cable to the
Control PC in the correct manner. Then start the PC, start the
monitor tool and start the DVD player; turn off the monitor tool,
turn on S2B monitor tool. The S2B monitor tool now takes all
communication.
The S2B interface is activated by sending the bit pattern 110x
xxxx with the first character to the DVD player, when the user
is asked to choose an interface type. The command handler
will then activate the S2B pass-through nucleus. The character
sent will be passed to this nucleus without loss.
Note: The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be
turned on by connecting the power-cable.
Termination
To terminate S2B pass-through mode, switch off the DVD
player.
5.10 Script Interfaces
This interface is used during execution of the Player Script and
the Dealer Script to display output and error messages.
The local display will be used to display the output and the error
messages.
5.10.1 Dealer Script
CL96532111_024.eps
071099
If the command (the nucleus name or number) is recognised,
the nucleus is executed. Result and output of an activated (and
terminated) nucleus will be sent back to the control PC
according to the standard layout as defined in Appendix C.
Set-up physical interface components
Hardware required:
• DVD player
The DVD player is tested stand-alone: no other equipment than
the DVD player is needed.
Activation
The dealer script is activated by pressing OPEN/CLOSE and
PAUSE on the local keyboard of the DVD player
simultaneously during power-on.
GB 20
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
Note : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should
be turned on by connecting the power-cable.
Usage
The test requires no user interaction. A number of nuclei will be
run before a message is returned indicating if there is a failure
in the DVD player.
During the execution of a script, a progress indicator is
displayed on the local display of the DVD player.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 +
CL96532111_017.eps
071099
The counter at the right side of the display counts down from
the number of nuclei to be run to zero. At zero all nuclei from
the script have been run and the result (PASS/Error) is
displayed on the local display of the DVD player.
When the dealer script has been completed, the results are
displayed in the following manner:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CL96532111_018.eps
071099
local keyboard on the DVD player. Which keys can be used for
this purpose is described with each test.
Module test (with user interaction)
During the first phase of the dealer test, the three main modules
(Digital PWB, Display PWB and Basic Engine) are tested;
some interaction from the user is required.
1. Testing the Display PWB
This involves testing the local display and keyboard, but also
testing the remote control and the leds.
The Display Test
During the display test, different patterns will be shown on the
local display of the DVD player. The user needs to step through
these patterns using the PLAY key on the local keyboard. If any
of the displayed patterns is incorrect, the display test has failed,
and also the player test has failed.
The test patterns on display will be repeated in a loop (stepped
through using PLAY) until the user presses NEXT on the local
keyboard to proceed to the next test.
The LED Test
Next is the LED test; the LEDs on the DVD player are lit.
Pressing PLAY will indicate that all LEDs are operational. To
indicate that a LED did not light up, the user must press the
PAUSE key. Pressing PLAY or PAUSE will proceed the user
into the next test.
The Keyboard Test
During the keyboard test, the user needs to press all the keys
on the local keyboard one by one. On the local display each key
is represented by its scancode (a hexadecimal 2-digit code
identifying the key to the DVD player).
Pressing a key will show its representing code on the local
display of the DVD player: the first hexadecimal digit identifies
the key pressed, the second indicates how many times this
particular key was detected. In case the key is pressed more
than once, the scancode is displayed as many times, with the
second digit of its code increased each time. The display of
scancodes scrolls from right to left, with the most recent
scancode at the right. The following example gives a possible
layout of the local display during the display/remote control
test:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 +
CL96532111_019.eps
071099
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
Termination
To turn off the dealer test, the DVD player must be powered
down.
5.10.2 Player Script
Set-up physical interface components
Hardware needed:
• DVD player
• television set, connected to the DVD player
• 6 audio speakers
• an external video source
Activation
To activate the player script, press OPEN, CLOSE and STOP
keys on the local keyboard of the DVD player simultaneously
during power-on.
Usage
The player test requires human interaction to decide whether
nuclei give correct output, e.g. the user needs to confirm the
results of the display test. This needs to be given through the
CL 96532097_004.eps
130999
To terminate the keyboard test, press the NEXT key on the
local keyboard of the DVD player and keep it pressed for 1
(one) full second. The keyboard test will terminate with a
message on the local display. In case the keyboard test was
successful, the message is:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_007.eps
130999
In case the keyboard test was not successful, the message will
be:
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅
CL 96532097_008.eps
130999
If the "tbFAIL"-message is displayed, the player test has failed.
This is the end of the player test: turn off the DVD player, or
press NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player to
proceed to the next test.
The remote control test
For the remote control test, the user must press a key (any key)
on the DVD's remote control. The display at the start of the test
looks as follows:
ASD-1
5.
GB 21
1 ⋅2 ⋅3 ⋅4 ⋅5 ⋅6 ⋅7 ⋅8 ⋅9 ⋅1 0 ⋅1 1 ⋅1 2 ⋅1 3 ⋅1 4 ⋅1 5 +
CL 96532097_012.eps
130999
if the test fails.
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the
next test.
2. Testing the Monoboard
The picture tests involve putting a predefined picture on the
connected television set, and asking the user for confirmation.
When the picture has been put on screen, the local display
asks for confirmation by the user as follows:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532111_032.eps
071099
When a remote control code has been received, its scancode
is displayed as follows:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_013.eps
130999
If the user presses PLAY, he confirms the test; pressing
PAUSE will indicate a fault in the test. At this time, the player
test had failed and the DVD player can be switched off, or the
user can proceed to the next test by pressing NEXT on the local
keyboard of the DVD player.
Pressing the NEXT key on the local keyboard will start the next
picture test (Colour set-up functional test).
When the picture tests are finished, the sound tests are run.
A predefined sound will be generated, and again the user is
asked to confirm this. The local display looks as follows:
CL 96532097_009.eps
130999
The NEXT key can be pressed to exit this test.
However, if the user requires to test all keys on the remote
control, (s)he can continue to press keys and these will all be
displayed on the local display. With a code-table at hand this
test can be used to test the full functionality of the DVD's
remote control.
When the user has pressed NEXT on the local keyboard (NOT
on the remote control!), the result of the remote control test is
shown on the local display as follows:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_011.eps
130999
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_014.eps
130999
Pressing PLAY confirms the test, PAUSE indicates test failure.
If the test is faulty, the player test failed and the DVD player can
be shut off. Subsequent sound tests will be numbered in
ascending order.
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player will
take the user into the next test.
3. Testing the Basic Engine
Most tests on the basic engine require user interaction.
When the basic engine tests are started, the version of the
basic engine which is present in the DVD player is shown on
the local display, as follows:
in case of succes;
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_015.eps
130999
GB 22
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
The version number is displayed in decimal representation (the
underscore replacing the dot). When the user presses NEXT
on the local keyboard, the tests on the basic engine are started.
First, the tray operation is tested. The user can move the tray
in and out by pressing the PLAY or PAUSE key on the local
keyboard (both keys have essentially the same function). The
results need to be checked visually by the user, the software
cannot detect any faults. The local display looks as follows:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_019.eps
130999
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_016.eps
130999
To indicate this is a test of which the result is to be checked by
the user, the first word on the local display is "do".
Except for testing the tray, this test is also meant to give the
user the opportunity to put a disc into the DVD player for
subsequent basic engine tests. Some of the following tests
need a disc in the DVD player to operate properly. Always put
a disc into the DVD player during this test! At the end of the
basic engine tests there is opportunity to remove it (before the
looptests start). Pressing the NEXT key on the local keyboard
proceeds to the next test.
Second test is the sledge test; the user is asked to move the
sledge by using the keys PLAY and PAUSE on the local
keyboard (both keys have essentially the same function). This
test needs to be checked visually by the user; the software
cannot detect any faults. The local display during this test looks
as follows:
By pressing PLAY the user confirms successful focussing by
the basic engine; pressing PAUSE indicates a fault in the focus
function.
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard starts the radial function;
the local display looks as follows:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_020.eps
130999
Again, PLAY confirms the result, PAUSE indicates an error.
After pressing NEXT on the local keyboard, the grooves/jump
test is started. As this is also a test that cannot be checked by
the software, the user needs to perform a visual test. The local
display looks as follows:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_021.eps
130999
CL96532097_017.eps
130999
After pressing NEXT on the local keyboard the discmotor is
tested; the local display looks as follows:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
By pressing PLAY the next grooves/jump position is taken;
pressing PAUSE will go to the previous grooves/jump position.
Switching through the different positions is done in a cyclic
manner.
Press the NEXT key on the local keyboard to proceed to the
last basic engine test: again, the tray is tested. This has been
done at the beginning of the basic engine test already, the
repeat is only meant to enable the user to remove the disc in
the tray before proceeding. The local display will look as
follows:
CL 96532097_018.eps
130999
The user is required to listen if the disc motor is running; this
must be confirmed by pressing PLAY on the local keyboard.
The PAUSE key is used to indicate the discmotor does not run.
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard starts the focus test. The
local display looks as follows during this test:
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_016.eps
130999
Press PLAY or PAUSE to operate the tray; remove the disc in
the tray.
The tray will be closed automatically (if needed) before
proceeding to the next tests (by pressing NEXT on the local
keyboard).
Read Error Log
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
The contents of the error log will be displayed on the local
display, as follows :
ASD-1
5.
GB 23
The leftmost three digits indicate which of the DVD player's
modules is faulty; the explanation is in the following table:
Note: This is an example only; no actual errorcode is intended
Displayed
Value
Indication for each module
Loader
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅
CL 96532097_022.eps
130999
The first two characters on the local display ("EL") indicate that
the read-out mode of the error log is activated. After the hyphen
8 hexadecimal digits (one faultcode) are displayed. Below the
row of 7-segment displays the highlighted number indicates the
number of the faultcode being displayed. (Not for DVDv2B) The
highest number indicates the oldest faultcode.
If, in the future, more than 15 faultcodes need to be displayed,
the "+" character can be used to indicate the display of a
faultcode in the range 16 - 30.
To step through the different fault codes, the PLAY (next) and
PAUSE (previous) key on the local keyboard can be used. The
display of faultcodes is cyclic. If the error log does not contain
any fault codes, all displayed error codes will be "000 00000".
To switch off the display of the error log, the NEXT key must be
pressed on the local keyboard.
Read Error Bits
The error bits are used to indicate that an error occurred once
or more times; if that is the case the bit representing the error
is set. To read out this field of error bits, the local display is
used. Only the numbers of the errors where the bit is set will be
displayed on the local display. The layout of the local display is
(globally) as follows2:
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
ok
ok
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
faulty
faulty
Monoboard
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
Display
PCB
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
CL 06532065_052.eps
230500
After the hyphen the (decimal) number indicates the number of
times the looptest was performed.
The right side of the display shows an error code DNER (in
decimal representation), which is built from a nucleus number
(DN) and an error number (ER). This code indicates the last
nucleus that returned an error code. For explanation of this
DNER code, see document [SDD_DN].
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player will
exit this loop and show the end result of the player test.
End result of the player test is equal to the last display shown
above: it shows which module is faulty and which nucleus
caused the last error, as well as how many loops were
performed.
Termination
To terminate the player test, switch off the DVD player.
5.11 Download Interfaces (not for service)
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_023.eps
130999
The number of the set bits is displayed in a cyclic manner.
Scrolling through the set error bits can be done with the PLAY
key for 'next' and PAUSE key for 'previous'. Pressing the PLAY
key at the last bit number will display the first bit number again,
pressing the PAUSE button at the first bit number will display
the last bit number in the list. The representation of bit numbers
is decimal.
If no error bits are set, the number on the right side of the
display will be "00"
Module Looptest
The module looptest is an infinite loop in which a number of
nuclei are executed over and over again. The nuclei run are the
same as in the dealer test; user interaction is not required.
During this looptest, the display looks as follows3:
The download interface enables the user to download another
version of diagnostic software into the RAM of the DVD player.
The downloaded software will overrule the software which is
placed in the DVD player's ROM; running the original
diagnostic software is disabled until the DVD player is switched
off and on again.
For download of diagnostic software, the RS232 port may be
used.
5.11.1 Set-up physical interface components
Hardware required:
• Service PC
• one free COM port on the Service PC
• special cable to connect DVD player to Service PC
The service PC must have a terminal emulation program (e.g.
OS2 WarpTerminal or Procomm in Windows95) installed and
must have a free COM port (e.g. COM1). Activate the terminal
emulation program and check that the port settings for the free
COM port are: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and
no flow control.
The free COM port must be connected via a special cable to the
RS232 port of the DVD player. This special cable will also
connect the test pin, which is available on the connector, to
ground (i.e. activate test pin).
5.11.2 Activation
1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 +
CL 96532097_025.eps
130999
Switch the DVD player on and the following text will appear on
the screen of the terminal (emulation program):
GB 24
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0
SDRAM Interconnection test passed
Basic SDRAM test passed
Karaoke init OK
(M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ D
CL96532111_028.eps
071099
Progress seen by the diagnostic software is indicated by
displaying the character "*" on screen repeatedly; if the
download software encounters an error, the end of the
downloaded file will be awaited and instead of the "*"character, the "+"- character will be used to indicate
(erroneous) progress.
When download is finished, the following message will come
from the DVD player:
Download succesful
Press return to start downloaded program...
CL96532111_029.eps
071099
When the user then presses a key, the DVD player will report
The scripts that can be made externally are therefor in one of
the following two forms:
1. A Procomm or Telex script Procomm or Telex can be used
to write diagnostic scripts. The script language of both
communication packages contains possibilities for
construction of loops and branches in the scripts.
Commands then going over the line will be exactly the
same as described in the chapter "Command Interface".
The diagnostic software (the engine) will receive normal
RS232 commands and processes these as defined,
sending results of these nuclei back over the RS232 line.
In the Terminal the Procomm or Telex script determines
which command sequence is followed
2. An Asterix-script Asterix-scripts are C-programs in which
commands are sent to the diagnostic software (the
engine). The construction of branches and loops is again
located in the remote machine, i.e. the Asterix machine.
Commands going over the line will be exactly the same as
described in the chapter "Command Interface". The
diagnostic software (the engine) will receive normal RS232
commands and processes these as defined, sending
results of the called nuclei back over the RS232 line. In the
Asterix PC the C-program determines which command
sequence is followed.
Layout of menus and submenus for the Service Terminal
NOTE: a symbol "-->" in the next menu layouts indicates that
that specific menu choice will invoke the display of a submenu.
This symbol will also be used in the implementation of the
menus (i.e. the "-->" will also appear in the user interface).
Main Menu
MAIN MENU
1. Audio -->
2. Basic Engine -->
3. Display PWB -->
4. Processor & Peripherals -->
5. Karaoke -->
6. Log -->
7. Miscellaneous -->
8. Video -->
First Level Submenus
DVD Diagnostic Software version X.X
CL96532111_030.eps
071099
and start to run the downloaded software.
Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should
be turned on by connecting the power-cable.
Note2 : For players without DRAM, the DRAM-tests will be
scipped.
5.11.3 Usage
The usage of the downloaded software depends on the
contents of that software and cannot be described here.
5.11.4 Termination (not for service)
To exit the download-interface and remove the downloaded
software from the DVD player, switch off the DVD player.
External Scripts
A script is a sequence of nucleus calls. Internal scripts (e.g.
scripts built into the diagnostic software itself) are in the form of
a C-language module. However it cannot be expected from a
customer to write C-modules in order to create new scripts.
AUDIO MENU
1. Deemphasis -->
2. Mute -->
3. PinkNoise -->
4. SineWave -->
BASIC ENGINE MENU
1. Disc Motor -->
2. Focus -->
3. Grooves -->
4. Radial -->
5. Reset [44]
6. Sledge -->
7. Tray -->
8. Version [37]
DISPLAY PWB MENU
1. Display [30]
2. Keyboard [27]
3. LEDs [29]
4. Remote control [28]
5. Version [28]
LOG MENU
1. Read last errors [31]
2. Read error bits [32]
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
3. Reset [33]
PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS MENU
1. Clock -->
2. DRAM Write/Read [9]
3. Flash -->
4. I2C -->
5. S2B -->
6. SDRAM Write/Read [16]
MISCELLANEOUS MENU
1. NVRam Utils -->
2. PalNtsc Line --> (Not for DVDv2B)
3. 2B Utils -->
4. Statistics Info -->
5. Read Application Version [46]
VIDEO MENU
1. Colourbar -->
2. Scart -->
KARAOKE MENU
1. Karaoke Mode Off [48a]
2. Karaoke Mode On [48b]
3. KaraokeMicInput [49]
4. KaraokeKey On [50a]
5. KaraokeKey Off [50b]
6. Karaoke Echo On [51a]
7. Karaoke Echo Off [51b]
Second level submenus
DEEMPHASIS MENU
1. Deemphasis 0 On [18a]
2. Deemphasis 0 Off [18b]
3. Deemphasis 1 On [18c]
4. Deemphasis 1 Off [18d]
for DVDv2B:
1. Deemphasis On [18a]
2. Deemphasis Off [18b]
3. Deemp 0 Tristate On [18e]
4. Deemp 0 Tristate Off [18f]
5. Deemp 1 Tristate On [18g]
6. Deemp 1 Tristate Off [18h]
MUTE MENU
1. Mute On [19a]
2. Mute Off [19b]
PINKNOISE MENU
1. Pinknoise On [20a]
2. Pinknoise Off [20b]
SINEWAVE MENU
1. Audio Sine On [21a]
2. Audio Burst On [21b]
DISC MOTOR MENU
1. Disc Motor On [39a]
2. Disc Motor Off [39b]
FOCUS MENU
1. Focus On [38a]
2. Focus Off [38b]
GROOVES MENU
1. Jump Grooves to Inside [42a]
2. Jump Grooves to Middle [42b]
3. Jump Grooves to Outside [42c]
ASD-1
RADIAL MENU
1. Radial Control On [40a]
2. Radial Control Off [40b]
SLEDGE MENU
1. Sledge Inwards [41a]
2. Sledge Outwards [41b]
TRAY MENU
1. Open Tray [43b]
2. Close Tray [43a]
LASER MENU
1. Laser Cd On[58a]
2. Laser Cd Off[58b]
3. Laser DVD On[58c]
4. Laser DVD Off[58d]
UCLOCK MENU
1. µClock A_CLK in CDDA Mode [7a]
2. µClock A_CLK in DVD Mode [7b]
FLASH MENU
1. Checksum FLASH [6]
2. Flash write access [10]
I2C MENU
1. I2C NVRAM Access [11]
2. I2C Display PWB [12]
S2B MENU
1. S2B Echo [13]
2. S2B Pass-through [14]
NVRAM MENU
1. NVRAM Config [34]
2. NVRAM reset [35]
3. NVRAM Mod [36]
4. NVRAM write/read [15]
PAL/NTSC MENU (Not for DVDv2B)
1. PalNtscHi [45a]
2. PalNtscLo [45b]
2B UTILS MENU
1. I2C Scart Check [54]
2. Scart to DVD [55a]
3. Scart Pass through [55b]
4. VideoColSetupI2C [52]
5. VideoColSetupHi [53a]
6. VideoColSetupLo [53b]
VIDEO COLOURBAR MENU
1. Colourbar DENC On [23a]
2. Colourbar DENC Off [23b]
SCART MENU
1. Scart Low [25a]
2. Scart Medium [25b]
3. Scart High [25c]
STATISTICS INFO MENU
1. Total Nr of Times Tray Open [47a]
2. Toat Time Power On [47b]
3. Total Play-time CDDA & VCD [47c]
4. Total Play-time DVD [47d]
5.
GB 25
GB 26
5.
ASD-1
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
Screen layout with menus
When menus are used, no specific screen layout can be given:
menu information will not be in a special format, except for the
layout as mentioned in the previous paragraphs.
A typical menu session can look as follows:
---------------< top of screen >------------------------------------------DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0
SDRAM Interconnection test passed
Basic SDRAM test passed
Karaoke init OK
(M)enu, (C)ommand, (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@
M <-MAIN MENU
1. Audio -->
2. Basic Engine -->
3. Display PWB -->
4. Processor & Peripherals -->
5. Karaoke -->
6. Log -->
7. Miscellaneous -->
8. Video -->
Select> 4 <-PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS MENU
1. Clock -->
2. DRAM Write/Read [9]
3. Flash -->
4. I2C -->
5. S2B -->
6. SDRAM Write/Read [16]
Select> 6 <-------------------< bottom of screen >---------------------------Depending on the height of the screen, the text will start
scrolling off the top of the screen.
Layout of Results diagnostic nuclei on control/service PC
Results returned from a Diagnostic Nucleus to the control/
service PC will have a maximum length of 300 characters and
are terminated by a CR character (included in the string length)
The result has the following layout
< number >< string > [OK l ER] @< CR >
The use of the "@" enables the Asterix system on the Control
PC to parse the output string of each nucleus into a database.
< number > is a 4-digit decimal number padded with leading
zeros if its value is less than 4 digits. The first two digits identify
the generating nucleus (or goup of nuclei), the latter two digits
indicate the error number.
< string > is a text string containing information about the result
of the Diagnostic Nucleus.
< number > and < string > are defined in [SDD_DN] in the
output sections of each Nucleus.
Examples:
1. 0001 Unknown command ER @
2. 3100 OK @
3. 0901 Data line X is not connected to the DRAM ER @
CL96532111_031.eps
071099
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
5.12 Diagnostic Nuclei
ASD-1
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
17
AudioSig
Audio Signature (Optional)
18a
AudioDeemp0On
Audio De-emphasis 0 On
AudioDeempOn
(DVD2B)
Audio De-emphasis On
(DVDv2B)
AudioDeemp0Off
Audio De-emphasis 0 Off
AudioDeempOff
(DVD2B)
Audio De-emphasis Off
(DVDv2B)
18c
AudioDeemp1On
Audio De-emphasis 1 On
(Not for DVDv2B)
18d
AudioDeemp1Off
Audio De-emphasis 1 Off
(Not for DVDv2B)
18e
AudioDeemp0Tristat
eOn
Audio De-emphasis 0 in
tristate/bidirectional mode
(DVDv2B)
18f
AudioDeemp0Tristat
eOff
Audio De-emphasis
0
back in output mode (Off)
(DVDv2B)
18g
AudioDeemp1Tristat
eOn
Audio De-emphasis 1 in
tristate/bidirectional mode
(DVDv2B)
18h
AudioDeemp1Tristat
eOff
Audio De-emphasis
1
back in output mode (Off)
(DVDv2B)
19a
AudioMuteOn
Audio Mute On
19b
AudioMuteOff
Audio Mute Off
20a
AudioPinkNoiseOn
Audio Pinknoise On
20b
AudioPinkNoiseOff
Audio Pinknoise Off
21a
AudioSineOn
Audio Sine signal On/Off
21b
AudioSineBurst
Audio Sine signal Burst
56a
AudioDeemp0On
PIO-pins as used in 2A for
Deemphasis
56b
AudioDeemp0Off
PIO-pins as used in 2A for
Deemphasis
56c
AudioDeemp1On
PIO-pins as used in 2A for
Deemphasis
56d
AudioDeemp1Off
PIO-pins as used in 2A for
Deemphasis
Remark
18b
5.12.1 Basic Diagnostic Nuclei
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
1
BasicSpAcc
Serial port Access test/
initialisation
2b
BasicInterconDram
BasicInterconSdram
GB 27
5.12.4 Audio
Each nucleus contains an atomic and independent diagnostic
test, testing a functional part of the DVD player hardware on
component level. Each Nucleus returns a result message to its
caller. Some tests (e.g. generating a colour bar) can only return
an "OK" result. Internal communication will be done via a
uniform interface between the diagnostic Engine, Scripts and
the Diagnostic Nuclei.
The diagnostic Engine can only operate if a certain (minimal)
set of hardware is functioning properly. To test this set of
hardware, a set of basic diagnostic nuclei is embedded in the
DVD player. Each basic diagnostic nucleus will only test that
part of the hardware which is required for execution of the
diagnostic Engine, e.g. a RAM test will only test that part of
RAM that is used by the diagnostic engine. After the Diagnostic
Engine is operational it is possible to do a full RAM diagnostic.
All basic diagnostic nuclei start with prefix 'Basic'.
In the overview each Diagnostic Nucleus consists of a
reference number, a reference name and remarks. Reference
number and name are coupled and one of them is enough for
unique identification. The reference number can be used to find
the description of the Diagnostic Nucleus in paragraph Error!
Reference source not found..# where # is the reference
number.
2a
5.
Data and address bus
Interconnection (only for
DVDv2A)
Data and address bus
interconnection
3
BasicDramWrR
DRAM Write Read (only
for DVDv2A)
4
BasicSdramWrR
SDRAM Write Read
5
BasicSramWrR
SRAM Write Read
5.12.2 Processor and Peripherals
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
6
PapChksFl
Checksum FLASH
7a
PapUclkAclkCdda
uClock A_CLK in CD-DA
mode
7b
PapUclkAclkDvd
uClock A_CLK in DVD
mode
Ref.
Reference Name
23a
VideoColDencOn
Colourbar DENC On
9
PapDramWrR
DRAM Write Read (only
for DVDv2A)
23b
VideoColDencOff
Colourbar DENC Off
10
PapFlashWrAcc
FLASH Write Access
25a
VideoScartLo
Scart Low
25b
VideoScartMi
Scart Medium
25c
VideoScartHi
Scart High
52
VideoColSetupCom
Colour Setup
Communication
53a
VideoColSetupHi
Colour Setup High
53b
VideoColSetupLo
Colour Setup Low
54
VideoScartSwCom
m
Scart Switch
communication
55a
VideoScartSwDvd
Scart Switch Dvd
55b
VideoScartSwPass
Scart Switch Pass-through
11
PapI2cNvram
I2C NVRAM access
12
PapI2cDisp
I2C Display PWB
13
PapS2bEcho
S2B Echo
14
PapS2bPass
S2B Pass-through
15
PapNvramWrR
NVRAM Write Read
5.12.3 Components
Ref. #
Reference Name
Remark
16
CompSdramWrR
SDRAM Write Read
5.12.5 Video
GB 28
5.
Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
ASD-1
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
57a
VideoScartPinLo
PIO-pins as used in 2A for
Scart-switching
40a
BeRadialOn
Radial control On
40b
BeRadialOff
Radial control Off
57b
VideoScartPinMi
PIO-pins as used in 2A for
Scart-switching
41a
BeSledgeIn
Sledge Inwards
57c
VideoScartPinHi
PIO-pins as used in 2A for
Scart-switching
41b
BeSledgeOut
Sledge Outwards
42a
BeGroovesIn
jump Grooves to Inside
5.12.6 DisplayPWB (slave processor)
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
26
DispVer
Version number
27
DispKeyb
Keyboard
28
DispRc
Remote Control
29
DispLed
LEDs
30
DispDisplay
Display
5.12.7 Log (error logging in NVRAM)
42b
BeGroovesMid
jump Grooves to Middle
42c
BeGroovesOut
jump Grooves to Outside
43a
BeTrayIn
Tray In
43b
BeTrayOut
Tray Out
44
BeReset
Reset Basic Engine
58a
LaserCdOn
CD Laser on
58b
LaserCdOff
CD Laser off
58c
LaserDvdOn
DVD Laser on
58d
LaserDvdOff
DVD Laser off
5.12.10 Karaoke
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
31
LogReadErr
Read last Errors
32
LogReadBits
Read errors Bits
33
LogReset
Reset
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
48a
KaraokeModeOff
Switch Karaoke mode off
48b
KaraokeModeOn
Switch Karaoke mode on
49
KaraokeMicInput
Check path from the
microphone input to audio
output
50a
KaraokeKeyOn
Set Karaoke Key to the
maximum level (1200 cent)
5.12.8 Miscellaneous
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
34
MiscReadConfig
Read Configuration
area from NVRAM
50b
KaraokeKeyOff
Set Karaoke Key to flat
octave (0 cent)
35
MiscNvramReset
NVRAM Reset
51a
KaraokeEchoOn
Set Echo Control fuction on
36
MiscNvramMod
Modify NVRAM
contents
51b
KaraokeEchoOff
Set Echo Control function off
45a
MiscPalNtscHi
Check if PAL/NTSC
line is high (Not for
DVDv2B)
45b
MiscPalNtscLo
Check if PAL/NTSC
line is low (Not for
DVDv2B)
46
MiscApplVer
Read version of
application software
47a
MiscTrayOpenNr
Read the number of
times the tray opened
47b
MiscPowerOnTime
Read the total time the
player's power has
been on
47c
MiscPlayTimeCddaVcd
Read the Playtime of
CDDA and VCD discs
47d
MiscPlayTimeDvd
Read the Playtime of
DVD discs
5.12.9 Basic Engine
Ref.
Reference Name
Remark
37
BeVer
Version number
38a
BeFocusOn
Focus On
38b
BeFocusOff
Focus Off
39a
BeDiscmotorOn
Discmotor On
39b
BeDiscmotorOff
Discmotor Off
Note: A new Compair version for repair of the MONO boards
will be developed.
Block diagrams
ASD-1
6.
29
6. Block diagrams
Servo
ASD1 BOARD SERVO PART
LOADER
CDM
OPU
1
3
MEMORY
CD-LASER
DVDALAS2+
7310
7102
S-RAM
132K
TZA1033
CY7C199-15C
7110-7111
Var Gain
MUX
Diode
Amplifiers
Processing
EQUALIZER
DVD
15
1
CONTROL
Header
8
ADDRESS
HPSW
DATA
4
7100-7106-7101
7311
Land
1104
DPD
DVD-LASER
MUX
6
CD
FLEX 24P
Push Pull
Servo
Signals
Land/Groove
Swap
Mute
Offset
compensations
RFo
HF-IN
D1-D6
6
3 Beam
Tracking
2
CALF_MACE
4
+5 GND
DECODER
HD61
SAA7335HL/E/M2
O_CENTRAL
4
STB_DALAS
V & I references
Dual Laser
MOTOR-IC
Supply
SILD
FOCUS
BA6856FP
Serial
SICL
Laser#1
TACHO-OUT
I/Face
RADIAL
7304
SIDA
Laser#2
B_V4
B_SYNC
B_FLAG
B_DATA
B_BCLK
B_WCLK
I2S6
TO STi5505 ON DIAGRAM 5
3
MOTO-IN
1
DISK MOTOR
1301
M
DRIVE
HALL-FEEDBACK
FLEX 11P
HALL
AD[0:7]
SLEDGE MOTOR
BLOCKDIAGRAM DIGITAL PART
1106
2
7207
CONTROL
LINES
ADC
SERVO
MACE2
SAA7399
PCS-PRE-AMPL
7104
TRAY MOTOR
LM833D
uP (8051 CORE)
FLASH ROM
7202
PSENN
AD[0:7]
AD[0:7]
A[0:16]
AM29F002
PHI-INPUT
M
CONTROL BUS
FLEX 8P
HALL
DATA/ADDRESS BUS
6 MHz
M
2
PCS
4
END-SWITCH
REF
A[8:16]
2
ADRESS LATCH
7201
DRIVERS 7103
BA5938FM
SLEDGE
AD[0:7]
A[0:7]
2
74HCT573D
RADIAL
TXD_BE
RXT_BE
CFR
SUR
SERVO OUTPUTS
4
FOCUS
5
TRAY-SWITCH
POR
1100
TRAY1
4-WIRES
S2B
4
t
RSTN
TO/FROM STi5505 ON DIAGRAM 5
TRAY2
4
8.46 MHz
1
4268_136
2012
CL06532065_036.eps
180500
Block diagrams
ASD-1
6.
30
Didital
ASD1 BOARD DIGITAL PART
6
5
TXD_SER
RXD_SER
RTS_SER
CTS_SER
4
7600
CONN.
1602
4
SERVICE
SERVICE
SERIAL
INTERFACE
CONN.
1603
SERVICE
7503
2
DEEM[0:1]
RSTN
S2B
4
TO /FROM
MACE2
(DIAGRAM 2)
TXD_BE
RXD_BE
CFR
SUR
7604, 7607
SCART[0:1]
UART
UART
PROGRAMMABLE
I/O
OSD
SCART
0/6/12V
MUTE
0_6_12V
7608,7609,7610
MUTE_AV
MUTE
I2S
6
B_V4
B_WCLK
B_DATA
B_BCLK
B_FLAG
B_SYNC
DEMULTIPLEXER
VIDEO
3V3
DIG_OUT
5V
R_OUT
G_OUT
B_OUT
C_OUT
CVBS_OUT
Y_OUT
VIDEO
ENCODER
MPEG DECODER
ACLK
CVBS
RGB
S-VHS
6
R/C
G
B/CVBS
CVBS/Y
7612-7618
VIDEO
FILTER
BUFFER
SUBPICTURE
PCM__CLK
HOST
ST20
4
P50
7616
+5V
-5V
CLOCK
SYNTHESIZER
SEL_ACLK
MK2742
CONN.
1604
STi5505
2
SDRAM CONTROLLER
I2C
CONTROLLER
SDA
SCLK
2
SDA
SCLK
RESETN
Y-C
+3V3
+6Vstby
+12Vstby
-8Vstby
PCMout1
PCMout2
HSYNC
I2C
MEMORY INTERFACE
TO/FROM
A/V-MUX
BOARD
7611
PCM (3X)
DIG. OUT
4
PCM_CLK
FRONT END
INTERFACE
BCLK
DATA
WCLK
3
SCLK
PCM_OUT0
LRCLK
SPDIF_OUT
AUDIO
DECODER
AUDIO
FROM
HD61 DECODER
(DIAGRAM 3)
2
TO
A/V-MUX
BOARD
2
OPTION
7504
CONN.
1600
+3V3
27 MHz
SDRAM INTERFACE
SYSTEM CONTROL BUS
SYSTEM ADDRESS BUS
SYSTEM DATA BUS
+5V
POWER
SUPPLY
+5Vstby
-8Vstby
7505
+6Vstby
EEPROM
2
+12Vstby
ST24E32M6
STB_CONT
P50
4
7401
16Mb
FLASH
AM29LV160BT
7404
16Mb
SDRAM
MT48LC1M16A1TG -7S
7405
SDA
SCLK
STB_CONT
2
16Mb
SDRAM
CONN.
1501
TO/FROM
DISPLAY
MT48LC1M16A1TG-7S
4268_136
2012
CL06532065_037.eps
180500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
31
7. Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
SERVO DALAS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3118 F114
3119
3197
2R2
3137
VCC1
GND2
MT1
100n
2117
F142
3131
2R2
2R2
3132
3133
2R2
2R2
FOC+
FOC-
7114
F174
F175
S2
A1_MACE
+5Vx
+5Vx
F157
22K
2119
3148
F189
5
8
7105-B
MC34072
7
2.5V
2.5V
3177
68K
2139
100n
120R
15K
3165
3176
3181
100n
3168 F179
10M
SLSL+
VO2VO2+
V-REF
H
2123
F172
OPTION
F199
120K
4
100n
2.0V
2138
100n
CALF_MACE
2
100R
STB_DALAS
ALPHA0
8 7105-A
MC34072
1 F198
22R
3158
STB
NC4
V-REF
3
6
4
3194
G
2137
F022
100n
F197
F163
3153
OPTION
3120
1K
+5V
39K
F191
3173
100K
2142
10n
+3V3S
3166
2.0V
E
7116
BC847B
3174
F178
+5V
3179
220R
BC847B
F
S1
6K8
LPF-DPD1 38
3186
O-CENTRAL
7115
BC857B
+5V
220R
NC5
NC6
RF-REF
COP
VSSD
SILD
28
4R7
F152
47R
3140
RFP
RFN
VSSA3
SIDA
F013
SILD
+3V3S
SL3187
29 30
2R2
1.5V
SL+
SICL
F012
F176
1.5V
F011
3130
GND3
3183
100R
22n
47R
2R2
F151
F195
1R
100K
2141
+5A4
FTC 33
+5V
3185
3180
22p
VSSA2
VDDD3
HEADER
3178
4
I
100n
12K
R-EXT
VDDA2
CD-LO
F023
+3V3D
OPTION
OPTION
12K
3161
F021
LPF-DPD2 39
+5D
F193
F192
COSPH
6
NC2
V-REF
14
C
03
F024
2140
7104-B
LM833D
7
100n
LAND
1R
8
2124
S1 42
04
TD1 35
2136
5
F169
10K
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
2135
+5V
1
3157
3159
TDO 34
V-REF
2133
22p
15p
100K
2130
2131
3
2
F168
TD2 37
HEADER
17
FO
2127
RADRAD+
FOCFOC+
330R
16 DVD-REF
VO3-
3193
+9V
F137
7113
BC847B
3182
1K
3138
F188
18
12K 3155 10K F166
22n
15 DVD-D
100R
Ax
3172
F165
F036
10K
3143
F186
VO3+
X2
MT
+5V
+5V
2118
3171 100R
X2
F039
3199
FTC-REF 36
14 DVD-C
O1
180p
F185
22K
+5V
7112
BC847B
F037
RFP
12K
3152 OPTION
2129
F183
15p
6
3169 100R
3127
19
O2
10K
O-CENTRAL 40
100n
D
13 DVD-B
F159
VSSA4 43
3 BEAM
TRACKING
100R 3170
C
O-D 45
MUX
SINPH
2
12 DVD-A
10K3147
VDDA4 44
DPD
PUSH PULL
OFFSET
COMPENS.
10 DVD-MI
F180
F158
S2 41
9 VSSA1
3167
12K
O-C 46
LAND/
GROOVE
MUTE
11 NC1
B
F182
F156
O-A 48
SWAP
LAND
7104-A
LM833D
1
3146
3149
8 VDDA1
F016 +5A1
2125
2132
8
100n
F155
560R
100R
RA
+3V3S
3124
470R
F038
3145
O-B 47
7 CD-F
SICL
2R2
F173
3122
20 F133
VIN3
LOGIC
TRAY
X2
B
3192
27K
VREF
MT2
X2
F035
180p
6 CD-E
3162
F120 3121
2111
100n
3198
470R
OPTION
DIODE
AMPLIFIERS
PROCESSING
23 F123
470R
+5V
1.5V
2128
22n
F171
OPTION
3136
4 CD-D
5 CD-REF
MON2
4
F190
F167
2122
22n
3
F181
F187
3156 100R
24
RAD+
D
RFo
1105
+5A3
VAR GAIN
100R
3164
100n
4
3 CD-C
+5V
F177
5
F164
3160
2126
F184
100R 3154
100R
E
F
+5V
3163
27K
2 CD-B
2R2
100p
F020
F194
REFSIN
1 CD-A
F162
SIDA
F170
F161
F196
D
Ax
F
3150
3151 100R
B
C
2R2
F146
2113
100n
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
MUX
2121
220n
100n
+5V
2120
24
OPTION
LD-DVD
VDDL
MON2
F160
23
3142
7102
TZA1033
CD-MI
4R7
F154
22
F017
LD-DVD
TM
91R
+5L
3139 F015 2116
NC3
3144
21
F153 +5V
1R
+5V
V-REF
3115
TRAY1
F145
2114
RFP
15p
20 F150
3141
DVD-LO
F149
19
100n
F018
18
2115
+5L
2R2
3114
+ -
VOLTAGE
CONTROL
FWD
3K9
3129
3135
E
VCC2
VCC3
3188
390R
F109
68p
390p
2108
2107
180R
3117
3123
680R
4n7
47u
2104
2103
1K5
3103
F107
OPTION 1
6 NC2
1n
+5A2
NC7
MON1
VDDD5
F
3134
330R
3175 2R2
F148
VIN4
BIAS
-
MUTE
TRAY2
3184
16
+5V
NC8
F147
LDCD
25
+ -
15 16 8
VDDA3
15
D
VIN5
5 NC1
VO2+
F139
COO
C
17
TO LOADER
3196
12 VO2+
COM
F144
RAD-
2R2
+
F126 7 MUTE
9 NC3
330p
14
2134
TO / FROM LOADER
13
CL06532065_038.eps
180500
3195
REFCOS
27K
1
- +
F125
+5V
26
4 VIN2
OPTION
F019
B
3108
3107
F115
VO4+
F118 3191 F119 3 VIN1
13 VO2-
F143
7
X2
SL
VO2-
12
1106
52271-XX90
8
X2
Ax
F141
+3V3S
2 VOL+
SL+
F140
11
F108
27
VO4-
X2
11 NC5
LDCD
10
X2
SL-
7111
BC847B
F134
2112
F138 MON1
8
E
1 VOL-
21 10 22
47R
10K
F136
A
7103
BA5938FM
GND1
7
91R
2101
100n
REV
3128
47R F104
3
7106
BFS20
2
+9V
2
RAC-SW
F132 3126
6 F135
47R
3
7101
BFS20
2 3110
1
F129
RAD-
7110
BST82
10K
FOCFOC+
1n5
F127
F128
2109
3
+12Vstby
F113 1
3112
150R
F122
RAD+
4
F112
3111
7100
BFS20
OPTION
F131
2
F124
2105
22p
3104
390R
F101
OUT
GND
2100
100n
F102
10K
F014
2110 2n2
F121
9
H
22p
HPSW
1
5 F130
G
2106
IN
47R
F106
3K9
2145
220p
3116
2144
220p
1104
C
3190
VO22143
220p
B
D
3189
VO2+
3125
F116
8K2
F111
4
3113
1100-4
TRAYSW
3
+12Vstby
3106
15p
1100-3
47p
F110
2
3101
1K5
F103
2102
F117
1100-2
1 F105
10K
1100-1
7109
L78M09
1
3
OPTION
3102
OPTION
3105
A
TO / FROM LOADER
+5V
4R7
3100
+5V
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
I
1100-1 A1
1100-2 A1
1100-3 A1
1100-4 A1
1104 B1
1105 D8
1106 G1
2100 A9
2101 A10
2102 A3
2103 A5
2104 A6
2105 A7
2106 B3
2107 B6
2108 B6
2109 B3
2110 B3
2111 B11
2112 C4
2113 D8
2114 D7
2115 D5
2116 E4
2117 E6
2118 G9
2119 G10
2120 E2
2121 E2
2122 F4
2123 H10
2124 F7
2125 G3
2126 G2
2127 I10
2128 G8
2129 G8
2130 H2
2131 H3
2132 H3
2133 H4
2134 H3
2135 H4
2136 H5
2137 G12
2138 H6
2139 I8
2140 I6
2141 I2
2142 F11
2143 B1
2144 B2
2145 B2
3100 A5
3101 A6
3102 A5
3103 A4
3104 A7
3105 A2
3106 A7
3107 A12
3108 A12
3110 A8
3111 A5
3112 A6
3113 B4
3114 B12
3115 B12
3116 B4
3117 B5
3118 B8
3119 B7
3120 F12
3121 B12
3122 B12
3123 B5
3124 B12
3125 C4
3126 C4
3127 C12
3128 C2
3129 C5
3130 C12
3131 C13
3132 D12
3133 D13
3134 D7
3135 D5
3136 D6
3137 D6
3138 G9
3139 E4
3140 E5
3141 E2
3142 E5
3143 G9
3144 E1
3145 E7
3146 E8
3147 E8
3148 G9
3149 E8
3150 E3
3151 E3
3152 E8
3153 H9
3154 F3
3155 F8
3156 F3
3157 F8
3158 H9
3159 F7
3160 F3
3161 F8
3162 F3
3163 F1
3164 F3
3165 I9
3166 G8
3167 G3
3168 I9
3169 G3
3170 G3
3171 G3
3172 G2
3173 F12
3174 G12
3175 H6
3176 H8
3177 H8
3178 I5
3179 E11
3180 I2
3181 I8
3182 F10
3183 F10
3184 I6
3185 I5
3186 I7
3187 I2
3188 A8
3189 A3
3190 A4
3191 B9
3192 B12
3193 C13
3194 H8
3195 I8
3196 B9
3197 C9
3198 D10
3199 E9
7100 A5
7101 A8
7102 E4
7103 A10
7104-A G2
7104-B H2
7105-A G12
7105-B G10
7106 A7
7109 A9
7110 C4
7111 C5
7112 E10
7113 E10
7114 E10
7115 D11
7116 E12
F011 I2
F012 I2
F013 I2
F014 B4
F015 E4
F016 F4
F017 E5
F018 E5
F019 D6
F020 D6
F021 F7
F022 G12
F023 H5
F024 H6
F035 E9
F036 E9
F037 E10
F038 E11
F039 E11
F101 A10
F102 A6
F103 A4
F104 A7
F105 A1
F106 A5
F107 A4
F108 A12
F109 A7
F110 A1
F111 A2
F112 A6
F113 A6
F114 A8
F115 B12
F116 A2
F117 B3
F118 B9
F119 B9
F120 B12
F121 B2
F122 B5
F123 B11
F124 B2
F125 B6
F126 B9
F127 B2
F128 C2
F129 C5
F130 C1
F131 C3
F132 C4
F133 C11
F134 C4
F135 C1
F136 C2
F137 C12
F138 C2
F139 C7
F140 C2
F141 D2
F142 D12
F143 D2
F144 D2
F145 D7
F146 D8
13
PB 4268 ASD1
MONO-BOARD
3104 123 4268.4
F147 D2
F148 D2
F149 E2
F150 E1
F151 E5
F152 D6
F153 E2
F154 E2
F155 E7
F156 E8
F157 G10
F158 E7
F159 E8
F160 E2
F161 E4
F162 E4
F163 H10
F164 F4
F165 F7
F166 F8
F167 F4
F168 F7
F169 F8
F170 F2
F171 F3
F172 H9
F173 F4
F174 F8
F175 F8
F176 G7
F177 G1
F178 G7
F179 I9
F180 G4
F181 G1
F182 G2
F183 G4
F184 G1
F185 G4
F186 G4
F187 G1
F188 G4
F189 G8
F190 H1
F191 H7
F192 H2
F193 H6
F194 I5
F195 I5
F196 I5
F197 G11
F198 G12
F199 I7
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
32
SERVO MACE
4
5
6
7
CSTCC
+3A
100n
3205
SINPH
2205
10K
F215
3206
REFCOS
100n
10K
REFCOS
126
COSPHI
128
ACT_EMFP
22K
F220
1
ACT_EMFN
3243
3246
3242
127
PCS
5200
3202
1R
+3A
F298
CLOCK
GEN.
F202
DEBUG
TEST
A
VddDp1 57
2203
100n
VssDp2 95
VddDp2 96
43
31
VssDp4
VssDp3
32
VddDp4
VddDp3 44
11
21
VssDc2
12
22
VddDc2
VssDp5
109
VssAs
VddDp5
110
VddAs
VssDp6 68
119
VddDp6 69
120
VssDc1 82
F203
+3A
+3A
+3A
+3A
VssAop
F209
MON_D 73
+3A
2228
100n
VddAop
F206
2227
100n
+3A
100MHZ
3201
1R
PB 4268 ASD1
MONO-BOARD
3104 123 4268.4
Port
4
H7
30
F212
H6
29
F214
H5
28
H4
27
26
25
H1|A17
24
F218
23
F219
TRAYSW
3240
10K
AM(0:17)
AM(17)
SL
Slegde
control
F226
3210
4K7
80
RP
F227 70
RA
F224
3K9
F230
3211
81
Radial
control
TL_FTL
Port
ROM
2
4K7
F233
F234 71
3214
FO
Focus
control
3K9
2210
1n
8051
A15
52
F222
A14
51
F223
A13
50
F225
A12
49
F228
A11
48
F229
A10
47
F231
A9
46
F232
A8
45
F235
F236 93
3215
92
10K
DEFOn
core
Defect
detector
DEFIn
I6
AD7
65
F237
AD6
64
F239
63
F241
AD5
115
FTCH
116
FTCL
79
E
OTD
Port
RAM
Track
counter
AD4
AD3
0
AD1
AD0
O1
106
D1|MIRN
O2
107
D2|TLN
03
108
D3|REN
04
111
D4|FEN
F258
112
S1
F261
113
S2
3219
3221
10K
SFR
Signal
cond.
Dx
AM(11)
7201
74HCT573
AM(10)
AM(9)
1
AM(8)
11
59
F249
58
F252
DSDen
78
RSTI
98
A1_MACE
Port 1
NC1
2
NC2
3
NC3
36
NC4
37
GND
2208
10
F033 100n
19 F238
2
3
18 F240
AMD(2)
4
17 F242
AMD(3)
5
16 F244
AMD(4)
6
15 F246
AMD(5)
7
14 F248
AMD(6)
8
13 F251
AMD(7)
9
12 F253
AMD(4)
AMD(3)
AMD(2)
AMD(1)
AMD(0)
1D
F254
3220
10K
10K
PORN
F257
CSI
F259
OTD-HD61
ALE
3213
4R7
+5VC
100n
7202
M29F002 32
AM(0:17)
AM(0) 12
A0
AM(1) 11
A1
AM(2) 10
A2
13
DQ0
AM(3) 9
A3
14
DQ1
AM(4) 8
A4
15
DQ2
AM(5) 7
A5
17
DQ3
AM(6) 6
A6
18
DQ4
AM(7) 5
A7
19
DQ5
AM(8) 27
A8
20
DQ6
AM(9) 26
A9
21
DQ7
AM(10)23
A10
AM(11)25
A11
AM(12) 4
1
A12 RP_NC
AM(13)28
A13
24
G_
AM(14)29
A14
22
E_
AM(15) 3
A15
31
W_
AM(16) 2
A16
30
A17
F284
INT2
O-CENTRAL
+3V3S
2215
22u
+3V3S
4K7
3
4
5
6
7
AMD(4)
AMD(5)
AMD(6)
AMD(7)
+5VC
F
PSENn
F260
WE
G
6200
F286
2R2
BAS316
3234
3258
8K2
2214
22n
2216
1n BC857B
7203
3232
3235
100K
3227
4K7
H
F281
3229
12K
F285
1201
RSTN
I
F294
POR
RFo
INT
WE
WRI
{CFR,SUR,RXD_BE,TXD_BE}
8
9
E
AMD(3)
+3V3S +3V3S
HPSW
STB_DALAS
+3V3S
+3V3S
CL06532065_039.eps
180500
{ALE,PSENn,RDI,WRI,CSI,WE,OTD-HD61,POR,PORN,RSTN,INT,MOTO1,RFo,T1,T2,T3}
2
AMD(2)
NC7 100
3236
F293 3257
F031
TXD_BE
RXD_BE
F030
p93-89
3238 10K
F290
SUR
F289
SIDA
+5V
AMD(1)
+3A
F295
RDI
F296
CFR
F292
TRAY2
F291
T1
TRAY1
I
3256
3255
E2
3228 10K
p93-89
STBY
3230
10K
AMD(0)
16
F270 13
PXT2en
INT3|ALEh
14
PXT2
15
PXT0
F266 17
PXT1
18
F272 16
RDNH
WRNH
RXD1
F267 33
20
TXD1
F271 34
19
ATIP_IN
E2
OPTION
3231
10K
D
NC8 101
H2
+5V
1
2209
F034
67
NC6
F032
3252
INT0_PWD
F268 35
+5V
3251
3254
INT1
RXD2
39
TXD2
40
F269 38
RDN
WRN
TPWM
84
41
TEN
85
42
FOK
CLO
87
I2CSCL
F276 90
F277 86
I2CSDA
F275 91
P6
104
F273
IREFT
3225
200K
F283
3226
10K
114
VRH
F274 105
ALPHA0
F282
+3V3S
F029
LLP
H9
F279
F278 94
ALPHAO
LDON
4
F264
3224 2213
150R 100n
3253
ATIP_IN
H
2212
100n
118
F265
10K
117
3237
+3A
C1
20
NC5
ATIPin
OPC_INT
OPC
SRV_INT_LGR
PW
77
Port 3
Port 5
P6
88
124
ADC/
AGC
ref.
Laser
control
89
CALF
F280
A2
123
Uopt
F027
122
F028 97
F025
A1
Uopb
F263 121
CALF_MACE
F026
3250
G
Vcc
F262
OPTION
3249
EN
AMD(1)
AMD(5)
POR
3248
OPTION
3212
4R7
AMD(0)
AMD(6)
F247
10K
3223
11K
AMD(7)
55 F256 3239 PSENn
EAn
interface
61
+5V
+5V
AM(12)
ALE
53 F255 3247
PSENn
System
F243
F245
54
ALE
Ex
62
60
AD2
F250
3222
11K
AM(13)
VSS
p93-89
S2
AM(14)
AMD(0:7)
+3V3S
S1
C
AM(15)
VCC
F221 72
3208
3209
2207
1n+3V3S
F
B
F216
H3|CSBN
H0|A16
SILD
SICL
H2|CSDN
XDET
2K7
2206
33n
+3V3S
D
14
VssDp1 56
3260
1R
F288
22K
OPTION
SL
FO
13
3244
RAD-
RA
SINPHI
F217
OPTION
C
9
3259
1R
REFSIN
3241
COSPH
RAD+
125
12
F287
B
REFSIN
F207
2204
MON_A 74
F210
TS3 103
F201
3245
F200
F208
99
TS2 102
TS1
CLKOUT 76
RAC_SW
11
+3V3S
+3A
DEB_OUT 75
8
5
F213
6 F211
10
XTLI
F299
2226
100n
XXTLO
RAC-SW
7
7207
SAA7399HL
1M
3204
330R
10
OPTION
F297
SELPLL
F204
A
9
+3V3S
3200
10K
1205
3203
8
+3V3S
+3V3S
VddDc1 83
3
2
F205
1
10
11
12
13
14
1201 I13
1205 A4
2203 A10
2204 B2
2205 B2
2206 C1
2207 D1
2208 D13
2209 D14
2210 D1
2212 H3
2213 H4
2214 H13
2215 H11
2216 H12
2226 A4
2227 A6
2228 A7
3200 A4
3201 A6
3202 A7
3203 A4
3204 A4
3205 B2
3206 B2
3208 C2
3209 C2
3210 C2
3211 D2
3212 D13
3213 D14
3214 D2
3215 D2
3219 F2
3220 F10
3221 F2
3222 F1
3223 F2
3224 H3
3225 H5
3226 H4
3227 H13
3228 I8
3229 H13
3230 H8
3231 H6
3232 H12
3234 I11
3235 I12
3236 H9
3237 H2
3238 I8
3239 F10
3240 B10
3241 B1
3242 C1
3243 C2
3244 C2
3245 A5
3246 C2
3247 F10
3248 G2
3249 G2
3250 G2
3251 H8
3252 H8
3253 H5
3254 H8
3255 I7
3256 I7
3257 I8
3258 I12
3259 A6
3260 A7
5200 A9
6200 H12
7201 D12
7202 D13
7203 H12
7207 A3
F025 G2
F026 G2
F027 G2
F028 H4
F029 H5
F030 I8
F031 I8
F032 H8
F033 D13
F034 D13
F200 A5
F201 A5
F202 A9
F203 A6
F204 A4
F205 A7
F206 A5
F207 A6
F208 A5
F209 A6
F210 A5
F211 A4
F212 B10
F213 B2
F214 B10
F215 B2
F216 B10
F217 B2
F218 C10
F219 C10
F220 C2
F221 C2
F222 C11
F223 C11
F224 C2
F225 C11
F226 C1
F227 C2
F228 C11
F229 D11
F230 D2
F231 D11
F232 D11
F233 D1
F234 D2
F235 D11
F236 D2
F237 D10
F238 D13
F239 D10
F240 D13
F241 E10
F242 E13
F243 E10
F244 E13
F245 E10
F246 E13
F247 E10
F248 E13
F249 E10
F250 E2
F251 E13
F252 E10
F253 E13
F254 F10
F255 F10
F256 F10
F257 F11
F258 F2
F259 F11
F260 F14
F261 F2
F262 F10
F263 G2
F264 H4
F265 H3
F266 H9
F267 H8
F268 H8
F269 H7
F270 H9
F271 H8
F272 H9
F273 H5
F274 H5
F275 H5
F276 H6
F277 H6
F278 H4
F279 H4
F280 H6
F281 H14
F282 H7
F283 H7
F284 H8
F285 H13
F286 H12
F287 I11
F288 I12
F289 I7
F290 I7
F291 I6
F292 I6
F293 I8
F294 I12
F295 I7
F296 I7
F297 A4
F298 A10
F299 B2
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
33
Decoder
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3300 F300 2300
CSTCC
F306
+5VB
+5VB
+5VB
F302
+5VB
VSSD9
VSSD8
VDDD9
VSSD7
VDDD8
VSSD6
VDDD7
VSSD5
VDDD6
VSSD4
VDDD5
VSSD3
VDDD4
VSSD2
VDDD3
VSSD1
VDDD2
94 10 11 19 20 31 32 44 45 59 60 72 73 81 82 92 93 98 99
CRIN
95
CLOCK
GENERATION
CONTROL
21 TEST1
F309
RDA1
RDA2
22 TEST2
2K7
3K3
RDA3
25 NC3
3305
2K7
2305
3332
C
RDA4
2304 F314 3 REFLO
22n
RDA5
F316 4 REFHI
22n
ANALOG
DATA
CAPTURE
5 VREF
3K3
6 HFIN
2319
3309 F319 2 IREF
27p
10K
BIT
DETECTOR
RDA6
DEMOD
RDA7
3339 F322 8 AGCOUT
43 DA0
41 DA1
AMD(1)
AMD(3)
AMD(5)
AMD(7)
46 WRI
WRI
8
RAMAD81
7
RAMAD91
6
A12
A11
A10
C
A6
A4
RAMAD31 25 A3
RAMAD21 24
D
A2
RAMAD11 23 A1
RAMAD01 21
A0 GND
14
RAD12 89 F333 RAMAD121
RAD13 90 F334 RAMAD131
E
CFLG
NC9
WCLK
BCLK
FLAG
DATA
RAD14 91 F335 RAMAD141
SYNC
EBUOUT
V4
SERIAL OUT
INTERFACE
STOPCLK
T1
TACHO
BLOCK
T2
NC8
MOTO2|T3
MOTO1
NC7
MEAS1
NC5
CL1
36 NC4
NC6
49 CSI
22K
INT
3310
+5V
SCL
E
MOTOR
INTERFACE
48 ALE
ALE
B
RAD11 88 F332 RAMAD111
47 RDI
RDI
I|O2
RAMAD141 1 A5
RAMAD41 26
RAD8 84 F329 RAMAD81
RAD9 85 F330 RAMAD91
RAD10 87 F331 RAMAD101
33 DA7
I|O3
RAMDA21 13
A8
RAD7 83 F328 RAMAD71
34 DA6
AMD(6)
I|O4
RAMDA71 15
RAMAD121 3 A7
RAMAD131 2
RAD6 80 F327 RAMAD61
SUB-CPU
INTERFACE
I|O5
RAMDA61 16
RAMAD101 5 A9
RAMAD111 4
RAD5 79 F326 RAMAD51
35 DA5
I|O6
RAMDA51 17
A13
RAD3 77 F324 RAMAD31
37 DA4
AMD(4)
I|O7
RAMDA41 18
RAMAD71
RAD4 78 F325 RAMAD41
SDA
D
RAMDA31 19
RAMAD51 10 A14
RAMAD61 9
RAD2 76 F323 RAMAD21
39 DA3
A
OE_
I|O0
RAD1 75 F321 RAMAD11
40 DA2
AMD(2)
BCAIN
AMD(0:7)
AMD(0)
20
RAMDA11 12 I|O1
RAMDA01 11
RAD0 74 F320 RAMAD01
12 OTD
DETECTOR
F312 3331
120p
61 F305 RAMRW
71 F307 RAMDA01
70 F308 RAMDA11
68 F310 RAMDA21
67 F311 RAMDA31
66 F313 RAMDA41
65 F315 RAMDA51
64 F317 RAMDA61
63 F318 RAMDA71
WE_ CE_
NC10
2318
27
22
RRW
23 PORE
+5VA
2307
22n
7
+5VB
100n
VCC
RAMRW
100n
+5VB
RDA0
22K
2306
10u
F304
NC2
24 MUXSW
+5V
3304
VSSA1
NC1
16
9
VSSA2
CROUT
7311
SAA7335HL
100 1
14
3330
+5VB
3302
220R
VDDA2
2303
47u
2302
100n
B
1M
+5VA
VDDD1
+5VA
+5VA
2301
100MHZ
+5VB
3301
VDDA1
F303
A
+5V
100MHZ
5301
5300
4R7 28
7310
CY7C199
+5VB
1300
PB 4268 ASD1
MONO-BOARD
3104 123 4268.4
+5V
F301
+5V
+5V
3337 100R F347
3338 100R F343
B_BCLK
B_WCLK
F342
3336 100R F346
B_DATA
100R
3335 100R F345
F344
3334
B_FLAG
100n
B_SYNC
3313
4K7
B_V4
3312
4K7
3333
2309
F348
F338
F336
F337
F341
3311
22K
MEAS1
100R
F
F340
F339
38 27 28 29 30 42 26 97 51 13 15 62 17 18 50 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 69 96 86
F
+5V
+5V
2310
3317 F351
1R
3316
1R
6301
6303
6302
+12Vstby
+5V
7304
BA6856FB
100n
VCC
A3
27
VM2
DRIVER
26
VM1
GAIN
CONTROL
S1D
S1D
S1D
28 RNF
A2
5
A1
7
NC1
1
NC2
2
H1+
9
4K7
3318
- +
F355
H
F357
STBY
F358
3320
7315
BC847B
4K7
F360
2314
100n
MOTO1
F361
3340
F362
3322
4K7
3323
4K7
F363
3324
100K
2315
100n
+5V
T1
23
PS
22
EC
21
+
ECR -
20
CNF
19
VH
18
FG1
FG2
16
FG3
F371
T3
REV
F368 17
T2
I
24
+
-
REV
+
-
PS
+
-
H BIAS
H1-
10
NC3
4
NC4
6
H2+
11
+
-
H2-
12
+
+
-
NC5
15
H3+
13
H3-
14
F350
11
F352
10
F353
9
NOT MOUNTED
2311
100n
2312
100n
2313
100n
6
F354
3319 F356 5
F359
47R
MT2
MT1
GND
30
29
8
4
3321
6K8
2
F364
6K8
1
3326
47R
F367
6K8
F370
3328 F372
22K
52271-1190
I
7312
BC857B
3329
22K
F373
+5V
+5V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
H
3
F366
3327
8
7
3325
+
-
G
1301
3
TO LOADER
F349
F369
G
F365
25
CL06532065_040.eps
180500
13
1300 A6
1301 G13
2300 A11
2301 A8
2302 A5
2303 A5
2304 B5
2305 C5
2306 C2
2307 C3
2309 F7
2310 G11
2311 H12
2312 H12
2313 H12
2314 H8
2315 I9
2318 B3
2319 C4
3300 A11
3301 A6
3302 A7
3304 B3
3305 C3
3309 C5
3310 E5
3311 F7
3312 F6
3313 F6
3316 G9
3317 G9
3318 H7
3319 H13
3320 H6
3321 H12
3322 H8
3323 H8
3324 I9
3325 I12
3326 I13
3327 I12
3328 I12
3329 I13
3330 B5
3331 B4
3332 C4
3333 F8
3334 F8
3335 F8
3336 F8
3337 F9
3338 F9
3339 C5
3340 H9
5300 A8
5301 A5
6301 G8
6302 G9
6303 G8
7304 G11
7310 A10
7311 A6
7312 I13
7315 H7
F300 A11
F301 A8
F302 A7
F303 A5
F304 A6
F305 B10
F306 B5
F307 B10
F308 B10
F309 B4
F310 B10
F311 B10
F312 B4
F313 B10
F314 B5
F315 C10
F316 C5
F317 C10
F318 C10
F319 C5
F320 C10
F321 C10
F322 C5
F323 C10
F324 D10
F325 D10
F326 D10
F327 D10
F328 D10
F329 D10
F330 D10
F331 E10
F332 E10
F333 E10
F334 E10
F335 E10
F336 F7
F337 F7
F338 F8
F339 F6
F340 F6
F341 F7
F342 F9
F343 F9
F344 F8
F345 F8
F346 F8
F347 F9
F348 F8
F349 G9
F350 G12
F351 G9
F352 G12
F353 G12
F354 H12
F355 H9
F356 H13
F357 H6
F358 H7
F359 H12
F360 H8
F361 H9
F362 H8
F363 H9
F364 H12
F365 I13
F366 I12
F367 I12
F368 I9
F369 I13
F370 I12
F371 I9
F372 I12
F373 I12
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
34
Memory
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
PB 4268 ASD1
MONO-BOARD
3104 123 4268.4
MEMORY PART
OPTION
RD_
DB3
11 D3
INT_|SCL-OUT
DB2
9 D2
IACK_|SDA-IN
DB1
8 D1
CLK
DB0
7 D0
+5V_DS
7400-D
74HCT00D
12
F406
3
14
2
11
3418
13
3412
WAIT
3413
7
7
F435
3405
+5V_DS
F
F434
OPTION
7400-B
74HCT00D
4
3414
14
6
CE1
VSS1
10K
5
VDD_MEM
3416
100n
100n
2412
2413
100n
100n
100n
100n
1
25
7
VDD
19 BA
AD11
20
BANK
SELECT
25
AD0
21 A0
DATA INPUT
27
AD1
22 A1
REGISTER
29
AD2
23 A2
31
AD3
24 A3
AD4
27 A4
AD5
28 A5
AD6
29 A6
AD7
30 A7
AD8
31 A8
AD9
32 A9
AD10
20 A10
LCKE
CLK
VDD_MEM2 3403
F432
100n
35 CLK
34 CKE
10K F415 18 CS_
RASN
17 RAS_
CASN
16 CAS_
WEN
15 WE_
DQMU
36 DQMH
DQML
14 DQML
512Kx16
LWE
LDQM
COLUMN
DECODER
AD0
21 A0
DATA INPUT
DQ3 6
AD1
22 A1
REGISTER
DQ4 8
AD2
23 A2
DQ5 9
AD3
24 A3
DQ6 11
AD4
27 A4
DQ7 12
AD5
28 A5
DQ8 39
AD6
29 A6
DQ9 40
AD7
30 A7
DQ10 42
AD8
31 A8
DQ11 43
AD9
32 A9
DQ12 45
AD10
20 A10
DQ0 2
LCKE
DQ14 48
CLK
3404
DQ15 49
PROGRAMMING
REGISTER
LWCBR
LWE
LQDM
VSSQ
4
DQ1 3
35 CLK
34 CKE
10K F41618
VDD_MEM2
CSN2
33
17
RASN
NC 37
16
CASN
15
WEN
36
DQML
14
DQMU
CS_
RAS_
CAS_
WE_
DQMH
DQML
DQ2 5
DQ3 6
LDQM
DQ4 8
DQ5 9
512Kx16
512Kx16
E
DQ6 11
COLUMN
DECODER
DQ7 12
DQ8 39
DQ9 40
DQ10 42
DQ11 43
DQ12 45
F
DQ13 46
LATENCY &
BURST LENGTH
DQ14 48
DQ15 49
PROGRAMMING
REGISTER
LRAS
LCBR
LWE
33
LWCBR
NC 37
LWE
G
LQDM
VSS
VSSQ
26 50
10 41 47
4
10 41 47
H
+5V_DS
2
4
3407
22R
3
NC
1
27M_CLK1
7400-C
74HCT00D
9
2414
2
3
DQ2 5
14
3406
8
I
+3V3
100R
7
27M_CLKOUT
3410
CLK_8MHz
F419
5402
F428
10
100MHZ
F420
5403
VDD_MEM
+3V3
VDD_MEM2
100MHZ
100u
F430
D
BANK
SELECT
DQ13 46
LATENCY &
BURST LENGTH
LRAS
LCBR
512Kx16
2418
4
19 BA
100n
2417
100n
2416
F431
TOP
13 38 44
VDDQ
OPTION
3409
5
1
AUXCLK
7
DQ1 3
OPTION
5
25
AD11
DQ0 2
22
CSN1
7403
74HCT1G04
1
VDD
26 50
7402
74HCT1G79
7405
MT48LC1M16A1TG
BOTTOM
13 38 44
VDDQ
VSS
H
C
18
VDD_MEM
+5VOSC
100n
2411
16
VDD_MEM
G
100n
2410
7404
MT48LC1M16A1TG
30
OPTION
7
2409
28
13 32
3415
2408
I
47u
14
2407
2420
7400-A
74HCT00D
1
100n
2406
47u
DTACKn
OPTION
+5V_DS
26
100n
2419
10K
100n
3402
E
2415
+5V_DS
24
2403
100n
OUTPUT BUFFER
A1
D
21
2402
100n
I/O CONTROL
RWN
19
2404
2401
SENSE AMP
10
17
ROW DECODER
VSS
15
SDRAM Interface
VDD_MEM2
VDD_MEM2
COL. BUFFER
SCL|SCL-IN
7401
Am29LV160BT 23
11
VCC
A0
DQ0
10
A1
DQ1
9
A2
DQ2
8
A3
DQ3
7
A4
DQ4
6
A5
DQ5
5
A6
DQ6
4
A7
DQ7
42
A8
DQ8
41
A9
DQ9
40
A10
DQ10
39
A11
DQ11
38
A12
DQ12
37
A13
DQ13
36
A14
DQ14
35
A15
DQ15|A-1
34
A16
3
A17
2
A18
43
A19
12
CE_
14
OE_
44
WE_
1
RESET_
33
BYTE_
ROW BUFFER
REFRESH COUNTER
SDA|SDA-OUT
100R
CL06532065_041.eps
290500
1
2
B
RAM/ROM Interface
LCBR
3
100n
LCAS
F425
12 D4
ADDRESS REGISTER
3401
SCL_EXE
DB4
LRAS
100R
2
2405
WR_
TIMING REGISTER
3400
SDA_EXE
13 D5
OUTPUT BUFFER
F424
DB5
I/O CONTROL
1
A0
SYSTEM ADDRESS Bus
VDD_MEM
SENSE AMP
F423
CLK_8MHz
14 D6
ROW DECODER
4
C
DB6
COL. BUFFER
5
CS_
ROW BUFFER
REFRESH COUNTER
16
IRQ_I2C
15 D7
LCBR
F422
DTACKn
DB7
LCAS
6
18
VDD
RESET_|STROBE_
ADDRESS REGISTER
CE1
20
LRAS
17
+5V_DS
TIMING REGISTER
19
RESET_I2C
A
SYSTEM DATA Bus
7406
PCF8584T
B
OPTION = NOT USED FOR FUTURE APPLICATION: I2C FROM MASTER TO SLAVE FOR SYSTEMS / COMBI'S
100n
F421
2400
5400
100MHZ
+5Vstby
VSS2
A
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2400 B3
2401 C9
2402 C10
2403 C12
2404 C13
2405 B6
2406 C9
2407 C10
2408 C12
2409 C13
2410 C9
2411 C10
2412 C12
2413 C13
2414 H7
2415 E1
2416 H2
2417 H3
2418 I10
2419 I13
2420 I13
3400 C1
3401 C2
3402 E1
3403 F8
3404 F11
3405 F5
3406 I7
3407 I3
3409 H7
3410 I6
3412 E5
3413 F5
3414 F5
3415 F5
3416 G5
3418 E4
5400 A3
5402 I9
5403 I12
7400-A E2
7400-B F2
7400-C I6
7400-D E3
7401 C6
7402 H2
7403 H3
7404 D9
7405 D12
7406 B3
F406 E2
F415 G8
F416 G11
F419 I10
F420 I13
F421 A3
F422 C2
F423 C2
F424 C2
F425 C2
F428 I8
F430 H2
F431 H1
F432 G5
F434 F5
F435 F5
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
35
STI 5505
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
OPTION
RAS1ND
RWN
CAS0ND
CAS1ND
CE1
CE_ROMN
F568
RAS0ND
OEND
RAS1n_OR_HOLDREQ
R|W_|DMAACK
WE0n
WE1n
CAS0n_OR_HOLDACK
CAS1n_OR_DMAREQn
CE1n
CE2n
F501
3548
VDD_STI
100R
11
10K
12
F513
13
YC6
14
22n
10K
2505
3509
F517
3503
10K
3504 10K
68R
3508
10
VDD_STI
3505
3553
3552
YC5
15
YC7
100p
VSYNC
F523 19
20
27M_CLKOUT
3517
F054
23
25
IRQ0
IRQ1
TEST5
21
22
3K3
F557 3523
30
31
32
F556
33
41
F541 3522
10K
3520
F537 10K
IRQ_I2C
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
TEST4
TDO
TMS
TRSTn
18
4
3521
10K
F522
F525
2504
F528
188
186
189
187
190
TCK
TDI
TCK
TDI
TDO
TMS
TRSTN
F534
F533
F532
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
14
F530
17
HSYNC
PIO-4|0
PIO-4|1
PIO-4|2
PIO-4|3
PIO-4|4
PIO-4|5
PIO-4|6
PIO-4|7
F531
F521
SEL_ACLK2
RESET_I2C
F524
207
2
201
202
203
204
205
206
1506-8
1506-9
23
VDD_STI
3K3
PCM-OUT1
24
PORT 4 I/O
TEST
JTAG
IRQ
AUDIO
LPCM
DECODER
MPEG1/2
CE3n
CSn
RAS0n_OR_CE4n
OEn
B
1506-14
1506-15
1506-16
1506-17
1506-18
1506-19
C
1506-20
1506-21
1506-22
1506-23
48
VSSA_PCM
50
VREF_PCM
49
10u
330p
2509
PORT 3 I/O
1506-12
1506-13
100R
F558
2506
PORT 2 I/O
PORT 1 I/O
1506-11
1506-24
24
F055 3524
VDDA_PCM
PORT 0 I/O
1506-10
2507
centre_on
3549
3554
3551 100R
9
43
44
45
46
47
SCLK
PCM_OUTO
PCM_CLK
LRCLK
SPDIF_OUT
100n
SERVICE
RXD_SER
RTS_SER
F510
F504
F509
OSLINKIN
OSLINKOUT
CPUreset
CPUanalyse
ErrorOUT
VDD_STI
YC4
16
F544
F545
F546
F547
F548
F549
F539
4K7
3540
PIO-3|0
PIO-3|1
PIO-3|2
PIO-3|3
PIO-3|4
PIO-3|5
PIO-3|6
PIO-3|7
10K
F542
F519
RSTN
OPTION
3519
SERVICE
3568
3
5
6
7
8
F554
7
64
PIO-2|0
PIO-2|3
PIO-2|4
PIO-2|5
PIO-2|7
1506-7
YC3
8
VDD_STI
3558
3556
3559
3555
F507
F506
3561
3557
YC6
3550 100R kar_by_pass
YC4
YC5
YC3
YC2
YC1
CTS_SER
YC0
F505
F508
3560
OPTION
F514
3565
OPTION
F060
OPTION
3564
F529
F553
PCMout2
MUTE
OPTION
F053 3546
F552
3567 100R
kar_by_pass
centre_on
15
16
17
20
21
22
3566
F526 3563
FLASH_OEN
F052
RESETN
1506-6
6
uP ST20cpu
PCMout1
6
VDD_STI
3545
D
220R
3525
2508
10K
3n3
E
F560
SCLKo
F562
F564 PCM_OUTO
F566
PCM_CLK
LRCLKo
F567
F569
3570 SPDIF_OUT
100R
F
I_REF_DAC_RGB
F590
I_REF_DAC_YCC
66
59
F587
V_REF_DAC_RGB
58
F589
F588
680R
15K
3535
3538
OSD_ACTIVE
V_REF_DAC_YCC
65
OPTION
3534
10K
330R
27M_CLK
HSYNC
4u7
+5VOSC
100n
7504
FXO-31FT 4
VDD
1
TS
OSC
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
27M_CLK
OUT
3
3536
100R
GND
2
3569
OPTION
F050
12
F051
27M_CLK1
4
CL06532065_042.eps
180500
6
3
R_OUT
G_OUT
B_OUT
C_OUT
CVBS_OUT
Y_OUT
27M_CLK
4u7
2531
2530
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
CLK
DQML
DQMU
CSN1
CSN2
CASN
RASN
WEN
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
100n
HSYNC
2
F576
2527
3537
PIXCLK_27MHz
2u2
2528 VDD_STI
2529
117
118
3573 100R
VSSA1
54
F586
HSYNCn
VDDA2
60
ODD_OR_EVEN
VDDA1
53
51
GND17
52
VDD17
208
200
2526
100n
VSYNC
GND16
185
2525
100n
VSSA2
VDD16
184
61
GND15
2524
100n
2523
100n
2522
100n
2521
100n
2520
100n
2519
100n
F599
F593
F592
2u2
5502
100n
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AD10
AD11
SDRAM Interface
VDD_STI
5501
OSD_ACTIVE
VDD_STI
F596
F598
F594
F595
F597
2518
100n
2517
100n
VDD_STI
2516
100n
VDD_STI
2515
100n
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
2514
100n
2513
100n
VDD_STI
VDD_STI
2511
100n
VDD_STI
2510
100n
VDD_STI
PB 4268 ASD1
MONO-BOARD
3104 123 4268.4
2512
100n
F585
VDD15
171
172
VDD13
149
GND14
GND12
140
160
VDD12
139
GND13
GND11
131
VDD14
VDD11
130
159
GND10
120
150
VDD10
119
SDCASn
SDRASn
SDWEn
MEMCLKIN
MEMCLKOUT
DQML
DQMU
SDCS0n
SDCS1n
GND9
111
84
85
89
88
90
104
76
91
105
VDD9
110
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
GND8
103
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AD10
AD11
VDD8
102
AD0
AD1
AD2
GND7
96
78
79
80
81
69
70
71
72
73
74
82
83
GND6
VDD7
VDD6
86
95
GND5
77
87
GND4
VDD5
75
VDD3
34
68
GND2
19
SDRAM CONTROLLER
DATA
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
DQ9
Interface
GND1
VDD2
18
VDD1
4
1
H
F056
F573
F574
Subpicture
decoder
ADDRESS
GND3
B_V4
ENCODER
Subpicture
2
IS
VDD4
F582
B_DATA
B_WCLK
B_BCLK
B_FLAG
B_SYNC
67
F581
36
40
37
38
39
42
35
F580
FRONT-END
F578
F579
B_OUT
C_OUT
CVBS_OUT
Y_OUT
Video
DECODER
57
56
55
63
64
62
R_OUT
G_OUT
VIDEO
MPEG
{SCLKo,PCM_OUTO,PCM_CLK,LRCLKo,SPDIF_OUT,R_OUT,G_OUT,B_OUT,C_OUT,CVBS_OUT,Y_OUT,27M_CLK}
Audio
F583
1
1506-5
5
YC2
A
1506-4
4
F559
demultiplexer
I
1506-3
3
YC1
AC3
VDD_STI
B_DATA
B_WCLK
B_BCLK
B_FLAG
B_SYNC
B_V4
F543 F527 3562
F538
PIO-0|0
PIO-0|3
PIO-0|4
PIO-0|5
PCM-OUT2|PIO-0|6
PIO-0|7
ADR14
ADR15
ADR16
ADR17
ADR18
ADR19
ADR20
ADR21
SYSTEM USE
A/V/Sub
G
F520
FLASH_OEN 3541 47R
F058
F059
YC7
3542 47R
SEL_ACLK1
100n
F536
F535
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
ADR11
ADR12
ADR13
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
ADR1
ADR2
ADR3
ADR4
ADR5
ADR6
ADR7
ADR8
ADR9
ADR10
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
F555
128
133
121
122
129
132
124
125
126
135
127
123
MEMORY interface
2
1506-2
2
DATA2
DATA1
DATA0
3526
10K
F
DATA7
DATA6
DATA5
DATA4
DATA3
6
92
93
94
97
98
99
100
101
106
107
108
109
112
113
114
115
E
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA13
DATA14
DATA15
RAM/ROM Interface
4
3K3
AUXCLK
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
SYSTEM DATA Bus
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
3547
3K3
VDD_STI
7503
STI5505
D
4u7
2502
OPTION
6
4
1506-1
1
YC0
OPTION
6
WAIT
SYSTEM ADDRESS Bus
C
4
VDD_STI
SCL
4
3514
10K
3515
F518
10K
3516
VDD_STI
10K
4
22K
3502
VSS
6
P50
10K
6
3K3
F516
+5Vstby
7501
BC847B
3512
1n
6
3506
STB_CONT
F540
2535
STB_CONT
6
SDA
5
SDA
OPTION
F502
OS_BOOT
F515
8
28
27
26
29
116
136
137
134
138
1501-5
1n
68R
VCC
BRM2
BRM1_OR_BOOTFROMROM
BRM0_OR_OSLINK_SEL
RSTn
AUXCLK
READY
PPC_CLK
DMAXFER
PPCn_MODE
1501-4
2534
3572
3511
1501-3
4
5504
F503
100n
4K7
47p
F512
7505
M24C32
1
E0
2
E1
3
E2
6
SCL
7
WC_
3507
SDA_EXE
3K3
2532
+5Vstby
2503
2500
68R
1501-2
SDA
SCL
VDD_STI
3500
F511
+5Vstby
3571
3K3
TO/FROM DISPLAY
5503
3513
9
10
198
199
11
12
13
4
47p
1501-1
I2C Bus
VDD_STI
PIO-1|0
PIO-1|2
PIO-1|3
PIO-1|4
PIO-1|5
PIO-1|6
PIO-1|7
SCL_EXE
3501
2533
TXD_BE
RXD_BE
BASIC ENGINE INTERFACE Bus
A
B
TXD_SER
OSD_ACTIVE F500
10K
13
14
G
H
I
1501-1 A1
1501-2 B1
1501-3 B1
1501-4 B1
1501-5 B1
1506-1 A14
1506-10 B14
1506-11 B14
1506-12 B14
1506-13 B14
1506-14 B14
1506-15 B14
1506-16 C14
1506-17 C14
1506-18 C14
1506-19 C14
1506-2 A14
1506-20 C14
1506-21 C14
1506-22 C14
1506-23 D14
1506-24 D14
1506-3 A14
1506-4 A14
1506-5 A14
1506-6 A14
1506-7 A14
1506-8 A14
1506-9 B14
2500 A3
2502 B5
2503 B6
2504 C11
2505 B11
2506 D14
2507 D14
2508 E14
2509 E13
2510 I3
2511 I3
2512 I4
2513 I4
2514 I4
2515 I4
2516 I5
2517 I5
2518 I5
2519 I9
2520 I9
2521 I9
2522 I10
2523 I10
2524 I10
2525 I10
2526 I11
2527 H13
2528 I11
2529 I11
2530 I11
2531 I11
2532 B1
2533 A1
2534 B1
2535 B1
3500 B3
3501 B3
3502 B5
3503 B11
3504 B11
3505 B11
3506 B4
3507 B5
3508 B11
3509 B11
3511 C6
3512 C6
3513 A10
3514 C6
3515 C6
3516 C6
3517 C13
3519 C9
3520 C11
3521 C12
3522 C12
3523 D13
3524 D14
3525 E14
3526 F2
3534 I12
3535 I13
3536 I14
3537 I12
3538 I13
3540 C9
3541 B7
3542 B8
3545 D14
3546 C7
3547 B6
3548 A10
3549 B10
3550 B10
3551 B10
3552 B10
3553 B11
3554 B10
3555 B9
3556 B9
3557 B9
3558 B9
3559 B9
3560 B9
3561 B9
3562 C7
3563 C7
3564 C7
3565 C8
3566 C7
3567 C7
3568 C8
3569 I12
3570 F14
3571 A2
3572 B2
3573 I12
5501 H11
5502 I11
5503 A1
5504 B1
7501 B5
7503 D2
7504 I13
7505 A2
F050 I14
F051 I14
F052 C7
F053 C7
F054 C12
F055 D14
F056 F14
F058 C7
F059 C8
F060 C8
F500 A13
F501 A11
F502 B5
F503 A6
F504 B9
F505 B9
F506 B9
F507 B9
F508 B9
F509 B9
F510 B9
F511 A1
F512 B1
F513 B11
F514 B8
F515 B1
F516 B1
F517 B11
F518 B6
F519 C9
F520 C7
F521 C10
F522 C11
F523 C13
F524 C10
F525 C11
F526 C7
F527 C7
F528 C11
F529 D7
F530 C10
F531 C10
F532 C10
F533 C10
F534 C10
F535 C5
F536 C6
F537 C11
F538 C6
F539 C6
F540 C6
F541 C12
F542 C9
F543 C7
F544 C9
F545 C9
F546 C9
F547 C9
F548 C9
F549 C9
F552 C7
F553 C8
F554 D8
F555 D6
F556 D12
F557 D12
F558 D14
F559 E14
F560 E14
F562 E14
F564 F14
F566 F14
F567 F14
F568 F2
F569 F14
F573 G14
F574 G14
F576 G14
F578 G2
F579 G2
F580 G2
F581 G2
F582 G2
F583 G2
F585 H11
F586 H11
F587 H13
F588 H12
F589 H12
F590 H13
F592 I8
F593 I8
F594 I8
F595 I8
F596 I8
F597 I8
F598 I8
F599 I8
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
36
Service interface and Back-end
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
5600
SERVICE
1602-7
+5V
2600
F6011602-2
22K
4
13
VDD1
F
1603-3
1603-2
1603-6
3675
430R
47p
3661
2621
47p
2620
430R
3657
430R
47p
2623
1n5
2601
F603
F606
6K8
3635
100K
1n5
2602
6K8
3636
100K
22p
22p
2645
22p
2644
2643
22p
22p
2641
-Vvid
1604
1K
1
F656
5 HSYNC
5 PCMout2
3660
3684
3685
Y_OUT
F663
{SCLKo,PCM_OUTO,PCM_CLK,LRCLKo,SPDIF_OUT,R_OUT,G_OUT,B_OUT,C_OUT,CVBS_OUT,Y_OUT,27M_CLK}
4
5
6
3655
430R
47p
2627
47p
3654
430R
2626
C_VID
7
8
9
10
5 SDA
+6Vstby
-Vvid
1K
7618
BC847B
15u
PB 4268 ASD1
MONO-BOARD
3104 123 4268.4
6
+12Vstby
3659
+5V
11
12
+3V3
F665
F666
H
5
F659
13
F664
5608
4
-8Vstby
7617
BC847B
15u
OPTION
F658
-Vvid
5 SCL
F661
5607
F660
3683
2
3
F657
+5V
C_OUT
F645
3
G
7615
BC847B
OPTION
SEL_ACLK2
11
2
1603-5
F653
3662
+5V
F655
430R
27M 9
I
1
1K
5 PCMout1
GND2
5
6
1K
OPTION
+2
GND1
3647
OUTPUT 3_68M 14
BUFFER
OUTPUT
BUFFER
5606
47p
3 X1
CVBS
-Vvid
7614
BC847B
15u
OUTPUT 13_5M 10
BUFFER
CLOCK
BUFFER/
CRYSTAL
OSCILL.
F654
3681
CVBS_OUT
3656
2 X2
2646
22p
7
2625
CLOCK
SYNTHESIS
H
OUTPUT PCLK
BUFFER
47p
CLOCK SYNTHESIS
AND
CONTROL CICUITRY
3673
2622
1 PS2
6
430R
16 PS1
ACLK
47p
OUTPUT
BUFFER
2624
CLOCK SYNTHESIS AND
CONTROL CICUITRY
15 PS0
3648
+5VOSC
F652
5605
15u
3651
12 AS1
3670
F651
3679
B_OUT
VDD2
8 AS0
430R
3669
2
3663
+5V
E
G_OUT
3680
3691
G
7616
MK2742
B_VID
F649
3682
OPTION
430R
3632
47p
3664
430R
47p
2617
47p
2616
3678
R_OUT
G_VID
3
7613
BC847B
D
OPTION
R_VID
5
3626
1K
F648
15u
3633
100n
5604
F647
3677
1
100n
F646
+5V
3
+5VOSC
2619
7612
BC847B
-Vvid
430R
+5VOSC
4
2615
5
2
SPDIF_OUT
F643
15u
22p
5602
2640
100MHZ
F641
F644
47p
+5V
22R
+5V
F628
5601
7611
74HCT1G125
F
F640
C
TO AUDIO / VIDEO MUX. BOARD
100R
-8Vstby
2618
10K
3617
3665
F639
F637
F638
3676
3631
+5VOSC
+5VOSC
4K7
3625
430R
7621
BC817-25
F672
F632
3671
47K
3629 F622 3606
3622
100R
100u
100u
2606
100u
2632
2633
22K
3618
3667 100R
330R
100n
F673
F635
LRCLKo
3689
SEL_ACLK1
1603-8
8
1603-11
11
1603-9
9
1603-10
10
1603-7
7
1603-12
12
1603-22
22
1603-17
17
1603-13
13
1603-4
4
1603-20
20
1603-19
19
1603-1
1
SCLK
1603-16
16
1603-14
14
1603-18
18
LRCLK
1603-15
15
1603-21
21
F633
PCM_CLK
22K
5603
F625
+5V
OPTION
PCM_OUTO
OPTION
3688
4K7
+5V
OPTION
100R 3624
2610
MEAS1
0_6_12V
+5V
+5V
3623
OPTION
1608
F674
3690
B_FLAG
22K
1607
6 PH-S
-8Vstby
MUTE_AV
10K
3674
SCLKo
2614
22K
7620
BC857B
B
F6161602-6
F630
-Vvid
F671
10K
+5V
F669 3K3
2642
100u
CFLG
3687
E
+5Vstby
+5V
1606
4 PH-S
1602-5
3611
9
-8Vstby
3615
7610
BC847B
F629
3637
VDD_STI
3686
1605
2611
100MHZ
BLM31
F6111602-4
-8Vstby
7608
7609 BC857B
BC857B
F626
22K
F627
3 PH-S
A
5 PH-S
22n
F617
F621
100n
2639
F624
VDD_STI
3605
F6071602-3
F620
3619
+3V3
7600-D
74HCT14D 14
8
F619
6600
MUTE
P50
+5V
7
1PS76SB10
5
100n
2638
F623
10K
+5Vstby
STB_CONT
47R
+12Vstby
100n
F636
2637
11
220R
10K
-8Vstby
3672 F634
100u
10
F670
2607
F618
470R
1 PH-S
100R
7
0_6_12V
2605
SCART0
3630
100R
-8Vstby 3621
F612
4
CTS_SER
3628
3607
3627
470R
F609
3614
8
9
7607
BC847B
10K
3642
100n
2636
6
100u
2604
7
+6Vstby
100n
2609
6
2635
F615
100n
5
5610
14
3
7600-B
74HCT14D
VDD_STI
+5Vstby
2634
F614
12
RTS_SER
+5V
4
47u
FROM SUPPLY
C
7604
BC847B
10K
F631
3
+5V
7
2 PH-S
F6021602-1
3610
5
7
3616
2
3613
SCART1
10u
1
+5V
10K
+3V3S
2608
1
B
F608
2
7
3620
+5V
7600-C
74HCT14D 14
6
RXD_SER
11
3608
OUT
GND
+5V
7600-E
74HCT14D 14
10
13
7
7600-A
74HCT14D
100K
IN
F610
3
3612
7605
LD1117
1600
+12Vstby
VDD_STI
+3V3
100MHZ
BLM31
2603
100n
F604
10K
5609
7600-F
74HCT14D 14
12
2
F613
+5V
D
1
TXD_SER
3609
A
TO/FROM PC INTERFACE
22n
14
F605
7 PH-S
F600
+5V
SERIAL PC INTERFACE
TO AUDIO/VIDEO MUX. BOARD
1
14
Y_VID
15
3658
-Vvid
16
1K
CL06532065_043.eps
180500
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
I
1600 B1
1602-1 A13
1602-2 A13
1602-3 A13
1602-4 B13
1602-5 B13
1602-6 B13
1602-7 A13
1603-1 E13
1603-10 C13
1603-11 C13
1603-12 D13
1603-13 D13
1603-14 E13
1603-15 E13
1603-16 E13
1603-17 D13
1603-18 E13
1603-19 E13
1603-2 G13
1603-20 E13
1603-21 F13
1603-22 D13
1603-3 F13
1603-4 D13
1603-5 F13
1603-6 G13
1603-7 D13
1603-8 C13
1603-9 C13
1604 G13
1605 E1
1606 E1
1607 E1
1608 E1
2600 A12
2601 A13
2602 B13
2603 B2
2604 C3
2605 C8
2606 C9
2607 D2
2608 B3
2609 C2
2610 F6
2611 D1
2614 F9
2615 F10
2616 G9
2617 G10
2618 F2
2619 F2
2620 G9
2621 G10
2622 H9
2623 H10
2624 I9
2625 I9
2626 I9
2627 I9
2632 C9
2633 C9
2634 C2
2635 C3
2636 C4
2637 D2
2638 D3
2639 D4
2640 F12
2641 F12
2642 F12
2643 F12
2644 F13
2645 F13
2646 H4
3605 D5
3606 C10
3607 B12
3608 B11
3609 C12
3610 A13
3611 B13
3612 B6
3613 B6
3614 C6
3615 C11
3616 D12
3617 D12
3618 D8
3619 D9
3620 A13
3621 B13
3622 C9
3623 E11
3624 E11
3625 E11
3626 F11
3627 B7
3628 C7
3629 C10
3630 C8
3631 F9
3632 F10
3633 G9
3635 B13
3636 C13
3637 C12
3642 B6
3647 G9
3648 H9
3651 I9
3654 I9
3655 I10
3656 I10
3657 H10
3658 I10
3659 I10
3660 H11
3661 G10
3662 G11
3663 G11
3664 G10
3665 E11
3667 E11
3669 G1
3670 G1
3671 G1
3672 C3
3673 G3
3674 D11
3675 I4
3676 E5
3677 F8
3678 G6
3679 G8
3680 G8
3681 H8
3682 H8
3683 I8
3684 I8
3685 I8
3686 E2
3687 E2
3688 E3
3689 F3
3690 E4
3691 G1
5600 A13
5601 E5
5602 F10
5603 F1
5604 F10
5605 G10
5606 H9
5607 I9
5608 I9
5609 A2
5610 D1
6600 C9
7600-A A11
7600-B B11
7600-C A12
7600-D B12
7600-E A9
7600-F A8
7604 B7
7605 B3
7607 B6
7608 C11
7609 C10
7610 D10
7611 F5
7612 F11
7613 F11
7614 G10
7615 H10
7616 G1
7617 I10
7618 I10
7620 E2
7621 E3
F600 A13
F601 A13
F602 A13
F603 A12
F604 A3
F605 A2
F606 A12
F607 A13
F608 B3
F609 B6
F610 B7
F611 B13
F612 B12
F613 B12
F614 B2
F615 B2
F616 B13
F617 B7
F618 C2
F619 C11
F620 C13
F621 C6
F622 C10
F623 D2
F624 C10
F625 D13
F626 D10
F627 D2
F628 E6
F629 D10
F630 D12
F631 B3
F632 F1
F633 E12
F634 C3
F635 E12
F636 C2
F637 E12
F638 E12
F639 E8
F640 E11
F641 E11
F643 F10
F644 E11
F645 I3
F646 F11
F647 F9
F648 F10
F649 F11
F651 G9
F652 G10
F653 G11
F654 H9
F655 H10
F656 H13
F657 H11
F658 H13
F659 H13
F660 I9
F661 I10
F663 I9
F664 I10
F665 I13
F666 I11
F669 C11
F670 C2
F671 E2
F672 E2
F673 E3
F674 E3
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
37
Top view
I2C
SERVICE
AV2
AV1
SUPPLY
CL06532065_044.eps
230500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
38
Detailed Top view 1
CL06532065_045.eps
180500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
39
Detailed Top view 2
CL06532065_046.eps
180500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
40
Bottom view
CL06532065_047.eps
180500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
41
Detailed Bottom view 1
CL06532065_048.eps
180500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
42
Detailed Bottom view 2
CL06532065_049.eps
180500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
ASD-1
7.
43
Testpoint overview
SL
H3- T3
VH
SL+ SL- Cosph
FO
RA
Sinph
Stby-out
T2
MOTO1
H3+
H1+
H2+
A1
A2
A3
H1H2Stby
R-VID
G-VID
CVBS
T1
CL1
9V
FOCO1
O2
O4
O3
STOPCLK
RFO
B_V4
B_BCLK
B_WCLK
B_SYNC
LRCLK
PCMOUT0
SCLK
DEEMPH1
SPDIF
PCM_CLK
DEEMPH0
HSYNC
C_VID
PCMOUT2
MUTE
PCMOUT1
SCART
Y_VID
RAD+
FOC+
RADS1
S2
A
B
C
D
F
E
2.5V
3V3
PCM_CLK
B_VID
VO2-
STB_CONT
VO2+
RSTN
27M_CLK
CL06532065_050.eps
180500
Electrical diagrams and PWB’s
Personal notes:
ASD-1
7.
44
Personal notes:
Alignments
ASD-1
8.
GB 45
8. Alignments
No alignments available
9. IC Descriptions.
9.1
SAA7399 (MACE2) General.
Mace2 is a name used for the successor of the ACE1 IC. The
term MACE (mini-ACE) is used because MACE2 does not
have a decoder on board. Application area's: Mainly CDR(W) and prototyping of DVD(-ROM) or high speed CDROM.
Functions implemented on-board of MACE2:
A further improved digital servo module. Derived from the
ACE1 servo module, but with improvements (make the input
switchable between diode signal and error signal processing,
improved brake).
The 80C51 micro-controller with external ROM.
The OPC. Optimum Power calibration, used for CDR.
The PCS. Position Control Sledge. A way to speed up sledge
movement using hall sensors.
•
9.3
Sledge stepper motor support.
The Digital Servo block.
In a CD system, there are some 12 control loops active.
About six of them are needed to adjust the servo error
signals, that is once per disc rotation offsets, signal
amplitudes and loop gains (AGC's) are adjusted to enlarge
system robustness and to avoid expensive potentiometer
adjustments in production. The other six loops determine the
laser spot position on the disc in the radial, axial (focus) and
tangential directions. The servo in MACE2 takes care of
these controls.
The servo inside Mace2 also has to take care that the spot
accesses a required position as fast as possible. This access
system consists of two parts, namely the actuator and the
sled, which are within a certain range, mechanically and
electrically independent. So during an access the servo has
to control as well the actuator as the sled.
9.4
Functional description servo
Figure 9-1 Overall block diagram MACE2.
9.2
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Focus and Radial servo loop.
Built-in access procedure.
Selectable servo error or servo diode inputs.
Focus noise performance equivalent to DSICS
Automatic closed loop gain control available for focus
and radial loops
High speed track crossing velocity measurement > 350
kHz.
Fast Radial Brake circuitry.
Sledge motor servo loop, with pulsed sledge support and
PCS
Incorporated micro-controller equivalent to 80C51
--> 66MHz.
Programmable wait state controller.
Two embedded RAM's of 416 bytes and 1.5 kB res.
Optimum Power Calibration Hardware support up to
write at N=8.
Debug facilities.
Memory mapped interface to sub-modules.
Programmable clock multiplier.
8 Multipurpose I/O lines.
5 external interrupt lines.
External Flash ROM support.
Figure 9-2 Mace2 servo block diagram.
The following functions can be distinguished:
– A to D conversion: a direct AD-conversion of the diode/
error currents.
– Pulse density D to A conversion: Noise shaper output
stages.
– Control unit: Provides mainly the communication and on/
off functions.
– Focus normaliser: A partial division of focus and sum
signal. Special saturating provisions are included when
dividing through very small numbers.
– Initialisation control: Includes the radial normaliser,
automatic radial offset compensation and level
initialisation for the Track Position Indicator (TPI) for both
diode and error input signals.
– TPI/TL generation and adaptive debounce: Generates
Track loss (TL) which is protected against disc defects.
The TL is made out of the unprotected TPI signal. The
debouncer (with improved debounce times) minimises
the disturbing effect of HF on the TL and Rp crossovers
for the track count circuitry.
GB 46
–
–
–
–
–
–
9.5
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
Defect detector: Holds the focus and/or radial control
signal on disc dropouts.
Speed control: Used during access. With radial actuator
feed forward.
Focus control: PID controller with wide range adjustable
characteristics.
Radial control: PID controller with wide range adjustable
characteristics.
Sledge control: PID controller with wide range adjustable
characteristics and a pulsed sledge controller.
Laser Low Power: Switches the laser from write back to
read power whenever the device tends to go off-track.
9.6
Focus control.
9.6.1
Focus start-up.
To bring the actuator in focus position a triangular shaped
voltage is applied to the actuator to perform a search
movement. When the lens moves from or to the disc, CA
(central aperture) is monitored to reach a certain
programmable absolute level. When this value is CA level is
reached, the FOK signal becomes true and FEn is passed to
the FEn level detector.
At the moment this FEn level is reached the wait for the focus
mode is entered and the focus control loop is enabled to
detect a sign inversion in the FEn signal.
When this zero crossing in this FEn signal is detected, the
loop is closed to function as PID controlled loop and is
switched to the PID mode.
During focus start-up a dither signal is added to the output
signal of the integrator. It prevents the actuator from hitting its
natural resonance. With this technique quantisation, effects
are compensated for during start-up.
Focus Position Control loop.
The focus control loop contains a digital PID controller that
has 5 parameters available to the user. These coefficients
influence the integrating, proportional and differential action
of this PID and a digital low pass filter following the PID. The
fifth coefficient influences the loop gain.
9.6.3
Dropout detection.
This detector can be influenced by one parameter. The FOK
signal will become false and the integrator of the PID will hold
if the CA signal drops below this programmable absolute CA
level. When the FOK signal becomes false, it is assumed as
caused by a black dot in the first place.
9.6.4
Focus Loss detection and Fast restart.
Whenever FOK is false longer than about 2 ms, it is assumed
that the focus point is lost. A fast restart procedure is initiated
which is capable of restarting the focus loop within 200 to 300
ms depending on the uP-programmed coefficients.
9.6.5
9.7
Focus Automatic Gain Control loop.
The loop gain of the focus control loop can be corrected
automatically to eliminate tolerances in the focus loop. This
gain control injects a signal into the loop that is used to
Radial control.
The MACE2 digital controller includes the following radial
servo functions:
9.7.1
Level initialisation:
During start-up an automatic adjustment procedure is
activated to set the values of the radial error gain, offset and
satellite sum/MIRN signal gain for TPI level generation. The
initialisation procedure runs in a radial open loop situation
and is < 200 ms. This start-up time period may coincide with
the last part of the turntable motor start-up time period.
Input circuits servo
Five out of six of the MACE2 servo inputs can be switched
between diode current inputs (for audio and data application)
and error signal inputs (for recordable applications).
The analogue signals from the diode pre processor are
converted into a digital representation using A/D converters.
9.6.2
correct the loop gain. Since this decreases the optimal
performance, the gain control should only activated shortly
(for instance when starting a new disc).
9.7.2
Automatic gain adjustment:
Because of this initialisation the amplitude of the RE signal is
adjusted within _10% around the nominal RE amplitude.
Offset adjustment: The additional offset in RE due to the
limited accuracy of the start-up procedure is less than +/50nm.
9.7.3
TPI level generation:
The accuracy of the initialisation procedure is such that the
duty cycle range of TPI becomes 0.4 < duty cycle < 0.6.
Sledge home:
Sledge moves to reference position at the inner side of the
disc with user defined voltage.
Tracking control:
The actuator is controlled using a PID loop filter with user
defined coefficients.
Access:
In Mace2 there are two fundamentally different ways to
perform an access:
Using the PCS
A more detailed description of this access method is given in
an other section.
Using the servo controlled access:
The way it was done in the predecessors of Mace2.This
access procedure is divided into 3 different modes,
depending on the requested jump size:
access type size access speed
Actuator jump decreasing velocity
Sledge jump maximum power to sledge 1
Controlled sl. jump controlled brake power
The access procedure makes use of a track counting
mechanism, a velocity signal based upon the number of
tracks passed within a fixed time interval, a velocity setpoint
calculated from the number of tracks to go and a user
programmable parameter indicating the maximum sledge
performance.
If the number of tracks to jump is too large, then the Sledge
jump mode is activated, else the actuator jump is performed.
The requested jump size together with the required sledge
braking distance at maximum access speed defines the
value of the maximum numbers of tracks.
During the actuator jump mode, velocity control with a PI
controller is used for the actuator. The sledge is then
continuously controlled using the filtered value of the
integrator contents of the actuator. All filter parameters (for
actuator and sledge) are user programmable.
IC Descriptions.
In the sledge jump mode maximum power (user
programmable) is applied to the sledge in the correct
direction, while the actuator becomes idle.
Radial Automatic Gain Control loop:
The loop gain of the radial control loop can be corrected
automatically to eliminate tolerances in the radial loop. This
gain control injects a signal into the loop which is used to
correct the loop gain. Since this decreases the optimal
performance the gain control should only be activated shortly
(for instance when starting a new disc). This gain control
differs from the earlier mentioned level initialisation. This
level initialisation should be done first. The level initialisation
without the gain control reduces tolerances from the frontend only.
9.8
The radial PID.
Since we are dealing with a big variety of applications and
drives, the servo controllers in MACE2 should be adjustable
within a large frequency range.
In order to read out the track properly -a track consists of
sequential ordered data pit's which hold audio, video or ROM
data - the focus and radial position controls must follow the
moving track within some tenths of a micrometer, despite of
disc imperfections and external disturbances.
For instance, a rotating disc causes, due to track eccentricity,
track unroundness, or disc skew, track movements up to
some millimetres. The control loop reduces this to about one
tenth of a micrometer.
9.9
Initialisation control.
Due to optical, electrical and mechanical tolerances in CD
players, properties of the servo signals such as offset and
gain can vary. In general, without proper signal processing, a
simple PID controller function cannot cope with this relatively
large offset and gain spreads. Therefore, gain and offset
adjustments during manufacture or active control, to
compensate for these signal imperfections, become
inevitable.
Adjustment procedures in the factory are expensive. So,
automatic adjustment procedures have been implemented in
order to avoid most of the potentiometer adjustments. In the
MACE2 servo automatic adjustments are applied to the
radial error signal only.
9.10 The AGC.
The Automatic Gain Control is used in the MACE2 digital
servo to adjust the radial and focus bandwidths to a nominal
value. Injecting a signal in the loop and measuring the phase
of its resulting signal (wobble method) does this.
Principle of the Automatic Gain Control.
The principle of the Automatic Gain Control (AGC) circuit, as
used in MACE2, is drawn in the next figure.
ASD-1
9.
GB 47
measured before the injection point. The injected signal is
shaped by H/1+H . This measured signal is multiplied by a
phase shifted version of the injected signal. The result of the
multiplication is low pass filtered and integrated. (The
integrator is started at the nominal gain of the control loop).
The result of the integration is fed to the adjustable loop gain.
This principle, synchronous detection, is also known as
'wobble method'.
9.11 The Fast brake.
The fast brake is an aid to speed up radial capture after a
high-speed jump. It is a separate radial control with a much
higher bandwidth. The radial control output can be switched
between fast brake mode and original radial control mode.
The fast brake helps the radial actuator at the end of a jump
to "stick" to the right track. In fast brake mode, the actuator
starts to follow the track movements. It's a bit like jumping on
a moving train. If you run as fast as the train, you can just step
in. After a radial open loop jump the tracks are moving (as a
result of eccentricity) at a very high speed underneath the
radial actuator. This speed is too high for a normal radial
control loop to do radial capture. When the radial control is
switched over to fast brake mode for a short term, this moving
of the tracks underneath the actuator becomes much slower,
(because the actuator follows the track movement), so when
you switch back to original radial control, it's much easier to
do radial capture.
9.12 The Defect Detector.
Because of the possible earlier mentioned defects
(fingerprints, etc) a defect detection circuit is incorporated
into the MACE2 servo. If a defect is detected, the radial and
focus error signals may be zeroed, resulting in better
playability.
9.12.1 Operation:
The defect detector prevents the light spot from going out of
focus and going off track due to disc dropout excitations. The
defect detector can be switched on and off under software
control and can be applied to the focus control only, or both
to the focus and radial control.
Whenever this circuit detects a defect, it will hold all radial
and focus controls.
The hold signal is generated whenever the reflected light
intensity drops rapidly (< 1:5 ms) down to roughly 75% of the
actual intensity level. In that case the output of the
comparator becomes active and controls the focus and radial
signal switch.
This circuit improves the playability of the application (black
dot performance, etc) and is programmable to optimise it for
specific disc defects. The actions of this circuit can be
monitored on the DEFO pin (active high).
An external defect detection circuit can be added by
removing the connection between DEFO and DEFI (normal
operation) and inserting the external circuitry.
These signals are afflicted with some uncertainties caused
by:
– Disc defects like scratches and fingerprints
– The HF information on the disc, which is considered as
noise by the detector signals.
9.13 Laser Drive On.
Figure 9-3 Principle of the automatic gain control.
A sine wave signal with a certain frequency is injected in the
control loop at the summation point. The resulting signal is
The LDON pin is used to switch the laser drive off and on. It
is an open drain output. In case the laser is on, the output has
a high impedance. The pin will be automatically driven if the
focus control loop is switched on.
GB 48
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
9.14 Laser Low Power (LLP).
The LLP output can be used by write-able systems to switch
the laser back to read power when the light spot goes offtrack while writing discs. To prevent that the neighbour tracks
are damaged when the spot goes off-track the laser has to be
switched very fast to the safe read power. The laser is not
switched off (like LDON does), so the system can carry on
reading.
The tracking (radial) and focus error signals are used to
disable the laser write power. This is done through the LLPn,
active low Laser Low Power, signal. Note that LLPn is a servo
output, which is inverted before it is output via the LLP pin, so
the LLP pin is active high.
So, if any of the following conditions is true, the laser write
power is disabled by the MACE2 servo.
– Off Track, more than a quarter off a track away from the
correct one
– ORD, radial error signal too large. Larger than the given
setpoint, which should be chosen at a critical write failure
level. An adjustable band pass filter first processes the
radial error signal.
– OFD, focus error signal too large. Larger than the given
setpoint, which should also be chosen with care. An
adjustable band pass filter also first processes the focus
error signal. All settings of the focus and radial part are
independent.
– OTR, prot stat flag which becomes active if ORD
becomes active during an actual laser write ( LWR)
action. This flag is reset only by a status read ( RSTAT)
command. So until then LLPN stays active.
– OFO, prot stat flag that becomes active if OFD becomes
active during an actual laser write action. Same idea as
OTR.
This error detection circuit can be switched off (apart from the
Off Track detection) by raising the setpoint levels to its
maximum value.
9.15 The OPC.
The OPC block in Mace2 is used for the following functions:
• During write actions, it stores Pw samples, which can be
evaluated by the microprocessor.
• During OPC read actions, it stores A1, A2 and CALF
samples, which are used for calculating the asymmetry
and the modulation index.
• The OPC block is used for EFM detection.
• During reading of a disc, it stores A1 and CALF samples,
which can be monitored.
Although the OPC block is used for multiple functions, it got
it's name from the OPC procedure, which is it's main task.
The OPC (Optimum Power Calibration) procedure is used in
CD-R/CD-RW/DVD-RAM applications. It is used to
"calibrate" the laser write power in writable systems.
It reads in 3 analogue signals from an analogue preprocessor like AEGER-2 (A1, A2, and CALF) and the actual
write power (Pw) from the laser controller and feeds an
analogue output signal Alpha0 back to AEGER-2. A1, A2 and
CALF represent the max, min and average value of the EFM
signal respectively. Alpha0 controls the laser write power. All
analogue signals are converted to an 8 bit digital signal.
Conversion frequency at 16.9MHz base clock is 88kHz (each
channel).
Figure 9-4 Definition of the A1, A2 and CALF signals.
9.16 Definition of terms.
The asymmetry ( and modulation index m of the EFM signal
are calculated from the analogue inputs:
A1- A2
A1+A2
m
A1+ A2
A1+CALF
9.17 Rough description of the OPC procedure
Basically the OPC procedure tries to find out the optimum
laser power to be used on a specific disc. The OPC
procedure uses about 15 ATIP frames. These frames are
located in the "PCA" area. This is a special part of the disc
used only for power calibration. The drive first checks
whether there are 15 frames "empty" in the PCA. Next the
OPC is performed in these 15 frames.
The OPC operation consists of two stages: A "write" and a
"read" stage. First 15 ATIP frames are written (during which
the OPC block stores Pw samples), and then the same 15
ATIP frames are read back again, (during which the OPC
block stores A1, A2 and CALF samples). During the write
stage, random EFMis written in a test area located on the
inner side of the disc. During this recording the write power is
increased stepwise from a low to a high power level.
Figure 9-5 Figure 5: OPC write profile.
First during 3 ATIP frames the power is increased in rather
big steps (rough OPC). During this action Pw samples are
stored into memory. During the rough OPC, the OPC makes
7 steps per ATIP frame. This gives 21 samples into the OPC
memory. From these samples, the microprocessor can
calculate what's roughly the best alpha0 setting for this
typical disc.
After 2 frames of calculations, another 10 ATIP frames are
written using smaller steps (fine OPC) around the alpha0
setting, which gave the best result during the rough OPC.
The second stage of the OPC procedure is the "read" phase
IC Descriptions.
in which the pattern recorded in the previous stage is read
back.
During this read phase the OPC block stores A1, A2 and
CALF samples from exact the same location where during
the OPC write phase the Pw samples where stored. The
samples for A1, A2, CALF and Pw are listed side by side into
memory. After the read back phase the processor calculates
at which setting of alpha0 the least jitter is encountered.
This setting will be used to write the disc with.
9.18 The OPC top level.
The OPC block as a whole has 5 possible modes:
– Recording mode: This can be either OPC writing (writing
EFM test patterns to disc and Alpha0 stepping) or
standard write mode (i.e. alpha0 is constant).
– OPC reading: Reading back OPC test patterns from disc.
– Normal read mode: detects the presence of EFM.
– DVD read mode: used for DVD-RAM experiments.
– EFMD only mode: no data being written to the AUX RAM,
but the EFM detector and the PW monitor still running.
Contents of the QUX RAM remain unchanged.
All actions in the OPC hardware are synchronised to the
ATIP frame sync, which can be either generated internally or
received from the encoder/decoder during writing. The
microprocessor writes data asynchronously to the OPC
hardware. The OPC block synchronises this data to the sync
either internally generated, or obtained from CDR60.
ASD-1
9.
the input LPF's, the OPC pre-processor and the EFM
detector.
The sequencer controls the timing of all the hardware actions
in the OPC hardware. The sequencer is started either by an
external ATIP sync or an internally generated sync
(programmable).
All data acquisition and alpha0 settings change synchronised
to this sync signal (rising edge of the ATIP sync). An
exception on this is the switching of the ATIP input itself,
which is immediately changed whenever the bit in the OPC
ctrl register is changed. When this was latched on the ATIP
source itself, it would create a deadlock when there was no
ATIPin from CDR-60.
9.23 The Pw monitor
The Pw monitor is used during the "OPC write" and normal
write mode. The comparator compares the incoming Pw with
two programmable thresholds PW MAX and PW MIN. Both
these thresholds can be programmed via the OPC PW
register, which contains 4 bits for each threshold.
Internally both 4-bit thresholds PW MAX and PW MIN are
extended to 8 bit values. The compare function performs an
unsigned compare.
The first threshold is used to detect fingerprints. The second
is used to check the correct operation of the laser driver.
9.19 The Analogue to Digital converter.
The analogue to digital converter of the OPC is shared with
the ADC required by the PCS.
9.20 The digital input filters.
The combined ADC for the OPC and the PCS delivers a
multiplexed stream of 8 bit words. A sequential low-pass filter
filters this multiplexed stream. The 4 analogue multiplexed
input signals from the OPC (A1, A2, CALF and Pw) are
filtered by 4 identical LPF's. (One for each channel). This
filters can be adapted to various speeds by changing the
subsampling factor (i.e. the sample rate of the filter), the cut
off frequency scales with the sample frequency. The sample
frequency of the filter is equivalent to the OPC timebase
frequency, which is the output of the pre-scaler.
9.21 OPC demux.
The OPC demux block demultiplexes the stream supplied by
the LPF. This same block also changes the format of the
digital data from signed (representation inside the filter) to
unsigned (representation in the rest of the OPC). The
demultiplexing process introduces one baseclock delay.
9.22 The sequencer.
The OPC sequencer controls the timing of all the hardware
actions in the OPC hardware. It generates the OPC timebase
and locks it to the ATIP pulse. A programmable pre-scaler
generates the OPC timebase.
Dividing the ADC sample clock by 8 derives the input clock of
this pre-scaler. (= Identical to the sample rate per channel).
The pre-scaler can divide this clock by a number in the range
from 1-16. The division factor can be programmed via the
OPC ctrl register. The OPC timebase is locked to the
selected ATIP source, which can be either an external
ATI P sync or an internally generated sync. (Programmable).
The OPC timebase clock supplies the sample frequency for
GB 49
Figure 9-6 OPC PW monitor.
GB 50
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue
DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply
TZA1033
FEATURES
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
• Operates with DVD-ROM,DVD-RAM, DVD+RW,
DVD-RW, CD-ROM and CD-RW media
The DVDALAS2 is an analogue preprocessor and laser
supply circuit for DVD / CD read only players. The device
contains data amplifiers, several options for radial tracking
and focus control. The preamplifier forms a versatile,
programmable interface between dual, voltage output
CD/DVD mechanisms to Philips' digital signal processor
family for CD and DVD (Gecko, HDR65, Iguano, etc..)
• Operates up to 64x CD-ROM and 8x DVD-ROM
• Support for Dual Light pen DVD systems (DVD/CDRW)
• DVD-RAM (C) playback capability
• DVD-RAM Land-Groove servo polarity switching
• 3 different tracking servo strategies:
Conventional 3 beam tracking for CD
Differential Phase Detection (DPD) for DVD-ROM
(including option to emulate traditional drop out
detection; drop out concealment)
Advanced Push Pull with dynamic offset compensation
for DVD-RAM (recorded and unrecorded areas)
The device contains serval options for radial tracking:
Conventional 3 beam tracking for CD;
Differential Phase Detector (DPD) for DVD;
Push Pull for DVD-RAM with flexible L/R weighing to
compensate dynamic offsets e.g. beamlanding offset.
A radial error signal is generated to allow fast track count
(FTC) during track jumps.
• Radial error signal for fast track counting (FTC)
• 2 different strategies to read header data:
- Full bandwidth Push Pull signal
- Left and Right side signal
The dynamic range of this preamp/processor combination
can be optimized for the LF servo and RF data paths. The
gain in both channels can be programmed separately. This
will guarantee an optimal playability for all kind of discs.
• Universal photo diode IC interface using internal
conversion resistors and offset cancelation
Several functions are included to allow playback of
DVD-RAM(C) discs:
• Flexible adaption to different light pen configurations
• The header information can be read via the data output
path (RF)
• Input buffer amplifiers with low-pass filtering
• RF data amplifier with wide (programmable) bandwidth
equivalent to 64xCD / 8x DVD when using equaliser
function
• DC offset compensation techniques provide a fast
settling after disc errors.
• Built-in equalisers cover CAV inner-outer disc range at
highest speed.
• two settings for focus offset correction for land and
groove
• Programmable RF gain for DVD-ROM / DVD-RAM /
CD-RW / CDROM applications(approx 50dB range)
The device can accommodate astigmatic, single foucault
and double foucault detectors and can be used with P-type
lasers with N- or P-sub monitor diodes. After an initial
adjustment, the circuit will maintain control over the laser
diode current. With an on-chip reference voltage
generator, a constant and stabilized output power is
ensured independent of ageing. A separate power supply
connection allows the internal power dissipation to be
reduced by connecting a low voltage supply.
• Balanced RF-Data signal transfer (single ended still
supported)
• Fully automatic laser control including stabilization and
an ON/OFF switch, plus a separate supplypin for power
efficiency
• Automatic monitor diode polarity selection.
• Radial servo Polarity switch for land/groove
• 3 and 5 V compatible digital interface
• Enhanced signal conditioning in DPD circuit for optimal
tracking performance under noisy conditions.
ORDERING INFORMATION
PACKAGE
TYPE
NUMBER
NAME
TZA1023
LQFP64
DESCRIPTION
Plastic low pro?le QFP64; body 10 x 10 x 1.4 mm
VERSION
SOT314-2
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD
Signal Processor and Laser Supply
9.
TZA1033
DEVICE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Var Gain
MUX
Diode
Ampli?ers
Processing
DVD
Balanced
HF
Data & header
OPU
Interface
Header
Land
MUX
DPD
CD
Push Pull
Offset
compensations
Servo
Signals
D1-D6
Land/Groove
Swap
Mute
3 Beam
Tracking
FTC
V & I references
Rext
Dual Laser
Supply
FTC comp.
Laser#1
Serial
Laser#2
I/Face
Control
Interface
GB 51
GB 52
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD
Signal Processor and Laser Supply
PINNING
Name
Pin
Description
CD-A
1
CD pick up input A
CD-B
2
CD pick up input B
CD-C
3
CD pick up input C
CD-D
4
CD pick up input D
CD-REF
5
CD pick up reference voltage
CD-E
6
CD pick up input E
CD-F
7
CD pick up input F
DVD-A
12
DVD pick up input A
DVD-B
13
DVD pick up input B
DVD-C
14
DVD pick up input C
DVD-D
15
DVD pick up input D
DVD-ref
16
DVD pick up reference voltage
O-A
48
Servo current output for Focus-A
O-B
47
Servo current output for Focus-B
O-C
46
Servo current output for Focus-C
O-D
45
Servo current output for Focus-D
O-central
40
Testpin for offset cancelation
TD2
37
Internally connected
FTC-ref
36
Servo output voltage reference input
S1
42
Servo current output for radial tracking
S2
41
Servo current output for radial tracking
TD1
35
Internally connected
FTC
33
Fast track count voltage output
RFP
55
pos. RF output signal
RFN
56
neg. RF output signal
RF-REF
54
DC Reference signal input RF
LPF-DPD1
38
DPD Low pass bandwidth capacitor, channel pos
LPF-DPD2
39
DPD Low passbandwidth capacitor, channel neg
Land
20
Land/groove toggle input
HEADER
21
Header detector window input
CD-MI
62
CD laser monitor input
DVD-MI
10
DVD laser monitor input
CD-LO
61
CD laser output
DVD-LO
64
DVD laser output
COP
27
Positive inputFTC comparator
COM
28
Inverting inputFTC comparator
COO
29
FTC comparator output
TZA1033
IC Descriptions.
DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD
Signal Processor and Laser Supply
Name
Pin
Description
SIDA
23
Serial host interface data input
SICL
24
Serial host interface clock input
SILD
25
Serial host interface load
VDDA1
8
Analog Supply voltage 1 (RF input)
VDDA2
59
Analog Supply voltage 2 (RF internal)
VDDA3
53
Analog Supply voltage 3 (RF output stage)
VDDA4
44
Analog Supply voltage 4 (Servo)
VDDD5
30
Digital Supply voltage (5V dig core)
VDDD3
22
Digital Supply voltage (3V I/O pads and FTC comp.)
VDDL
63
Supply voltage for laser
VSSA1
9
Analog Ground 1
VSSA2
58
Analog Ground 2
VSSA3
57
Analog Ground 3
VSSA4
43
Analog Ground 4
VSSD
26
Digital ground
Rext
60
Reference current input (Connect 12k1 to VSSA4)
STB
31
Standby input
TM
19
Testmode input
TDO
34
test data out
ASD-1
9.
TZA1033
GB 53
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD
Signal Processor and Laser Supply
TZA1033
DVD-LO
VDDL
CD-MI
CD-LO
R-EXT
VDDA2
VSSA2
VSSA3
RFN
RFP
RF-REF
VDDA3
-
-
-
-
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
handbook, full pagewidth
64
PINNING
CD-A
1
48
O-A
CD-B
2
47
O-B
CD-C
3
46
O-C
4
45
O-D
5
44
VDDA4
CD-E
6
43
VSSA4
CD-F
7
42
S1
VDDA1
8
41
S2
VSSA1
9
40
O-CENTRAL
DVD-MI
10
39
LPF-DPD2
-
11
38
LPF-DPD1
DVD-A
12
37
TD2
DVD-B
13
36
FTC-REF
DVD-C
14
35
TD1
DVD-D
15
34
TDO
DVD-REF
16
33
FTC
TZA1023
CD-D
CD-REF
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
VDDD3
SIDA
SICL
SILD
VSSD
COP
COM
COO
VDDD5
STB
-
21
22
20
LAND
19
HEADER
18
-
TM
17
XXX
-
GB 54
Fig.2 Pin configuration.
NEW
MXXxxx
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
BA6856FP: 3 PHASE MOTOR DRIVER FOR DVD PLAYERS
Features
• /3-phase, full-wave pseudo linear driving system
• built-in power save
• built-in therma shut down circuit
• built-in current limit circuit
• built in Hall bias circuit
• built in FG-output (3-phase parallel output)
• with switching function of regular/ reverse rotations
blockdiagram
28
RNF
27
VM2
26
25
BA6856FB
VCC
DRIVER
GAIN
CONTROL
VM1
A3
3
A2
5
A1
7
NC1
1
NC2
2
H1+
9
H1-
10
NC3
4
NC4
6
H2+
11
H2-
12
NC5
15
H3+
13
H3-
14
- +
24
23
REV
PS
REV
EC
21
+
ECR -
20
CNF
VH
18
FG1
17
FG2
16
FG3
MT2
30
+
-
PS
22
19
+
-
+
+
-
H BIAS
+
+
MT1
29
GND
8
GB 55
GB 56
9.
ASD-1
RNF
VM1
VM2
VCC
REV
PS
EC
ECR
CNF
VH
FG1
FG2
FG3
N.C.
GND
H1+
H1H2+
H2H3+
H3-
DESCRIPTION
Not connected
Not connected
Output 3 for motor
Not connected
Output 2 for motor
Not connected
Output 1 for motor
Ground
Hall input Amp1. positive input
Hall input Amp1. negative input
Hall input Amp2. positive input
Hall input Amp2. negative input
Hall input Amp3. positive input
Hall input Amp3. negative input
Not connected
FG3 signal output terminal
FG2 signal output terminal
FG1 signal output terminal
Hall Bias
Capacitor connection pin for phase compensation
Torque control standard voltage input terminal
Torque control voltage input terminal
POWER SAVE switch
Reverse terminal
Power supply for sinal division
Power supply 2 for driver
Power supply 2 for driver
Power supply for driver division
GND
N.C.
N.C.
A3
N.C.
A2
N.C.
A1
pin description
PIN No PIN NAME
1
N.C.
2
N.C.
3
A3
4
N.C.
5
A2
6
N.C.
7
A1
8
GND
+
9
H1
10
H1
+
11
H2
12
H2
+
13
H3
14
H3
15
N.C.
16
FG3
17
FG2
18
FG1
19
VH
20
CNF
21
ECR
22
EC
23
PS
24
REV
25
VCC
26
VM2
27
VM1
28
RNF
FIN
FIN
Terminal lay-out
IC Descriptions.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
SAA7335
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
FEATURES
• Compatibility with CD-I, CD-ROM, MPEG-video
DVD-ROM and DVD-video applications
• Designed for very high playback speeds
• Typical CD-ROM operation up to n = 12, DVD-ROM to
n = 1.9, maximum rates (tbf)
• Matched filtering, quad-pass error correction
(C1-C2-C1-C2), overspeed audio playback function
included (up to 3 kbytes buffer)
In DVD modes double-pass C1-C2 error correction is used
which is capable of correcting up to 5 C1 frame errors and
16 C2 frame errors.
• Lock-to-disc playback, Constant Angular Velocity
(CAV), pseudo-Constant Linear Velocity (CLV) and CLV
motor control loops
The SAA7335 contains all the functions required to
decode an EFM or EFM+ HF signal directly from the laser
pre-amplifier, including analog front-end, PLL data
recovery, demodulation and error correction. The spindle
motor interface provides both motor control signals from
the demodulator and, in addition, contains a tachometer
loop that accepts tachometer pulses from the motor unit.
• Interface to 32 kbytes SRAM for DVD error correction
and de-interleave
• Sub-code/ header processing for DVD and CD formats
• Programmable HF equalizer
• In DVD mode it is still compatible with Philips block
decoders
• Sub-CPU interface can be parallel or fast I2C-bus
• On-chip clock multiplier.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This device is a high-end combined Compact Disc (CD)
and Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) compatible decoding
device. The device operates with an external 32 kbytes
S-RAM memory for de-interleaving operations. The device
provides quad-pass error correction for CD-ROM
applications (C1-C2-C1-C2) and operates in lock-to-disk,
CAV, pseudo CLV and CLV modes.
The SAA7335 has two independent microcontroller
interfaces. The first is a serial I2C-bus and the second is a
standard 8-bit multiplexed parallel interface. Both of these
interfaces provide access to a total of 32 × 8-bit registers
for control and status.
This data sheet contains an descriptive overview of the
device together with electrical and timing characteristics.
For a detailed description of the device refer to the user
guide “SAU/UM96018”.
Supply of this CD/DVD IC does not convey an implied
license under any patent right to use this IC in any CD or
DVD application.
QUICK REFERENCE DATA
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
VDDD
digital supply voltage
4.5
5.0
5.5
IDDD
digital supply current
−
70
300
mA
VDDA
analog supply voltage
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
V
IDDA
analog supply current
−
70
300
mA
fxtal
crystal input frequency
4
25
tbf
MHz
Tamb
operating ambient temperature
−20
−
+70
°C
Tstg
storage temperature
−55
−
+125
°C
GB 57
GB 58
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
SAA7335
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
ORDERING INFORMATION
PACKAGE
TYPE
NUMBER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
VERSION
SAA7335GP
LQFP100
plastic low pro?le quad ?at package; 100 leads; body 14 × 14 × 1.4 mm
SOT407-1
BLOCK DIAGRAM
handbook, full pagewidth
HF input
SRAM
32 KBYTES
ADC
PLL BIT
DETECTOR
DEMODULATOR
EFM/EFM+
DECODER
clock input
CLOCK
GENERATOR
SPINDLE
MOTOR CONTROL
SAA7335
I2S-BUS
OUTPUT
INTERFACE
block
decoder
output
SUB-CPU
INTERFACE
MGK242
motor control
Fig.1 Simplified block diagram.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
SAA7335
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
PINNING
SYMBOL
PIN
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
VSSA1
1
supply
Iref
2
I
analog current reference input for ADC
REFLo
3
I
analog low reference input for ADC
analog ground 1
REFHi
4
I
analog high reference input for ADC
VREF
5
I
analog negative input
HFIN
6
I
VSSA2
7
supply
analog positive input
analog ground 2
AGCOUT
8
O
VDDA2
9
supply
analog supply voltage 2
digital supply voltage 1
analog test pin output
VDDD1
10
supply
VSSD1
11
supply
OTD
12
I
off track detect input
MOTO1
13
O
3-state motor control output
n.c.
14
−
MOTO2/T3
15
I/O
n.c.
16
−
not connected, reserved
T1
17
I
tachometer 1 input
digital ground 1
not connected, reserved
motor control output/tachometer 3 input
T2
18
I
VDDD2
19
supply
VSSD2
20
supply
TEST1
21
I
test input 1
TEST2
22
I
test input 2
POR
23
I
power-on reset input
MUXSWICH
24
I
use clock multiplier input
n.c.
25
−
not connected, reserved
CL1
26
O
divided clock output
BCAIN
27
I
BCA input
SDA
28
I/O
SCL
29
I
9.
tachometer 2 input
digital supply voltage 2
digital ground 2
sub-CPU I2C-bus serial data input/output
sub-CPU I2C-bus serial clock input
INT
30
O
VDDD3
31
supply
digital supply voltage 3
sub-CPU interrupt output (open-drain)
VSSD3
32
supply
digital ground 3
da7
33
I/O
sub-CPU data bus bit 7 input/output (parallel)
da6
34
I/O
sub-CPU data bus bit 6 input/output (parallel)
da5
35
I/O
sub-CPU data bus bit 5 input/output (parallel)
n.c.
36
−
da4
37
I/O
n.c.
38
−
da3
39
I/O
sub-CPU data bus bit 3 input/output (parallel)
da2
40
I/O
sub-CPU data bus bit 2 input/output (parallel)
not connected, reserved
sub-CPU data bus bit 4 input/output (parallel)
not connected, reserved
GB 59
GB 60
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
SAA7335
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
SYMBOL
PIN
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
da1
41
I/O
n.c.
42
−
da0
43
I/O
VDDD4
44
supply
VSSD4
45
supply
WRi
46
I
sub-CPU write enable input (active LOW)
RDi
47
I
sub-CPU read enable input (active LOW)
ALE
48
I
sub-CPU address latch enable input
CSi
49
I
sub-CPU chip select input (active HIGH)
STOPCLOCK
50
O
stop clock output
n.c.
51
−
not connected, reserved
V4
52
O
serial subcode output (for CD)
EBUOUT
53
O
digital audio output
SYNC
54
O
I2S-bus sector sync output
FLAG
55
O
I2S-bus correction ?ag output
DATA
56
O
I2S-bus serial data output
BCLK
57
I/O
I2S-bus bit serial clock input/output
WCLK
58
I/O
I2S-bus word clock input/output
sub-CPU data bus bit 1 input/output (parallel)
not connected, reserved
sub-CPU data bus bit 0 input/output (parallel)
digital supply voltage 4
digital ground 4
VDDD5
59
supply
digital supply voltage 5
VSSD5
60
supply
digital ground 5
RAMRW
61
O
n.c.
62
−
RAMDA7
63
I/O
RAM data bus bit 7 input/output
RAMDA6
64
I/O
RAM data bus bit 6 input/output
RAMDA5
65
I/O
RAM data bus bit 5 input/output
RAMDA4
66
I/O
RAM data bus bit 4 input/output
RAMDA3
67
I/O
RAM data bus bit 3 input/output
RAMDA2
68
I/O
RAM data bus bit 2 input/output
n.c.
69
−
RAMDA1
70
I/O
RAMDA0
71
I/O
VDDD6
72
supply
digital supply voltage 6
VSSD6
73
supply
digital ground 6
RAMAD0
74
O
RAM address bit 0 output
RAMAD1
75
O
RAM address bit 1 output
RAMAD2
76
O
RAM address bit 2 output
RAMAD3
77
O
RAM address bit 3 output
RAMAD4
78
O
RAM address bit 4 output
RAMAD5
79
O
RAM address bit 5 output
RAMAD6
80
O
RAM address bit 6 output
VDDD7
81
supply
RAM read/write control output
not connected, reserved
not connected, reserved
RAM data bus bit 1 input/output
RAM data bus bit 0 input/output
digital supply voltage 7
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
SAA7335
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
SYMBOL
9.
PIN
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
VSSD7
82
supply
RAMAD7
83
O
RAM address bit 7 output
RAMAD8
84
O
RAM address bit 8 output
RAMAD9
85
O
RAM address bit 9 output
n.c.
86
−
not connected, reserved
RAMAD10
87
O
RAM address bit 10 output
RAMAD11
88
O
RAM address bit 11 output
RAMAD12
89
O
RAM address bit 12 output
RAMAD13
90
O
RAM address bit 13 output
RAMAD14
91
O
RAM address bit 14 output
VDDD8
92
supply
digital supply voltage 8
VSSD8
93
supply
digital ground 8
CRIN
94
I
analog crystal input
CROUT
95
O
analog crystal output
digital ground 7
CFLG
96
O
correction statistics output
MEAS1
97
O
front-end telemetry output
VDDD9
98
supply
digital supply voltage 9
VSSD9
99
supply
digital ground 9
VDDA1
100
supply
analog supply voltage 1
GB 61
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
SAA7335
76 RAMAD2
77 RAMAD3
78 RAMAD4
79 RAMAD5
81 VDDD7
80 RAMAD6
82 VSSD7
83 RAMAD7
84 RAMAD8
85 RAMAD9
86 n.c.
87 RAMAD10
88 RAMAD11
89 RAMAD12
90 RAMAD13
93 VSSD8
92 VDDD8
94 CRIN
95 CROUT
96 CFLG
97 MEAS1
99 VSSD9
98 VDDD9
100 VDDA1
handbook, full pagewidth
91 RAMAD14
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
VSSA1
1
75 RAMAD1
Iref
2
74 RAMAD0
REFLo
3
REFHi
4
73 VSSD6
72 VDDD6
VREF
5
71 RAMDA0
HFIN
6
70 RAMDA1
VSSA2
7
69 n.c.
AGCOUT
8
68 RAMDA2
VDDA2
9
67 RAMDA3
VDDD1 10
66 RAMDA4
VSSD1 11
65 RAMDA5
OTD 12
64 RAMDA6
SAA7335
MOTO1 13
63 RAMDA7
n.c. 14
62 n.c.
MOTO2/T3 15
61 RAMRW
n.c. 16
60 VSSD5
T1 17
59 VDDD5
T2 18
58 WCLK
VDDD2 19
57 BCLK
VSSD2 20
56 DATA
TEST1 21
55 FLAG
TEST2 22
54 SYNC
53 EBUOUT
POR 23
MUXSWICH 24
52 V4
51 n.c.
Fig.2 Pin configuration.
STOPCLOCK 50
CSi 49
RDi 47
ALE 48
WRi 46
VSSD4 45
VDDD4 44
da0 43
n.c. 42
da1 41
da2 40
da3 39
n.c. 38
da4 37
n.c. 36
da5 35
da6 34
da7 33
VSSD3 32
VDDD3 31
INT 30
SCL 29
SDA 28
CL1 26
n.c. 25
BCAIN 27
GB 62
MGK241
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
SAA7335
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Analog front-end
This block converts the HF input to the digital domain using
an 8-bit ADC proceeded by an AGC circuit to obtain the
optimum performance from the convertor. This block is
clocked by ADCCLK which is set by the external crystal
frequency plus a flexible clock multiplier and divider block.
PLL and bit detector
This subsystem recovers the data from the channel
stream. The block corrects asymmetry, performs noise
filtering and equalisation and finally recovers the bit clock
and data from the channel using a digital PLL.
9.
1. The coincidence counter: this is used to detect the
coincidence of successive syncs. It generates a sync
coincidence signal if 2 syncs are 588 ±1 EFM clocks
apart.
2. The main counter: this is used to partition the EFM
signal into 17-bit words. This counter is reset when:
a) A sync coincidence is generated
b) A sync is found within ±6 EFM clocks of its
expected position.
The sync coincidence signal is also used to generate the
lock signal which will go active HIGH when 1 sync
coincidence is found. It will reset to LOW when, during
61 consecutive frames, no sync coincidence is found.
The equalizer and the data slicer are programmable.
FRAME SYNC PROTECTION DVD MODE
Digital logic
This circuit detects the frame synchronization signals.
Two synchronization counters are used in the SAA7335:
All the digital system logic is clocked from the master ADC
clock (ADCCLK) described above.
Advanced bit detector
1. The coincidence counter: this is used to detect the
coincidence of successive syncs. It generates a sync
coincidence signal if 2 syncs are 1488 ±3 EFM+
clocks apart.
The advanced bit detector offers improved data recovery
for multi-layer discs and contains two extra detection
circuits to increase the margins in the bit recovery block:
2. The main counter: this is used to partition the EFM+
signal into 16-bit words. This counter is reset when:
1. Adaptive slicer: adds a second stage slicer with higher
bandwidth
b) A sync is found within ±10 EFM+ clocks of its
expected position.
2. Run length 2 push-back: all T2 run lengths are pushed
back to T3, thereby automatically determining the
erroneous edge and shifting the transitions on that
edge.
a) A sync coincidence is generated
The sync coincidence signal is also used to generate the
lock signal which will go active HIGH when 1 sync
coincidence is found. It will reset to LOW when, during
61 consecutive frames, no sync coincidence is found.
Demodulator
EFM/EFM+ demodulation
FRAME SYNC PROTECTION CD MODE
This circuit detects the frame synchronization signals.
Two synchronization counters are used in the SAA7335:
The 14-bit EFM (16-bit EFM+) data and subcode words
are decoded into 8-bit symbols.
GB 63
GB 64
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
SAA7335
DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems
Microcontroller interface
The SAA7335 has two microcontroller interfaces, one
serial I2C-bus and one parallel (8051 microcontroller
compatible).
The sequence for a write data command (1 data byte) is as
follows:
• Send START condition
• Send address 3EH (write)
The two communication modes may be operated at the
same time, the modes are described below:
• Write command address byte
1. Parallel mode: protocol compatible with 8052
multiplexed bus:
• Send STOP condition.
• Write data byte
a) da0 to da7 = address/data bus
The sequence for a read data command (that reads 1 data
byte) is as follows:
b) ALE = Address Latch Enable, latches the address
information on the bus
• Send START condition
c) WRi = active LOW write signal for write to
SAA7335
• Write status address byte
d) RDi = active LOW read signal for read from
SAA7335
e) CSi = active HIGH Chip Select signal (this signal
gates the RDi and WRi signals).
2. I2C-bus mode: I2C-bus protocol where SAA7335
behaves as slave device where:
• Send address 3EH (write)
• Send STOP condition
• Send START condition
• Send address 3FH (read)
• Read data byte
• Send STOP condition.
a) SDA = I2C-bus data
READING AND WRITING DATA TO THE SAA7335
b) SCL = I2C-bus clock
The SAA7335 has 32 × 8-bit configuration and status
registers as shown in Table 1. Not all locations are
currently defined and some remain reserved for future
upgrades. These can be written to or read from via the
microcontroller interface using either the serial or parallel
control bus.
c) I2C-bus slave address (write mode) = 3EH
d) I2C-bus slave address (read mode) = 3FH
e) Maximum data transfer rate = 400 kbits/s.
MICROCONTROLLER INTERFACE (I2C-BUS MODE)
Bytes are transferred over the interface in single bytes of
which there are two types; write data commands and read
data commands.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 65
Am29LV160BT/Am29LV160BB
16 Megabit (2 M x 8-Bit/1 M x 16-Bit)
CMOS 3.0 Volt-only Sector Erase Flash Memory
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
■ Single power supply operation
— Full voltage range: 2.7 to 3.6 volt read and write
operations for battery-powered applications
■ Top or bottom boot block configurations
available
■ Embedded Algorithms
— Regulated voltage range: 3.0 to 3.6 volt read
and write operations and for compatibility with
high performance 3.3 volt microprocessors
— Embedded Erase algorithm automatically
preprograms and erases the entire chip or any
combination of designated sectors
■ Manufactured on 0.35 µm process technology
— Embedded Program algorithm automatically
writes and verifies data at specified addresses
■ Supports Common Flash Memory Interface
(CFI)
■ High performance
— Full voltage range: access times as fast as 90 ns
— Regulated voltage range: access times as fast
as 80 ns
■ Ultra low power consumption (typical values at
5 MHz)
— 200 nA Automatic Sleep mode current
— 200 nA standby mode current
■ Minimum 100,000 write cycle guarantee per
sector
■ Package option
— 48-ball FBGA
— 48-ball µBGA
— 48-pin TSOP
— 44-pin SO
■ Compatibility with JEDEC standards
— 10 mA read current
— Pinout and software compatible with singlepower supply Flash
— 20 mA program/erase current
— Superior inadvertent write protection
■ Flexible sector architecture
— One 16 Kbyte, two 8 Kbyte, one 32 Kbyte, and
thirty-one 64 Kbyte sectors (byte mode)
— One 8 Kword, two 4 Kword, one 16 Kword, and
thirty-one 32 Kword sectors (word mode)
— Supports full chip erase
— Sector Protection features:
A hardware method of locking a sector to
prevent any program or erase operations within
that sector
Sectors can be locked in-system or via
programming equipment
Temporary Sector Unprotect feature allows code
changes in previously locked sectors
■ Data# Polling and toggle bits
— Provides a software method of detecting
program or erase operation completion
■ Ready/Busy# pin (RY/BY#)
— Provides a hardware method of detecting
program or erase cycle completion (not
available on 44-pin SO)
■ Erase Suspend/Erase Resume
— Suspends an erase operation to read data from,
or program data to, a sector that is not being
erased, then resumes the erase operation
■ Hardware reset pin (RESET#)
— Hardware method to reset the device to reading
array data
GB 66
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Am29LV160B is a 16 Mbit, 3.0 Volt-only Flash
memory organized as 2,097,152 bytes or 1,048,576
words. The device is offered in 48-ball FBGA, 48-ball
µBGA, 44-pin SO, and 48-pin TSOP packages. The
word-wide data (x16) appears on DQ15–DQ0; the bytewide (x8) data appears on DQ7–DQ0. This device is
designed to be programmed in-system with the standard
system 3.0 volt VCC supply. A 12.0 V VPP or 5.0 VCC are
not required for write or erase operations. The device can
also be programmed in standard EPROM programmers.
The device offers access times of 80, 90, and 120 ns,
allowing high speed microprocessors to operate
without wait states. To eliminate bus contention the
device has separate chip enable (CE#), write enable
(WE#) and output enable (OE#) controls.
The device requires only a single 3.0 volt power supply for both read and write functions. Internally generated and regulated voltages are provided for the
program and erase operations.
The Am29LV160B is entirely command set compatible
with the JEDEC single-power-supply Flash standard. Commands are written to the command register
using standard microprocessor write timings. Register
contents serve as input to an internal state-machine
that controls the erase and programming circuitry.
Write cycles also internally latch addresses and data
needed for the programming and erase operations.
Reading data out of the device is similar to reading
from other Flash or EPROM devices.
Device programming occurs by executing the program
command sequence. This initiates the Embedded
Program algorithm—an internal algorithm that automatically times the program pulse widths and verifies
proper cell margin. The Unlock Bypass mode facilitates faster programming times by requiring only two
write cycles to program data instead of four.
Device erasure occurs by executing the erase command sequence. This initiates the Embedded Erase
algorithm—an internal algorithm that automatically preprograms the array (if it is not already programmed) before executing the erase operation. During erase, the
device automatically times the erase pulse widths and
verifies proper cell margin.
The host system can detect whether a program or
erase operation is complete by observing the RY/BY#
pin, or by reading the DQ7 (Data# Polling) and DQ6
(toggle) status bits. After a program or erase cycle
has been completed, the device is ready to read array
data or accept another command.
The sector erase architecture allows memory sectors
to be erased and reprogrammed without affecting the
data contents of other sectors. The device is fully
erased when shipped from the factory.
Hardware data protection measures include a low VCC
detector that automatically inhibits write operations during power transitions. The hardware sector protection
feature disables both program and erase operations in
any combination of the sectors of memory. This can be
achieved in-system or via programming equipment.
The Erase Suspend/Erase Resume feature enables
the user to put erase on hold for any period of time to
read data from, or program data to, any sector that is
not selected for erasure. True background erase can
thus be achieved.
The hardware RESET# pin terminates any operation
in progress and resets the internal state machine to
reading array data. The RESET# pin may be tied to the
system reset circuitry. A system reset would thus also
reset the device, enabling the system microprocessor
to read the boot-up firmware from the Flash memory.
The device offers two power-saving features. When
addresses have been stable for a specified amount of
time, the device enters the automatic sleep mode.
The system can also place the device into the standby
mode. Power consumption is greatly reduced in both
these modes.
AMD's Flash technology combines years of Flash memory
manufacturing experience to produce the highest levels of
quality, reliability and cost effectiveness. The device electrically erases all bits within a sector simultaneously
via Fowler-Nordheim tunneling. The data is programmed
using hot electron injection.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 67
PRODUCT SELECTOR GUIDE
Family Part Number
Ordering Part Number:
Am29LV160B
VCC =3.0–3.6 V
V
CC
80R
= 2.7–3.6 V
90
120
Max access time, ns (tACC)
80
90
120
Max CE# access time, ns (tCE)
80
90
120
Max OE# access time, ns (tOE)
30
35
50
Note: See “AC Characteristics” for full specifications.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
DQ0–DQ15 (A-1)
RY/BY#
VCC
Sector Switches
VSS
Erase Voltage
Generator
RESET#
WE#
BYTE#
Input/Output
Buffers
State
Control
Command
Register
PGM Voltage
Generator
Chip Enable
Output Enable
Logic
CE#
OE#
VCC Detector
A0–A19
Timer
Address Latch
STB
STB
Data
Latch
Y-Decoder
Y-Gating
X-Decoder
Cell Matrix
21358C-1
GB 68
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A19
NC
WE#
RESET#
NC
NC
RY/BY#
A18
A17
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A16
BYTE#
VSS
DQ15/A-1
DQ7
DQ14
DQ6
DQ13
DQ5
DQ12
DQ4
VCC
DQ11
DQ3
DQ10
DQ2
DQ9
DQ1
DQ8
DQ0
OE#
VSS
CE#
A0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Standard TSOP
Reverse TSOP
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
A16
BYTE#
VSS
DQ15/A-1
DQ7
DQ14
DQ6
DQ13
DQ5
DQ12
DQ4
VCC
DQ11
DQ3
DQ10
DQ2
DQ9
DQ1
DQ8
DQ0
OE#
VSS
CE#
A0
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A19
NC
WE#
RESET#
NC
NC
RY/BY#
A18
A17
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
21358C-2
IC Descriptions.
SYNCHRONOUS
DRAM
FEATURES
1M16A1
• Plastic Package - OCPL*
50-pin TSOP (400 mil)
-6
-7
-8A
• Refresh
2K or 4K with Self Refresh Mode at 64ms
-6
-7
-8A
SETUP
166 MHz
143 MHz
125 MHz
*Off-center parting line
**CL = CAS (READ) latency
Configuration
512Kx6banks
Refr shCount
RowAd res ing
BankAd res ing
ColumnAd res ing
2Kor4K
2K(A0-A10)
2(BA)
256(A0-A7)
1 Meg x 16
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
HOLD
CL=3*
5.5ns
5.5ns
6ns
Vss
DQ15
DQ14
VssQ
DQ13
DQ12
VDDQ
DQ11
DQ10
VssQ
DQ9
DQ8
VDDQ
NC
DQMH
CLK
CKE
NC
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
Vss
Note: The # symbol indicates signal is active LOW.
PARTNUMBER
ARCHITECTURE
MT48LC1M16A1TG S
KEY TIMING PARAMETERS
AC ES TIME
50
49
48
47
46
45
4
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
3
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
2
23
24
25
16Mb (x16) SDRAM PART NUMBER
S
• Part Number Example: MT48LC1M16A1TG-7S
CLOCK
VDD
DQ0
DQ1
VssQ
DQ2
DQ3
VDDQ
DQ4
DQ5
VssQ
DQ6
DQ7
VDDQ
DQML
WE#
CAS#
RAS#
CS#
BA
A10
A0
A1
A2
A3
VDD
1Megx16
TG
• Timing (Cycle Time)
6ns (166 MHz)
7ns (143 MHz)
8ns (125 MHz)
SPE D
GB 69
PIN ASSIGNMENT (Top View)
50-Pin TSOP
MARKING
• Configuration
1 Meg x 16 (512K x 16 x 2 banks)
9.
MT48LC1M16A1 S - 512K x 16 x 2 banks
• PC100 functionality
• Fully synchronous; all signals registered on positive
edge of system clock
• Internal pipelined operation; column address can be
changed every clock cycle
• Internal banks for hiding row access/precharge
1 Meg x 16 - 512K x 16 x 2 banks architecture with
11 row, 8 column addresses per bank
• Programmable burst lengths: 1, 2, 4, 8 or full page
• Auto Precharge Mode, includes CONCURRENT
AUTO PRECHARGE
• Self Refresh and Adaptable Auto Refresh Modes
- 32ms, 2,048-cycle refresh or
- 64ms, 2,048-cycle refresh or
- 64ms, 4,096-cycle refresh
• LVTTL-compatible inputs and outputs
• Single +3.3V ±0.3V power supply
• Supports CAS latency of 1, 2 and 3
OPTIONS
ASD-1
2ns
2ns
2ns
1ns
1ns
1ns
The 16Mb SDRAM is a high-speed CMOS, dynamic
random-access memory containing 16,777,216 bits. It is
internally configured as a dual 512K x 16 DRAM with a
synchronous interface (all signals are registered on the
positive edge of the clock signal, CLK). Each of the 512K x
16-bit banks is organized as 2,048 rows by 256 columns by
16 bits. Read and write accesses to the SDRAM are burst
oriented; accesses start at a selected location and continue
for a programmed number of locations in a programmed
GB 70
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
16Mb: x16
SDRAM
G E N E R A L D E S C R IP T IO N (c o n tin u e d )
sequence. Accesses begin with the registration of an ACTIVE command, which is then followed by a READ or
WRITE command. The address bits registered coincident
with the ACTIVE command are used to select the bank and
row to be accessed (BA selects the bank, A0-A10 select the
row). The address bits registered coincident with the READ
or WRITE command are used to select the starting column
location for the burst access.
The SDRAM provides for programmable READ or
WRITE burst lengths of 1, 2, 4 or 8 locations, or the full page,
with a burst terminate option. An AUTO PRECHARGE
function may be enabled to provide a self-timed row
precharge that is initiated at the end of the burst sequence.
The 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM uses an internal pipelined
architecture to achieve high-speed operation. This architecture is compatible with the 2n rule of prefetch architectures,
but it also allows the column address to be changed on every
clock cycle to achieve a high-speed, fully random access.
Precharging one bank while accessing the alternate bank
will hide the PRECHARGE cycles and provide seamless,
high-speed, random-access operation.
The 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM is designed to operate in 3.3V,
low-power memory systems. An auto refresh mode is
provided, along with a power-saving, power-down mode.
All inputs and outputs are LVTTL-compatible.
SDRAMs offer substantial advances in DRAM operating performance, including the ability to synchronously
burst data at a high data rate with automatic columnaddress generation, the ability to interleave between internal banks in order to hide precharge time, and the capability
to randomly change column addresses on each clock cycle
during a burst access.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 71
16Mb: x16
SDRAM
ROWADDRESS
LATCH
11
11
ROW
DECODER
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
1 Meg x 16 SDRAM
2,048
BANK0
MEMORY
ARRAY
(2,048 x 256 x 16)
CKE
CLK
DQML,
DQMH
COMMAND
DECODE
CS#
WE#
CAS#
RAS#
256 (x16)
CONTROL
LOGIC
SENSE AMPLIFIERS
I/O GATING
DQM MASK LOGIC
MODE REGISTER
COLUMNADDRESS BUFFER
BURST COUNTER
8
COLUMNADDRESS LATCH
12
8
COLUMN
DECODER
REFRESH
CONTROLLER
ADDRESS
REGISTER
REFRESH
COUNTER
SENSE AMPLIFIERS
I/O GATING
DQM MASK LOGIC
11
ROWADDRESS
MUX
256 (x16)
11
11
ROWADDRESS
LATCH
11
ROW
DECODER
12
DATA
OUTPUT
REGISTER
16
16
DATA
INPUT8
REGISTER
256
A0-A10, BA
16
256
2,048
BANK1
MEMORY
ARRAY
(2,048 x 256 x 16)
DQ0DQ15
GB 72
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
16Mb: x16
SDRAM
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
P IN N U M B E R S
S Y M B O L
T Y P E
D E S C R IP T IO N
35
CLK
Input
Clock: CLK is driven by the system clock. All SDRAM input signals are
sampled on the positive edge of CLK. CLK also increments the internal burst
counter and controls the output registers.
34
CKE
Input
Clock Enable: CKE activates (HIGH) and deactivates (LOW) the CLK signal.
Deactivating the clock provides PRECHARGE POWER-DOWN and SELF
REFRESH operations (all banks idle), ACTIVE POWER-DOWN (row ACTIVE
in either bank) or CLOCK SUSPEND operation (burst/access in progress).
CKE is synchronous except after the device enters power-down and self
refresh modes, where CKE becomes asynchronous until after exiting the
same mode. The input buffers, including CLK, are disabled during powerdown and self refresh modes, providing low standby power. CKE may be tied
HIGH.
18
CS#
Input
Chip Select: CS# enables (registered LOW) and disables (registered HIGH)
the command decoder. All commands are masked when CS# is registered
HIGH. CS# provides for external bank selection on systems with multiple
banks. CS# is considered part of the command code.
15, 16, 17
WE#, CAS#,
RAS#
Input
Command Inputs: RAS#, CAS# and WE# (along with CS#) define the
command being entered.
14, 36
DQML,
DQMH
Input
Input/Output Mask: DQM is an input mask signal for write accesses and an
output enable signal for read accesses. Input data is masked when DQM is
sampled HIGH during a WRITE cycle. The output buffers are placed in a
High-Z state (two-clock latency) when DQM is sampled HIGH during a READ
cycle. DQML corresponds to DQ0-DQ7; DQMH corresponds to DQ8-DQ15.
DQML and DQMH are considered same state when referenced as DQM.
19
BA
Input
Bank Address Inputs: BA defines to which bank the ACTIVE, READ, WRITE
or PRECHARGE command is being applied. BA is also used to program the
twelfth bit of the Mode Register.
21-24, 27-32, 20
A0-A10
Input
Address Inputs: A0-A10 are sampled during the ACTIVE command (rowaddress A0-A10) and READ/WRITE command (column-address A0-A7, with
A10 defining AUTO PRECHARGE) to select one location out of the 512K
available in the respective bank. A10 is sampled during a PRECHARGE
command to determine if all banks are to be precharged (A10 HIGH). The
address inputs also provide the op-code during a LOAD MODE REGISTER
command.
2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9,
11, 12, 39, 40, 42,
43, 45, 46, 48, 49
33, 37
DQ0DQ15
7, 13, 38, 44
4, 10, 41, 47
VDDQ
VSSQ
1, 25
VDD
Supply Power Supply: +3.3V ±0.3V.
26, 50
VSS
Supply Ground.
NC
Input/ Data I/Os: Data bus.
Output
–
No Connect: These pins should be left unconnected.
Supply DQ Power: Provide isolated power to DQs for improved noise immunity.
Supply DQ Ground: Provide isolated ground to DQs for improved noise immunity.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 73
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
DVD BACKEND DECODER
WITH INTEGRATED HOST PROCESSOR
.
..
.
.
.
.
INTEGRATED 32-BIT RISC HOST CPU
- 2KBYTES INSTRUCTION CACHE, 2KBYTES
DATA CACHE/SRAM
- 50K DHRYSTONES/SEC (2.1) - 50MHz
VIDEO DECODER
- FULLY SUPPORTS MPEG-2 MP@ML
- MEMORY REDUCTION - PAL IN 12MBITS
SUBPICTURE DECODER
HIGH PERFORMANCE ON-SCREEN DISPLAY
AUDIO DECODER
- 5.1 CHANNEL DOLBY AC-3® / MULTI
CHANNEL MPEG-2 DECODING
- DOWNMIX TO STEREO OR TO DOLBY
PRO-LOGIC COMPATIBLE OUTPUTS FOR
MPEG-2 AND AC-3
- IEC6958 - IEC61937 COMPATIBLE OUTPUT
- LPCM (DVD) MODE SUPPORTED
- 6 CHANNELS OUTPUT
PAL/NTSC ENCODER
- MACROVISIONTM 7.01/6.1 COMPATIBLE
- TELETEXT, AND CLOSED CAPTION
HIGH PERFORMANCE SDRAM INTERFACE
PROGRAMMABLE MEMORY INTERFACE
FOR DRAM, ROM, PERIPHERALS ETC.
FRONT-END CHANNEL IC INTERFACE
- DVD, VCD AND CD-DA COMPATIBLE
- DSS - DVB BISTREAMS
- SERIAL AND PARALLEL INTERFACES
- HARDWARE SECTOR FILTERING
- INTEGRATED CSS DECRYPTION AND
TRACK BUFFER
INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS
- 2 UARTS, 1 I2C CONTROLLER, 3 PWM OUTPUTS, 3 TIMERS, 3 CAPTURE TIMERS,
SMART CARD
- 34 BITS OF PROGRAMMABLE I/O
- OS LINK
PROFESSIONAL TOOLSET SUPPORT
- ANSI C COMPILER AND LIBRARIES
- OPERATING SYSTEMS SUPPORT
- ADVANCED DEBUGGING TOOLS
208 PIN PQFP PACKAGE
DESCRIPTION
The STi5505 provides a very highly integrated backend solution for DVD and combo DVD-DVB (Set
Top Box) applications. The STi5505 incorporates a
host CPU which handles both general application
(DVD navigation, CD-DA, VCD, DVB) and drivers
of the different embedded periphals (audio/video,
subpicture decoders, OSD, PAL/NTSC encoder...).
The STi5505 offers one of the best cost-effective
(memory savings, internal peripherals availability) solution to DVD-DVB applications with rapid time to market (Reference design, DVD-DVB Software Toolkit).
Figure 1 : General Block Diagram
DMA CHANNELS
ARBITOR
FRONT-END
INTERFACE
(SECTOR
PROCESSOR
& DVD
DECRYPTION)
ST20 CPU
.
.
..
.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
2K
INSTRUC.
CACHE
EXTERNAL
MEMORY
INTERFACE
MPEG2/AC3
AUDIO
5.1 CHANNEL
MPEG2 VIDEO
SUBPICTURE
OSD
2K DATA
CACHE AND
2K SRAM
OS LINK 2 UART
1 I2C
PIO
3 PWM
SMART CARD
DIAGNOSTICS
CONTROLLER
AND SYSTEM
SERVICES
PAL/NTSC
TELETEXT
INTERFACE
PQFP208 (Plastic Quad Flat Pack)
ORDER CODE : STi5505ACV
GB 74
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The performance offered by the ST20 CPU and its
associated hardware (decoders, encoder, peripherals...) allows an integrated and unified DVD or
DVD-DVB software solution.
All the following operations are performed inside
the STi5505 :
- application management (DVD Navigation, VCD,
CD-DA, DVB-Program Guide ...),
- device data retrieval drivers (demultiplex, stream
buffer management ...),
- device presentation drivers (video decoder, subpicture decoder, on-screen display, audio decoder, PAL/NTSC encoder ...),
- embedded peripherals drivers (UART, I2C, Programmable I/O, Smart Card ...).
I.1 - ST20 32-bit CPU
The ST20 micro-core family has been developped
by SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics to provide
the tools and building blocks to enable the development of highly integrated application-specific 32bits device at the lowest cost and fastest time to
market.
The STi5505 integrates a ST20 C2 core with the
following characteristics :
- 50K Dhrystones/s at 50MHz,
- 8/16 bits instructions (32 most common instructions in 8 bits),
- instruction cache 2Kbytes - write back replacement policy,
- internal SRAM 2Kbytes to ensure fast access to
critical code, data, interrupt handler ...
- data cache 2 Kbytes - write back replacement policy,
The STi5505's ST20 is provided with advanced
debugging tools :
- on-chip real-time emulation,
- debugging with minimal impact on software and
performance,
- non intrusive attachment to the host via JTAG
(IEEE1149.1),
- no intrusion into the performance of the CPU core,
- no intrusion into user code space by a debug kernel,
- only 40bytes used for breakpoint handler.
I.2 - Video Decoder
The video decoder implemented in the STi5505
uses a patented memory reduction/bandwith reduction scheme to offer the user the best band-
width/memory size compromise.
The algorithm is lossless and uses "on-the-fly"
decoding to reduce the memory requirements to
two frame buffers in memory reduction mode.
In this mode, PAL decoding is contained in 12Mbits.
When used in bandwith reduction mode, the memory usage is the normal three buffers but the bandwith required by the decoder is significantly
reduced compared to a classical implementation.
In summary, the features of the decoder are :
- MPEG-2 Main Profile/Main Level (MP@ML) support,
- MPEG-2 program streams, Packet Elementary
streams and MPEG-1 system streams support,
- memory reduction architecture allowing sharing
of single 16 Mbits SDRAM between MPEG decoding, micro and transport functions - memory
expandable to 32 Mbits of SDRAM,
- letter box (16:9) filter,
- pan-scan, horizontal and vertical image resizing,
- automatic error concealment.
I.3 - Subpicture Decoder
The STi5505 has a hardware DVD compliant subpicture decoder. Subpicture units are copied by
DMA into subpicture bit buffer.
The subpicture decoder can decode complete subpicture units without any interaction from the ST20.
The main subpicture decoder features are :
- up to 720x480 or 720x576 subpicture area,
- internal LUTs for Sub Picture, Highlight and PCI
(4 bits color and contrast outputs),
- internal color LUT (4 bits from SP, HL, PCI to 24 Y,Cr,Cb
bits) for SP color inputs to MPEG, OSD, SP mixer.
I.4 - Audio Decoder
The audio decoder cell is a fully compatible Dolby
AC-3 / MPEG-1/MPEG-2 decoder capable of
decoding both 5.1 and 2 channel streams compatible with the DVD standard.
Downmix from 5.1 channels is supported for both
Dolby and MPEG-2 streams. The output can be
sent directly to external DACs or formatted for
transmission in accordance with the IE6958 standard.
The decoder can also handle linear PCM in accordance with the DVD standard. An integrated downsampler is provided for conversion from 96 kHz to
48kHz.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 75
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION (continued)
The main features of the decoder core are :
- Decodes 5.1 Dolby AC-3 Digital surround,
- Output to 6 channels. Downmix modes : 1, 2, 3
or 4 channels for MPEG and AC-3 streams,
- Karaoke mode for DVD. MPEG-2 capable, AC-3
capable,
- MPEG-1, 2-channel audio decoder layers 1 and 2,
- MPEG-2, 6-channel audio decoder layer 2,
- PCM : transparent. downsampling 96 to 48 kHz,
- Accepts MPEG-2 PES stream format for : MPEG2, MPEG-1, Dolby AC-3 and Linear PCM,
- IEC6958 Output Interface,
- CD-DA PCM format (subcode output in IEC6958
user data),
- Downmix for Dolby Pro Logic compatible outputs
for AC-3 and MPEG-2 (Pro Logic encoder),
- Pro Logic decoder,
- PLL for Internal 44.1 and 48kHz PCM clock
generation,
- On chip pink noise generator.
I.5 - High Performance On-Screen Display
The graphics performance of the STi5505 supports the new requirements for intelligent program
guides and interactive applications.
The display interface supports up to 256 colors for
each OSD region and a transparency feature allows mixing of video with the OSD. Fast access
graphics and many other additional features are
available and are supported by a graphics library.
Very high system performance is obtained by
closely coupling the ST20 RISC processor and
cache with the MPEG audio/video core and display
memory.
Low latency RISC access and DMA engines allow
rapid construction of bit maps.
I.6 - PAL/NTSC Encoder
The STi5505 integrates a PAL/NTSC encoder. It
converts the digital MPEG/Sub Picture/OSD
stream into a standard analog baseband
PAL/NTSC signal and into RGB analog components. Six analog output pins are available on
which it is possible to output CVBS, S-VHS (Y/C)
and RGB formats.
The encoder handles interlaced and non-interlaced
mode.
It can perform Closed Captions, CGMS or Teletext
encoding and allows Macrovision 7.01/6.1 copy
protection.
The encoder supports both master and slave
modes for synchronization.
I.7 - Memory Interfaces
The STi5505 has been designed to minimize system costs by enabling various memory savings.
Two kinds of memory interfaces are used on the
STi5505 : a programmable External Memory Interface (EMI) and a high performance SDRAM interface.
The External Memory Interface supports several
address ranges (memory banks). In each bank, a
set of signals are entirely programmable and can
be used to map 8/16 bits peripherals such as Front
End channel ICs in DVD applications.
The EMI contains a zero glue logic DRAM and a
low-cost EPROM interface.
This interface can be programmed to interface very
easily peripherals.
The SDRAM memory interface supports gluelessly
125 MHz SDRAMs providing the adequate bandwiths to achieve MPEG decoding and display, OSD
drawing and display, and general system use.
Memory savings can be realized on ROM requirements too : the ST20 VL-RISC micro-core has the
highest code density of any 32 bit CPU, leading to
the lowest cost program ROM.
I.8 - Front-End Interface
The STi5505 's front end interface accepts :
- DVD, VCD and CD-DA sectors,
- DVB-DSS transport stream.
In DVD mode, DVD, VCD and CD-DA information
can be input into STi5505 through a serial interface
or a generic parallel interface.
In serial mode, data are captured and filtered from
I2S and V4 interfaces by an internal sector processor. V4 interface is used to capture VCD and CDDA subcode information. In parallel mode, sector
processor is bypassed.
GB 76
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION (continued)
The main features of the DVD interface are :
- DVD, VCD and CD-DA compatible,
- hardware sector filtering,
- subcode error correction for CD-DA,
- integrated CSS decryption,
- integrated track buffer support,
- DMA engine to ST20 memory.
In DVB-DSS mode, DVB-DSS transport stream is
input through a serial interface. The STi5505 extracts and descrambles Packet Elementary
Streams belonging to one user selected program
to be decoded and presented.
The main features of the DVB-DSS interface are :
- descrambling (transport packet and packet elementary streams in DVB mode, transport packet
in DSS mode ; up to 32 streams descrambling),
- PID and section filtering,
- clock recovery,
- DMA engine.
In DVB-DSS mode, a high speed digital interface
allows to transfer packets between the Set Top Box
and external units, either for recording or playback
purposes. This interface provides also full support
for an external IEEE1394 connection.
I.9 - Integrated Peripherals
Several peripherals generally used in DVD players
or DVD-DVB combos have been integrated into the
STi5505.
They are :
- two UARTs to interface remote control receivers,
DVD front end, modem ...,
- one I2C controller to interface serial memories,
remote control receivers, microcontrollers...,
- 2 SmartCard interfaces (ISO7816-3) for DVBDSS conditionnal access, pay per view ...,
- PWM/timer module for control of system clock,
- 34 programmable I/O pins,
- OS Link interface,
- JTAG with boundary scan for debug.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 77
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
II - PIN DESCRIPTION
VDD
PIO3[6]
PIO3[5]
PIO3[4]
PIO3[3]
PIO3[2]
PIO3[1]
PIO3[0]
GND
PIO1[4]
PIO1[3]
PIO4[6]
PIO4[5]
PIO4[4]
PIO4[3]
PIO4[2]
PIO4[1]
PIO4[0]
TRST
TDO
TCK
TMS
TDI
GND
VDD
ADR[21]
ADR[20]
ADR[19]
ADR[18]
ADR[17]
ADR[16]
ADR[15]
ADR[14]
ADR[13]
ADR[12]
ADR[11]
GND
VDD
ADR[10]
ADR[9]
ADR[8]
ADR[7]
ADR[6]
ADR[5]
ADR[4]
ADR[3]
ADR[2]
ADR[1]
GND
VDD
DATA[15]
DATA[14]
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
II.1 - Pin Connections
VDD
1
156
DATA[13]
PIO3[7]
2
155
DATA[12]
PIO2[0]
3
154
DATA[11]
GND
4
153
DATA[10]
PIO2[3]
5
152
DATA[9]
PIO2[4]
6
151
DATA[8]
PIO2[5]
7
150
GND
PIO2[7]
8
149
VDD
PIO1[0]
9
148
DATA[7]
PIO1[2]
10
147
DATA[6]
PIO1[5]
11
146
DATA[5]
PIO1[6]
12
145
DATA[4]
PIO1[7]
13
144
DATA[3]
PIO4[7]
14
143
DATA[2]
PIO0[0]
15
142
DATA[1]
PIO0[3]
16
141
DATA[0]
PIO0[4]
17
140
GND
VDD
18
139
VDD
GND
19
138
PPC_MODE
PIO0[5]
20
137
PROCCLK
PIO0[6]/PCM_OUT2
21
136
WAIT/READY
PIO0[7]
22
135
CS
IRQ[0]
23
134
DMAXFER
PCM_OUT1
24
133
R/W/DMAACK
STi5505
IRQ[1]
25
132
CAS1/DMAREQ
PWM0/OSLINK_SEL
26
131
GND
PWM1/BOOTFROMROM
27
130
VDD
PWM2
28
129
CAS0/HOLDACK
RST
29
128
RAS1
TEST1
30
127
RAS0/CE[0]
TEST2
31
126
CE[3]
TEST3
32
125
CE[2]
TEST4
33
124
CE[1]
VDD
34
123
OE
PQFP208
(Top View)
GND
35
122
BE[1]
B_DATA
36
121
BE[0]
B_BCLK
37
120
GND
B_FLAG
38
119
VDD
B_SYNC
39
118
PIXCLK_27MHz
B_WCLK
40
117
OSD_ACTIVE
TEST5
41
116
AUXCLK
B_V4
42
115
DQ[15]
SCLK
43
114
DQ[14]
PCM_OUT0
44
113
DQ[13]
PCM_CLK
45
112
DQ[12]
LRCLK
46
111
GND
SPDIF_OUT
47
110
VDD
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
VSSA
Y_OUT
C_OUT
CV_OUT
V_REF_DAC_YCC
I_REF_DAC_YCC
VDD
GND
AD[4]
AD[5]
AD[6]
AD[7]
AD[8]
AD[9]
VDD
MEMCLKOUT
GND
AD[0]
AD[1]
AD[2]
AD[3]
AD[10]
AD[11]
SDCS[0]
SDCS[1]
VDD
GND
SDRAS
SDCAS
SDWE
DQML
DQ[0]
DQ[1]
DQ[2]
VDD
GND
DQ[3]
DQ[4]
DQ[5]
DQ[6]
DQ[7]
VDD
GND
MEMCLKIN
60
VDDA
VDDA
DQMU
59
105
I_REF_DAC_RGB
52
58
DQ[8]
ODD/EVEN
V_REF_DAC_RGB
106
57
51
56
DQ[9]
HSYNC
R_OUT
107
G_OUT
50
55
DQ[10]
VSSA_PCM
54
DQ[11]
108
53
109
49
VSSA
48
B_OUT
VDDA_PCM
V_REF_PCM
GB 78
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued)
II.2 - Pin List
Pin
Name
Type
Function
1, 18, 34, 67, 75, 86, 95,
102, 110, 119, 130, 139,
149, 159, 171, 184, 208
4, 19, 35, 68, 77, 87, 96,
103, 111, 120, 131, 140,
150, 160, 172, 185, 200
53, 60
54, 61
48
49
50
VDD
Power Supply
GND
Ground
VDDA
VSSA
Analog Power Supply for DENC D/A Converters
Analog Ground for DENC D/A Converters
Analog Power Supply for PLL PCM
Analog Reference for PLL PCM
Analog Ground for PLL PCM
SUPPLIES
VDDA_PCM
V_REF_PCM
VSSA_PCM
FRONT-END INTERFACE
I2S Data (DVD) or PARA_DATA[2] (DVD//) or Link Data
(DVB/DSS)
I2S Word Clock or PAR A_DATA[6] (DVD//) or
NRSS_CLK (DVB/DSS)
I2S Bit Clock (DVD) or PARA_DATA[3] (DVD//) or Link
Bit Clock (DVB/DSS)
Error Flag (DVD) or PARA_DATA [4] (DVD//) or Link
Sync (DVB/DSS)
Sector / Abs Time Sync (DVD) or PARA_DATA[5]
(DVD//) or Link Not Valid (DVB/DSS)
Versatile Input Pin (Subcode Input) or PARA_DATA[7]
(DVD//) or NRSS_IN (DVB/DSS)
36
B_DATA
I
40
B_WCLK
I/O
37
B_BCLK
I
38
B_FLAG
I
39
B_SYNC
I
42
B_V4
I
R_OUT
G_OUT
B_OUT
C_OUT
CV_OUT
Y_OUT
I_REF_DAC_RGB
I_REF_DAC_YCC
V_REF_DAC_RGB
V_REF_DAC_YCC
OSD_ACTIVE
PIXCLK_27MHz
HSYNC
ODD/EVEN
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
Red Output
Green Output
Blue Output
Chroma Output
Composite Video Output
Luma Output
DAC Current Reference
DAC Current Reference
DAC Voltage Reference
DAC Voltage Reference
OSD Active
System Clock Input
Horizontal Sync
Vertical Sync
O
O
O
O
I/O
O
O
Serial Bit Clock
Audio Serial Output Data 0
Audio Serial Output Data 1
Audio Serial Output Data 2
PCM Clock In or Out
Left/Right Clock
SPDIF Output
VIDEO OUTPUT INTERFACE
57
56
55
63
64
62
59
66
58
65
117
118
51
52
AC-3/MPEG1-2 AUDIO OUTPUT INTERFACE
43
44
24
21
45
46
47
SCLK
PCM_OUT0
PCM_OUT1
PCM_OUT2
PCM_CLK
LRCLK
SPDIF_OUT
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 79
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued)
II.2 - Pin List (continued)
Pin
Name
Type
IRQ[0:1]
I
Function
EXTERNAL INTERRUPTS
23, 25
External Interrupts
PROGRAMMABLE I/O AND ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Device Configuration Chapter)
15
PIO0 [0]
I/O
16
PIO0 [3]
I/O
17
PIO0 [4]
I/O
20
PIO0 [5]
I/O
21
22
PIO0 [6]
PIO0 [7]
I/O
I/O
9
10
198, 199
11
12
13
3
5
6
7
PIO1 [0]
PIO1 [2]
PIO1 [3:4]
PIO1 [5]
PIO1 [6]
PIO1 [7]
PIO2 [0]
PIO2 [3]
PIO2 [4]
PIO2 [5]
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
8
201
202
203
204
205
206, 207, 2
191-197
14
PIO2 [7]
PIO3 [0]
PIO3 [1]
PIO3 [2]
PIO3 [3]
PIO3 [4]
PIO3 [5:7]
PIO4 [0:6]
PIO4 [7]
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
General Purpose I/O or PARA_SYNC (DVD//Front End)
or Sc1Data (Smart Card 1 Data I/O)
General Purpose I/O or PARA_REQ (DVD//Front End)
or Sc1Clk (Smart Card 1 Clock)
General Purpose I/O or PARA_STR (DVD//Front End)
or Sc1RST (Smart Card 1 Reset)
General Purpose I/O or PARA_DATA[0] (DVD//Front End)
or Sc1Cmd VCC (Smart Card 1 Voltage Enable)
General Purpose IO or Sc1DataDir (Smart Card 1 Dir)
General Purpose I/O or PARA_DATA[1] (DVD//Front End)
or Sc1Detect(Smart Card 1 Detect)
General Purpose I/O or I2C Data
General Purpose I/O or I2C Clock
General Purpose IO
General Purpose IO or ASC1 TXD
General Purpose IO or ASC1 RXD
General Purpose IO or ASC3 TXD
General Purpose I/O or Sc0Data (Smart Card 0 Data I/O)
General Purpose I/O or Sc0Clk (Smart Card 0 Clock)
General Purpose I/O or Sc0RST (Smart Card 0 Reset)
General Purpose I/O or Sc0CmdVCC (Smart Card 0
Voltage Enable)
General Purpose I/O or Sc0Detect (Smart Card 0 Detect)
General Purpose IO or OSLink In
General Purpose IO or OSLink Out
General Purpose IO or CPUReset
General Purpose IO or CPU Analyse
General Purpose IO or ErrorOut
General Purpose IO
General Purpose IO
General Purpose IO or ASC3 RXD
TCK
TDI
TDO
TMS
TRST
I
I
O
I
I
Test Clock
Test Data Input
Test Data Input
Test Mode Select
Test Reset
PWM2
PWM1/BOOTFROMROM
PWM0/OSLINK_SEL
RST
AUXCLK
O
O/I
O/I
I
O
PWM2 Output
PWM1 Output or Configuration Oslink Pins
PWM0 Output or Boot from ROM during Reset
Reset
Auxilary Clock for Any Purpose
JTAG INTERFACE
188
186
189
187
190
SYSTEM USE
28
27
26
29
116
GB 80
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued)
II.2 - Pin List (continued)
Pin
Name
Type
Function
AD[0:11]
DQ[0:15]
O
I/O
SDRAM Address Bus
SDRAM Data (Lower Byte)
SDCS[0:1]
SDCAS
SDRAS
SDWE
MEMCLKIN
MEMCLKOUT
DQML
DQMU
O
O
O
O
I
O
O
O
SDRAM Chip Selects
SDRAM CAS
SDRAM RAS
SDRAM Write Enable
SDRAM Memory Clock Input
SDRAM Memory Clock Output
DQ Mask Enable (Lower)
DQ Mask Enable (Upper)
ADR[1:21]
DATA[0:15]
RAS1/HOLDREQ
WAIT/READY
R/W/DMAACK
BE[0:1]
CAS0/HOLDACK
CAS1/DMAREQ
CE[1:3]
CS
PROCCLK
RAS0/CE0
DMAXFER
PPC_MODE
OE
I/O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
O
O/I
O
O
I
I/O
O
I
I
I/O
External Memory Address Bus
External Memory Data Bus
DRAM RAS or reserved
External Wait States or Reserved
DRAM R/W Strobe or Reserved
Byte enable
DRAM CAS or Reserved
DRAM CAS or Reserved
Chip Select for Banks 1 - 3
Reserved
ST20 Clock or Reserved
DRAM RAS or Chip Select for Bank 0
Reserved
Reserved
Output Enable or Reserved
30
TEST1
I/O
31
TEST2
I/O
32
TEST3
I/O
DATA_RX/STROBE_TX (SDAV Mode) or SDAV_CLK
(P1394 Mode)
ST R O BE _ R X/ D AT A _ TX ( SD A V M od e) o r
DATA_IN/DATA_OUT (P1394 Mode)
Direction (SDAV Mode) or DATA_VALID In/Out (P1394
Mode)
TEST5
O
SDRAM INTERFACE
78-81, 69, 70-74, 82, 83
92-94, 97-101, 106-109,
112-115
84, 85
89
88
90
104
76
91
105
EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE
161-170, 173-183
141-148, 151-158
128
136
133
121, 122
129
132
124-126
135
137
127
134
138
123
SDAV/P1394 INTERFACE
MISCELLANEOUS
41
NRSS_OUT (DVB/DSS)
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 81
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
III - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
III.1 - Functional Modules
Figure 1 shows the subsystem modules that make
up the STi5505. These modules are outlined below.
III.1 - CPU
The Central Processing Unit (CPU) on the STi5505
is the ST20-C2 32-bit processor core. It contains
instruction processing logic, instruction and data
pointers and an operand register. It directly accesses the high speed on-chip SRAM memory,
which can store data or programs, and uses the
Caches to reduce access time to off chip program
and data memory.
The processor can access memory via the general
purpose External Memory Interface (EMI) or via the
SDRAM EMI which is shared with the MPEG decoder.
III.2 - Memory Subsystem
The STi5505 on-chip SRAM memory system provides
160 Mbytes/s internal data bandwidth, supporting pipelined 2 cycles internal memory access at 25ns cycle
times. The STi5505 memory system consists of 2
Kbytes of SRAM, 2Kbytes of instruction cache, a
2Kbytes data cache that can be programmed to be
SRAM, and an external memory interface (EMI).
The STi5505 product has 2 Kbytes of on-chip
SRAM. The advantage of this is the ability to store
time critical code on chip, for instance interrupt
routines, software kernels or device drivers, and
even frequently used data without these being
flushed from the caches.
The instruction and data caches are direct mapped with
a write-back system for the data cache and support
burst accesses to the external memories for refill and
write-back which are effective for increasing performance with page-mode and SDRAM memories.
The STi5505 EMI controls access to the external
memory and peripherals while the SDRAM EMI
provides access to the SDRAM buffer for the
MPEG decoders, ST20 and DMA peripherals.
The STi5505 EMI can access a 16 Mbytes (or
greater if DRAM is used) physical address space
in each of the four general purpose memory banks,
and provides sustained transfer rates of up to 80
Mbytes/s. Peripherals that support an asynchronous data acknowledge are supported as is an
external Power PC which can share the bus with
the STi5505 and access the SDRAM buffer through
the device.
High memory bandwidths up to 200 Mbytes/s can
be supported by the SDRAM EMI.
The STi5505 internal memory interconnect provides buffering and arbitration of memory access
requests to sustain very high throughput of memory
accesses.
III.3 - Syste m Services Module
The STi5505 system services module includes :
- Phase locked loop (PLL) - accepts 27MHz input
and generates all the internal high frequency
clocks needed for the CPU and the OS-Link.
- test access port - JTAG compatible.
- Diagnostics controller accessed via the JTAG
port providing :
- Bootstrapping during development
- Hardware breakpoint and watchpoint
- Real time trace
- External LSA triggering support.
III.4 - Serial Communications
To facilitate the connection of this system the front
end device and other peripherals, two UARTs
(ASCs) are included in the device. The UARTs
provide an asynchronous serial interface.
The UART can be programmed to support a range
of baud rates and data formats, for example, data
size, stop bits and parity. Two synchronous serial
communications (SSC) interfaces are provided on
the device. These can be used for a remote control
device for example via an I2C or SPI bus.
III.5 - Interrupt Subsystem
The STi5505 interrupt subsystem supports eight
prioritized interrupt levels. Two external interrupt
pins are provided. Level assignment logic allows
any of the internal or external interrupts to be
assigned and, if necessary, share any interrupt
level.
III.6 - Front End Interf ace & DVD Decryption
The front end interface accepts sectors in the case
of DVD, MPEG-1 system stream in the case of VCD
and PCM data for CD-DA applications on an I2S
interface. In the case of VCD and CD-DA disks the
subcode information is input via a simple asynchronous serial interface similar to a UART.
The bitstream and subcode stream then pass
through a "sector processor" block which handles
sector filtering in the case of DVD and sectorizing
using the subcode stream for VCD and CD-DA
systems.
GB 82
9.
ASD-1
IC Descriptions.
STi5505 (Rev. Ax)
III - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION (continued)
The block also handles overspeed processing for
all systems. The capturing of CD-DA sectors is
based on a flywheel tiner to improve robusters by
concealing erros in the subcode stream. For DVD
the data, having had sector headers removed, then
passes through a DVD conformant de-cryption
stage and is written into any of the system memories using a programmable DMA engine. When a
subcode stream is present it is locally buffered, by
subcode block and can be read by the CPU for
subsequent processing, if required.
III.7 - PWM and counter module
This unit includes three separate pulse width
modulator (PWM) generators using a shared
counter, and three timer compare and capture
channels sharing a second counter.
The counters can be clocked from a pre-scaled
internal clock or from a pre-scaled external clock
via the capture clock input and the event on which
the timer value is captured is also programmable.
The PWM counters are 8-bit with 8-bit registers to
set the output high time. The capture/compare
counter and the compare and capture registers are
32-bit.
III.8 - Parallel Programmable IO module
40 bits of parallel I/O are provided. 34 of then are
connected to actual PIO pins. Each bit is programmable as an output or an input. The output can be
configured as a totem pole or open drain driver. Input
compare logic is provided which can generate an
interrupt on any change on any input bit.
Many pins of the STi5505 device are multi-function
and can either be configured as PIO or connected
to an internal peripheral signal.
III.9 - MPEG Video decoder
The video decoder is a real-time video compression processor supporting the MPEG-1 and MPEG2 standards at video rates up to 720 x 480 x 60 Hz
and 720 x 576 x 50 Hz. Picture format conversion
for display is performed by vertical and horizontal
filters. User-defined bitmaps may be superimposed
on the display picture through use of the on-screen
display function.
III.10 - PAL/NTSC encoder
The digital encoder which is integrated in the STi5505
converts a multiplexed 4:2:2 YUV stream into a
standard analog baseband PAL/NTSC signal and
into RGB analog components. The encoder can also
perform closed-caption, CGMS or teletext encoding
and allows MacrovisionTM 7.01/6.1 copy protection.
III.11 - MPEG-2 Audio / Dolby AC-3 Decoder
The audio decoder is a Dolby AC-3 decoder capable
of decoding both 5.1 and 2 channel DVD comformant bitstreams. The decoder also handles MPEG1 (layers 1 & 2) and MPEG-2 layer 2 (6 channels).
Downmix to 2 channels is possible for Dolby and
MPEG standards with optional pro-logic encoding.
The decoder directly accepts MPEG-2 PES streams
as input. The decoder is capable of supporting
IEC6958-IEC61937 formatted outputs for AC-3 and
MPEG audio, linear PCM (left & right,16, 18, 20 &
24 bits), zero output (Mute mode) and PCM audio.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
9.
GB 83
ST24E32
ST25E32
32K SERIAL I2C EEPROM
with EXTENDED ADDRESSING
NOT FOR NEW DESIGN
COMPATIBLE with I2C EXTENDED
ADDRESSING
TWO WIRE SERIAL INTERFACE,
SUPPORTS 400kHz PROTOCOL
1 MILLION ERASE/WRITE CYCLES, OVER
the FULL SUPPLY VOLTAGE RANGE
40 YEARS DATA RETENTION
SINGLE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
± 4.5V to 5.5V for ST24E32 version
± 2.5V to 5.5V for ST25E32 version
WRITE CONTROL FEATURE
BYTE and PAGE WRITE (up to 32 BYTES)
BYTE, RANDOM and SEQUENTIAL READ
MODES
SELF TIMED PROGRAMING CYCLE
AUTOMATIC ADDRESS INCREMENTING
ENHANCED ESD/LATCH UP
PERFORMANCES
ST24E32 and ST25E32 are replaced by the
M24C32
DESCRIPTION
The ST24/25E32 are 32K bit electrically erasable
programmable memories (EEPROM), organized
as 8 blocks of 512 x 8 bits. The ST25E32 operates
with a power supply value as low as 2.5V. Both
Plastic Dual-in-Line and Plastic Small Outline packages are available.
8
8
1
1
PSDIP8 (B)
0.25mm Frame
SO8 (M)
200mil Width
Figure 1. Logic Diagram
VCC
3
E0-E2
SCL
SDA
ST24E32
ST25E32
WC
Table 1. Signal Names
E0 - E2
Chip Enable Inputs
SDA
Serial Data Address Input/Output
SCL
Serial Clock
WC
Write Control
VCC
Supply Voltage
VSS
Ground
VSS
AI01201B
GB 84
9.
IC Descriptions.
ASD-1
ST24E32, ST25E32
Figure 2A. DIP Pin Connections
Figure 2B. SO Pin Connections
ST24E32
ST25E32
ST24E32
ST25E32
E0
E1
E2
VSS
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
VCC
WC
SCL
SDA
E0
E1
E2
VSS
AI01202B
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
VCC
WC
SCL
SDA
AI01203C
Table 2. Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
Symbol
Value
Unit
Ambient Operating Temperature
±40 to 125
°C
TSTG
Storage Temperature
±65 to 150
°C
TLEAD
Lead Temperature, Soldering
215
260
°C
TA
Parameter
(SO8)
(PSDIP8)
40 sec
10 sec
VIO
Input or Output Voltages
±0.6 to 6.5
V
VCC
Supply Voltage
±0.3 to 6.5
V
VESD
Electrostatic Discharge Voltage (Human Body model)
Electrostatic Discharge Voltage (Machine model) (3)
(2)
4000
V
500
V
Notes: 1. Except for the rating ºOperating Temperature Rangeº, stresses above those listed in the Table ºAbsolute Maximum Ratingsº
may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and operation of the device at these or any other
conditions above those indicated in the Operating sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to Absolute Maximum
Rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Refer also to the SGS-THOMSON SURE Program and
other relevant quality documents.
2. 100pF through 1500Ω; MIL-STD-883C, 3015.7
3. 200pF through 0Ω; EIAJ IC-121 (condition C)
DESCRIPTION (cont'd)
Each memory is compatible with the I2C extended
addressing standard, two wire serial interface
which uses a bi-directional data bus and serial
clock. The ST24/25E32carry a built-in 4 bit, unique
device identification code (1010) corresponding to
the I2C bus definition. The ST24/25E32 behave as
slave devices in the I 2C protocol with all memory
operations synchronized by the serial clock. Read
and write operations are initiated by a START
conditiongenerated by the bus master. The START
condition is followed by a stream of 4 bits (identification code 1010), 3 bit Chip Enable input to form
a 7 bit Device Select, plus one read/write bit and
terminated by an acknowledge bit.
Spare parts list
ASD-1
10.
GB 85
10. Spare parts list
VAL6011
Various
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
3139 197 60090 GENEVA LP LOADER
ASSY
9305 022 60101 VAM6001/01
3139 194 00710 SUSPENSION
3139 194 00710 SUSPENSION
3139 194 00620 SUSPENSION
3139 194 00620 SUSPENSION
3139 197 60060 CLAMPER ASSEMBLY
Loader
Various
0004
0009
0010
0011
0012
4822 358 10266
3139 198 80010
4822 532 13097 TULE
3139 194 00270
3139 197 50060
Monoboard
Various
1104
1106
1205
1300
1301
1603
1604
2422 025 15963 CON BM H 24P F 0.50 FFC
SMD R
2422 025 16158 CON BM H 8P F 1.00 FFC
0.3 R
2422 540 98428 RES CER SM 8M467
CSTCC8.46MHz R
2422 540 98426 RES CER SM 6MHz
CSTCC6.00MHz R
4822 267 51454 CONN. 11P FEMALE
2422 025 16389 CON BM V 22P F 1.00 FFC
0.3 R
2422 025 16388 CON BM V 16P F 1.00 FFC
0.3 R
g
2100
2101
2103
2104
2105
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2120
2121
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 124 80151
4822 126 13193
4822 122 33761
4822 126 13956
4822 126 14315
2020 552 95697
2222 861 15222
4822 126 14305
5322 126 11578
4822 126 14305
4822 122 31765
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 13879
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14508
4822 126 14508
4822 122 33761
4822 126 14494
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14241
4822 122 33761
5322 126 11583
4822 126 13883
4822 126 13883
4822 126 13883
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14549
5322 126 11578
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
47µF 16V
4.7nF 10% 63V
22pF 5% 50V
68pF 5% 63V CASE 0603
390pF 5% 50V 0603
50V 2N2 PM5
100nF 10% 16V 0603
1nF 10% 50V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100pF 2% 63V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
220nF 20% 16V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
180pF 5% 50V 0603
180pF 5% 50V 0603
22pF 5% 50V
22nF 10% 25V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
0603 50V 330P COL R
22pF 5% 50V
10nF 10% 50V 0603
220pF 5% 50V
220pF 5% 50V
220pF 5% 50V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
33nF 16V O6O3
1nF 10% 50V 0603
2208
2209
2210
2212
2213
2215
2216
2226
2227
2228
2300
2301
2302
2303
2306
2309
2310
2314
2315
2318
2319
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2418
2419
2420
2500
2502
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
5322 126 11578
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 124 23237
5322 126 11578
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 124 80349
4822 124 23002
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
5322 122 33861
4822 126 11669
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 124 12095
4822 124 80349
4822 124 80349
4822 126 14305
3198 030 74780
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
4822 126 14305
4822 122 31765
4822 126 14494
4822 124 23002
4822 126 14305
5322 126 11579
4822 126 14241
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
3198 030 74780
2531
3198 030 74780
2532
2533
2534
2535
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2614
2615
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
5322 126 11578
5322 126 11578
4822 126 14494
4822 126 14247
4822 126 14247
4822 126 14305
4822 124 12095
4822 126 14494
4822 124 12095
4822 124 12095
4822 124 23002
4822 124 80151
4822 126 14305
4822 124 12095
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
1nF 10% 50V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
22µF 6.3V
1nF 10% 50V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
47µF 20% 6.3V
10µF 16V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
120pF 10% 50V
27pF
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100µF 20% 16V
47µF 20% 6.3V
47µF 20% 6.3V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL
R
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100pF 2% 63V
22nF 10% 25V 0603
10µF 16V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
3.3nF 10% 63V
0603 50V 330P COL R
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL
R
EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL
R
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
1nF 10% 50V 0603
1nF 10% 50V 0603
22nF 10% 25V 0603
0603 50V 1N5 COL R
0603 50V 1N5 COL R
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100µF 20% 16V
22nF 10% 25V 0603
100µF 20% 16V
100µF 20% 16V
10µF 16V
47µF 16V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100µF 20% 16V
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 122 33777
4822 124 12095
4822 124 12095
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
4822 126 14305
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
47pF 5% 63V
100µF 20% 16V
100µF 20% 16V
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
100nF 10% 16V 0603
f
3100
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3110
3111
3112
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3146
3147
3148
3153
3155
3157
3158
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5%
5322 117 13034 1k5 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
5322 117 13034 1k5 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
5322 117 13062 390Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W
5322 117 13058 150Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
5322 117 13021 47Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
5322 117 13042 3k9 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 30181 180Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30681 680Ω 5% 0.062W
5322 117 13062 390Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30471 470Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30471 470Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W
2322 704 69109
4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W
5322 117 13047 330Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603
4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603
5322 117 13053 6k8 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 117 12917 1Ω 5% 0.062W CASE0603
4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5%
5322 117 13028 12k 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
5322 117 13043 220Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
2322 704 69109
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
5322 117 13022 22k 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 117 12139 22Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
5322 117 13017 100Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603
4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W
4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603
GB 86
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3187
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3219
3220
3221
3224
3225
3226
3227
3229
3230
3231
3232
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3242
3243
3246
3247
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3300
3301
3302
3304
3305
3309
3310
3311
10.
Spare parts list
ASD-1
5322 117 13063 120Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 30393 39k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W
5322 117 13047 330Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W
4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W
4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5%
4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603
4822 051 30153 15k 5% 0.062W
4822 117 11151 1Ω 5%
4822 051 30221 220Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W
4822 051 30561 560Ω 5% 0.062W
5322 117 13018 1k0 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
5322 117 13017 100Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
2322 704 61204
4822 117 11151 1Ω 5%
4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
5322 117 13049 470Ω 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
5322 117 13042 3k9 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 117 11151 1Ω 5%
4822 117 11151 1Ω 5%
4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30331 330Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603
4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5%
4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5%
4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30151 150Ω 5% 0.062W
2322 704 62004
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30123 12k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603
4822 117 12902 8k2 1% 0.063W 0603
4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W
4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper
4822 117 11151 1Ω 5%
4822 117 11151 1Ω 5%
4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5%
4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30221 220Ω 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W
4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W
3312
3313
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
4822 051 30472
4822 051 30472
4822 051 20108
4822 051 20108
4822 051 30472
4822 051 30479
4822 051 30472
4822 051 30682
5322 117 13026
3323
5322 117 13026
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3403
3404
3405
3412
3414
3416
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
4822 117 13632
4822 051 30682
4822 051 30479
4822 051 30682
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30472
4822 051 30689
3509
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3541
3542
3545
3546
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3554
3564
3566
3570
3571
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30153
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30331
4822 051 30681
4822 051 30479
4822 051 30479
4822 051 30221
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30689
3572
4822 051 30689
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
4822 051 30008
4822 117 12925
4822 117 13632
4822 117 13632
4822 117 13632
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30103
4k7 5% 0.062W
4k7 5% 0.062W
1Ω 5% 0.1W
1Ω 5% 0.1W
4k7 5% 0.062W
47Ω 5% 0.062W
4k7 5% 0.062W
6k8 5% 0.062W
4k7 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
4k7 1% 0.063W 0603
RC22H
100k 1% 0603 0.62W
6k8 5% 0.062W
47Ω 5% 0.062W
6k8 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
3k3 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
4k7 5% 0.062W
68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603
RC21 RST SM
10k 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
15k 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
330Ω 5% 0.062W
680Ω 5% 0.062W
47Ω 5% 0.062W
47Ω 5% 0.062W
220Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
100Ω 5% 0.062W
68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603
RC21 RST SM
68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603
RC21 RST SM
0Ω jumper
47k 1% 0.063W 0603
100k 1% 0603 0.62W
100k 1% 0603 0.62W
100k 1% 0603 0.62W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
3616
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
4822 051 30103
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30102
4822 051 30471
4822 051 30471
4822 051 30472
4822 051 30221
2322 704 64301
3632
2322 704 64301
3633
2322 704 64301
3635
3636
3637
3642
3647
4822 051 30682
4822 051 30682
4822 051 30332
4822 051 30103
2322 704 64301
3648
2322 704 64301
3651
2322 704 64301
3654
2322 704 64301
3655
2322 704 64301
3656
2322 704 64301
3657
2322 704 64301
3658
3659
3660
3661
4822 051 30102
4822 051 30102
4822 051 30102
2322 704 64301
3662
3663
3664
4822 051 30102
4822 051 30102
2322 704 64301
3665
3667
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3677
3678
3679
3681
3683
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
4822 117 12139
4822 051 30331
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30479
4822 051 30101
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30008
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30223
4822 051 30472
4822 051 30223
10k 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
1k 5% 0.062W
470Ω 5% 0.062W
470Ω 5% 0.062W
4k7 5% 0.062W
220Ω 5% 0.062W
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
6k8 5% 0.062W
6k8 5% 0.062W
3k3 5% 0.062W
10k 5% 0.062W
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
1k 5% 0.062W
1k 5% 0.062W
1k 5% 0.062W
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
1k 5% 0.062W
1k 5% 0.062W
RST SM 0603 RC22H
430Ω PM1 R
22Ω 5% 0.062W
330Ω 5% 0.062W
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
22k 5% 0.062W
47Ω 5% 0.062W
100Ω 5% 0.062W
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
0Ω jumper
22k 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
4k7 5% 0.062W
22k 5% 0.062W
4822 157 11717
4822 157 11717
4822 157 11717
4822 157 11499
4822 157 11499
4822 157 70299
4822 157 70299
4822 157 71206
4822 157 71206
4822 157 71206
4822 157 11499
4822 157 10547
4822 157 71206
4822 157 10547
4822 157 10547
4822 157 10547
4822 157 10547
4822 157 10547
4822 157 11717
4822 157 11717
BLM31P500SPT
BLM31P500SPT
BLM31P500SPT
BLM11P600SPT
BLM11P600SPT
2.2µH (NL322522T-2R2J)
2.2µH (NL322522T-2R2J)
BLM21A601SPT
BLM21A601SPT
BLM21A601SPT
BLM11P600SPT
15µH 5%
BLM21A601SPT
15µH 5%
15µH 5%
15µH 5%
15µH 5%
15µH 5%
BLM31P500SPT
BLM31P500SPT
b
5200
5300
5301
5402
5403
5501
5502
5503
5504
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
d
6200
6301
4822 130 11397 BAS316
9322 128 69685 S1D
Spare parts list
6302
6303
6600
9322 128 69685 S1D
9322 128 69685 S1D
4822 130 11528 1PS76SB10
ce
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7201
7202
7203
7207
7304
7310
7311
7312
7315
7401
7404
5322 130 42718
5322 130 42718
9352 637 37518
4822 209 17229
4822 209 30095
4822 209 32073
5322 130 42718
4822 209 15083
5322 130 60803
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
9351 869 80118
3104 123 95660
4822 130 60373
9352 636 60557
4822 209 16877
4822 209 15899
9352 622 13557
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
9322 132 01668
9322 144 59668
7405
9322 144 59668
7501
7503
5322 130 60159
9322 151 16671
7504
7505
4822 242 10838
8204 056 05580
7600
7604
7605
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7620
7621
5322 209 71568
5322 130 60159
4822 209 17398
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
9352 456 80115
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 209 16062
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
4822 130 42804
BFS20
BFS20
BA5938FM
LM833D
MC34072D
BFS20
AN78M09
BST72A
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC846B
BC856B
SAA7399HL/M2A
BA6856FP
CY7C199-15C
SAA7335HL
BC856B
BC846B
AM29LV160B
IC SM MT48LC1M16A1TG7S (MRN)R
IC SM MT48LC1M16A1TG7S (MRN)R
BC846B
IC SM STI5505AVC (ST00)
Y
27MHZ 120P FX0-31FT
IC SM M24C32WMN6TNKSA
PC74HCT14T
BC846B
LD1117DT33
BC846B
BC856B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
MK2742-03S
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC817-25
ASD-1
10.
GB 87
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : 3.1-701 Create Date : 2000:11:23 15:32:20Z Creator Tool : Adobe PageMaker 6.53 Modify Date : 2008:12:23 17:10:35+08:00 Metadata Date : 2008:12:23 17:10:35+08:00 Format : application/pdf Description : cover-U Creator : 東城 憲穂 Title : cover-U Keywords : Producer : Acrobat Distiller 3.0.2J (Power Macintosh 版) Document ID : uuid:15537f7c-1579-4fa9-9c71-6f0a66d1e417 Instance ID : uuid:9eb67b51-d0e1-4f8e-9f46-32e85560bdca Page Count : 143 Subject : cover-U Author : 東城 憲穂EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools